Statement on AI Usage. All ideas and technical contributions in this paper, as well as Part I [21 ] , were biologically generated. Claude Code (Opus 5.5) was used for language editing, proofreading, and transcribing a hand-drawn version of Figure 1 into TikZ code. The authors bear sole responsibility for the correctness of this manuscript.
Figure 1. Phase diagram for the recovery problem in tensor PCA in terms of λ \lambda λ .
Introduction
This paper is the second of a two-part series on local Markov chains for the tensor principal components analysis (tensor PCA) problem, which involves recovering an unknown vector from a noisy observation of its tensor power. Originally introduced by Richard and Montanari [45 ] as a generalization of classical spiked matrix models in statistics and machine learning [30 , 6 ] , tensor PCA is a canonical planted problem in average-case complexity theory [26 , 23 , 24 , 13 , 5 , 16 , 20 , 34 , 43 , 32 WEM25, 35 , 14 ] . It is also widely studied in high-dimensional statistics [37 , 44 , 29 ] and in the theory of spin glasses in statistical physics [1 , 9 , 46 , 7 , 10 ] . Part I of this series [21 ] analyzes Glauber dynamics for Ising tensor PCA , in which the unknown vector lies on the signed Boolean hypercube { ± 1 } N \{\pm1\}^{N} { ± 1 } N . This paper serves as a complement to Part I and analyzes Langevin dynamics for spherical tensor PCA , in which the unknown vector lies on the sphere S N = { x ∈ R N : ∥ x ∥ 2 = N } \mathcal{S}_{N} = \{x \in\mathbb{R}^{N}: \lVert x\rVert^{2} = N\} S N = { x ∈ R N : ∥ x ∥ 2 = N } .
Formally, for a fixed integer k ≥ 3 k \ge3 k ≥ 3 and an unknown planted vector x ⋆ ∈ S N x^{\star} \in\mathcal{S}_{N} x ⋆ ∈ S N , we observe the symmetric order-k k k tensor
Y = λ N ( θ ⋆ ) ⊗ k + G , θ ⋆ = x ⋆ N . Y = \lambda\sqrt{N}(\theta^{\star})^{\otimes k} + G, \qquad\theta^{\star} = \frac{x^{\star}}{\sqrt{N}}. Y = λ N ( θ ⋆ ) ⊗ k + G , θ ⋆ = N x ⋆ .
where λ ≥ 0 \lambda\ge0 λ ≥ 0 denotes the signal-to-noise ratio and G ∈ ( R N ) ⊗ k G \in(\mathbb{R}^{N})^{\otimes k} G ∈ ( R N ) ⊗ k denotes the standard symmetrized Gaussian tensor, i.e., the symmetrization of a k k k -tensor with i.i.d. N ( 0 , 1 ) \mathcal{N}(0,1) N ( 0 , 1 ) entries. The goal is to recover x ⋆ x^{\star} x ⋆ (modulo sign for even k k k ) from a single observation of the noisy tensor Y Y Y . Two notions of recovery are standard in the literature. A (possibly randomized) estimator x ^ = x ^ ( Y ) ∈ S N \widehat{x} = \widehat{x}(Y) \in\mathcal{S}_{N} x = x ( Y ) ∈ S N for x ⋆ x^{\star} x ⋆ is said to achieve weak (resp. strong ) recovery if its correlation N − 1 ⟨ x ^ , x ⋆ ⟩ N^{-1}\langle\widehat{x}, x^{\star}\rangle N − 1 ⟨ x , x ⋆ ⟩ is strictly bounded away from zero (resp. = 1 − o N ( 1 ) = 1-o_{N}(1) = 1 − o N ( 1 ) ). For even k k k , the correlation is instead defined as N − 1 ∣ ⟨ x ^ , x ⋆ ⟩ ∣ N^{-1}|\langle\widehat{x},x^{\star}\rangle| N − 1 ∣ ⟨ x , x ⋆ ⟩ ∣ .
As is discussed at length in Part I [21 Section 1] , the tensor PCA problem exhibits a well-studied statistical-computational gap (see Figure 1 ). Weak recovery is information-theoretically possible once λ \lambda λ exceeds a threshold λ I T = Θ k ( 1 ) \lambda_{\mathrm{IT}} = \Theta_{k}(1) λ IT = Θ k ( 1 ) [37 , 44 , 29 ] , whereas global algorithms, such as tensor unfolding [45 , 26 ] , partial traces [23 , 3 ] , and the sum-of-squares hierarchy [26 ] , achieve strong recovery in polynomial time above the polynomially larger algorithmic threshold λ A L G ≍ N k − 2 4 \lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} \asymp N^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ALG ≍ N 4 k − 2 , below which no polynomial-time algorithm is believed to achieve even weak recovery. Local Markov chains, perhaps the most natural algorithms that statistical physics offers for planted problems, were believed to fall short of the algorithmic threshold when initialized from an uninformative cold start . In particular, Ben Arous, Gheissari, and Jagannath [10 ] showed that spherical Langevin dynamics at any fixed temperature, initialized from the uniform measure on S N \mathcal{S}_{N} S N , recovers the planted signal in polynomial time once λ ≫ N k − 2 2 \lambda\gg N^{\frac{k-2}{2}} λ ≫ N 2 k − 2 , a polynomial factor of N k − 2 4 N^{\frac{k-2}{4}} N 4 k − 2 above the algorithmic threshold. Below this scale, they conjectured that spherical Langevin dynamics initialized from the uniform measure fails to recover the planted signal in polynomial time [10 Section 1, see also Ban+23, Section 2(b)] , providing evidence via lower bounds for disorder-dependent Gibbs-type initializations. The same scale is also believed to be the threshold for other cold-started local algorithms, such as power iteration and approximate message passing [45 , 27 , 50 ] . This apparent weakness motivates the following central question of our two-part work:
“Can polynomial-time algorithms based on canonical local Markov chains initialized from a cold start achieve recovery down to the algorithmic threshold?”
For Ising tensor PCA, Part I [21 ] answered this question in the affirmative by establishing that Glauber dynamics, a canonical local Markov chain on the hypercube, achieves strong recovery in polynomial time above the algorithmic threshold from a uniformly random initialization when supplemented with annealing and ergodic averaging. In this paper, we show that the same holds for spherical tensor PCA, with Glauber dynamics replaced by spherical Langevin dynamics, the canonical local Markov chain on the sphere, which was analyzed at a fixed temperature in [10 ] . This extension is far from straightforward, as spherical tensor PCA differs substantially from its Ising counterpart. In particular, S N \mathcal{S}_N S N is a continuous state space with non-Euclidean geometry, and spherical Langevin dynamics is a Markov diffusion process, as opposed to a jump process like Glauber dynamics. Nevertheless, as we shall discuss in § 2 , the key conceptual ideas of Part I, which rely on only a few structural properties of the problem, carry over to the sphere once carefully adapted.
Our Results
Our first result is a simple, fully local algorithm for spherical tensor PCA that achieves polynomial-time strong recovery for all λ ≳ λ A L G \lambda\gtrsim\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} λ ≳ λ ALG . Following the template developed in Part I [21 Section 1.1] , our algorithm is spherical Langevin dynamics from a uniform initialization, with a simple twist. Algorithm 1 first runs high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics and computes the ergodic average of its trajectory. It then normalizes this average to lie on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N and uses the resulting state as a warm start for spherical Langevin dynamics at a much lower, constant temperature. As described in the following theorem, we prove that this guarantee holds whenever the tensor order k k k is odd.
Theorem 1.1 (Informal). Let k ≥ 3 k \ge3 k ≥ 3 be odd, and let H ( x ) = N − k − 1 2 ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ H(x) = N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}} \langle Y, x^{\otimes k} \rangle H ( x ) = N − 2 k − 1 ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ denote the tensor PCA Hamiltonian on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N with λ ≳ λ A L G \lambda\gtrsim\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} λ ≳ λ ALG . Then, with a uniformly random initialization and suitable inverse temperatures, Algorithm 1 run with T a v ≳ N 2 k − 2 + o ( 1 ) T_{\mathrm{av}} \gtrsim N^{2k-2+o(1)} T av ≳ N 2 k − 2 + o ( 1 ) and 1 ≲ T ≲ poly ( N ) 1 \lesssim T \lesssim\operatorname{poly}(N) 1 ≲ T ≲ poly ( N ) strongly recovers the planted signal with probability at least 1 − exp ( − N 1 / 2 − o ( 1 ) ) 1-\exp(-N^{1/2-o(1)}) 1 − exp ( − N 1/2 − o ( 1 ) ) .
When the tensor order k k k is even, the ergodic average no longer provides an informative warm start. However, this is easily remedied by using ergodic second moments instead. To this end, Algorithm 2, which arises as a simple modification of Algorithm 1, initializes low temperature spherical Langevin dynamics using the top eigenvector of the ergodic second moment of F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 F(x)=(x,1) \in\mathbb{R}^{N+1} F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 along the high temperature trajectory. We prove that the resulting algorithm achieves polynomial-time strong recovery above the algorithmic threshold for every tensor order k ≥ 3 k \ge3 k ≥ 3 , irrespective of its parity.
Algorithm 1 Annealed Spherical Langevin Dynamics with Ergodic Averaging
Input: Hamiltonian H : S N → R H:\mathcal{S}_N \to\mathbb{R} H : S N → R , initial state X ~ 0 ∈ S N \widetilde{X}_0 \in\mathcal{S}_N X 0 ∈ S N , inverse temperatures β 0 , β > 0 \beta_0,\beta>0 β 0 , β > 0 , and simulation times T a v , T > 0 T_{\mathrm{av}},T>0 T av , T > 0 .
Run spherical Langevin dynamics with Hamiltonian H H H , inverse temperature β 0 \beta_0 β 0 , initial state X ~ 0 \widetilde{X}_0 X 0 , and time T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av to obtain ( X ~ t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T a v (\widetilde{X}_t)_{0\le t\le T_{\mathrm{av}}} ( X t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T av :
d X ~ t = ( β 0 ⋅ Q X ~ t ∇ H ( X ~ t ) − N − 1 2 N X ~ t ) d t + Q X ~ t d B ~ t , Q x ≔ I − x x T ∥ x ∥ 2 . \mathrm{d}\widetilde{X}_t=\left(\beta_0\cdot Q_{\widetilde{X}_t}\nabla H(\widetilde{X}_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}\widetilde{X}_t\right)\mathrm{d}t+Q_{\widetilde{X}_t}\mathrm{d}\widetilde{B}_t,\qquad Q_x\coloneqq I-\frac{xx^{\mathsf{T}}}{\lVert x\rVert^2}. d X t = ( β 0 ⋅ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − 2 N N − 1 X t ) d t + Q X t d B t , Q x : = I − ∥ x ∥ 2 x x T . Compute the ergodic average:
X ‾ T a v = 1 T a v ∫ 0 T a v X ~ t d t . \overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}=\frac{1}{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\int_0^{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\widetilde{X}_t\mathrm{d}t. X T av = T av 1 ∫ 0 T av X t d t . Run spherical Langevin dynamics with Hamiltonian H H H , inverse temperature β \beta β , initial state X 0 = N X ‾ T a v ∥ X ‾ T a v ∥ X_0=\frac{\sqrt{N}\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}{\lVert\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\rVert} X 0 = ∥ X T av ∥ N X T av , and time T T T to obtain ( X t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (X_t)_{0\le t\le T} ( X t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T :
d X t = ( β ⋅ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − N − 1 2 N X t ) d t + Q X t d B t , Q x ≔ I − x x T ∥ x ∥ 2 . \mathrm{d}X_t=\left(\beta\cdot Q_{X_t}\nabla H(X_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}X_t\right)\mathrm{d}t+Q_{X_t}\mathrm{d}B_t,\qquad Q_x\coloneqq I-\frac{xx^{\mathsf{T}}}{\lVert x\rVert^2}. d X t = ( β ⋅ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − 2 N N − 1 X t ) d t + Q X t d B t , Q x : = I − ∥ x ∥ 2 x x T . Output: X T X_T X T .
Theorem 1.2 (Informal). Let k ≥ 3 k\ge3 k ≥ 3 , and let H ( x ) = N − k − 1 2 ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ H(x)=N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}}\langle Y,x^{\otimes k}\rangle H ( x ) = N − 2 k − 1 ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ denote the tensor PCA Hamiltonian on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N with λ ≳ λ A L G \lambda\gtrsim\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} λ ≳ λ ALG . Then, with a uniformly random initialization and suitable inverse temperatures, Algorithm 2 run with T a v ≳ N 2 k + o ( 1 ) T_{\mathrm{av}}\gtrsim N^{2k+o(1)} T av ≳ N 2 k + o ( 1 ) and 1 ≲ T ≲ poly ( N ) 1\lesssim T\lesssim\operatorname{poly}(N) 1 ≲ T ≲ poly ( N ) strongly recovers the planted signal with probability at least 1 − exp ( − N 1 / 2 − o ( 1 ) ) 1-\exp(-N^{1/2-o(1)}) 1 − exp ( − N 1/2 − o ( 1 ) ) .
Remark 1.3. Mirroring Part I [21 Remark 1.3] , the warm start in Algorithm 2 is computed via an ergodic statistic of the underlying local Markov chain itself. This differs from prior warm-started local algorithms [45 , 3 , 38 ] , which obtain their initializations from the observed tensor Y Y Y via a global algorithm. Furthermore, because this ergodic statistic is accumulated online, the eigenvector computation of Step 3 in Algorithm 2 can itself be carried out locally, by evolving Oja’s flow [42 , 33 ] alongside the high temperature trajectory,
z ˙ t = η t ⟨ F ( X ~ t ) , z t ⟩ F ( X ~ t ) , F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 , z 0 ∼ Uniform ( S N ) , \dot{z}_t=\eta_t\langle F(\widetilde{X}_t),z_t\rangle F(\widetilde{X}_t),\qquad F(x)=(x,1)\in\mathbb{R}^{N+1},\qquad z_0\sim\operatorname{Uniform}(\mathcal{S}^N), z ˙ t = η t ⟨ F ( X t ) , z t ⟩ F ( X t ) , F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 , z 0 ∼ Uniform ( S N ) ,
with step sizes η t > 0 \eta_t>0 η t > 0 , and replacing ( v , a ) (v,a) ( v , a ) with z T a v z_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} z T av normalized to unit norm and oriented so that its last coordinate is nonnegative. Since the velocity of z t z_t z t in the above ODE depends on the trajectory only through the current state X ~ t \widetilde{X}_t X t , the resulting algorithm needs to maintain only the current state and a single auxiliary vector, much like the running average in Algorithm 1. For simplicity, we retain the explicit eigenvector computation, since analyzing this variant would obscure our main ideas.
We highlight that Algorithms 1 and 2 are direct adaptations of the two algorithms of Part I [21 Section 1.1] , with spherical Langevin dynamics in place of Glauber dynamics. As such, they remain agnostic to the Hamiltonian, i.e., they are defined for any smooth H : S N → R H:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} H : S N → R and make no use of the specific form of the tensor PCA Hamiltonian. We thus expect our approach to extend to other planted problems on the sphere and, more broadly, to state spaces beyond the hypercube and the sphere.
Algorithm 2 Annealed Spherical Langevin Dynamics with Augmented Ergodic Second Moment
Input: Hamiltonian H : S N → R H : \mathcal{S}_N \to\mathbb{R} H : S N → R , initial state X ~ 0 ∈ S N \widetilde{X}_0 \in\mathcal{S}_N X 0 ∈ S N , inverse temperatures β 0 , β > 0 \beta_0,\beta> 0 β 0 , β > 0 , and simulation times T a v , T > 0 T_{\mathrm{av}},T > 0 T av , T > 0 .
Run spherical Langevin dynamics with Hamiltonian H H H , inverse temperature β 0 \beta_0 β 0 , initial state X ~ 0 \widetilde{X}_0 X 0 , and time T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av to obtain ( X ~ t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T a v (\widetilde{X}_t)_{0 \le t \le T_{\mathrm{av}}} ( X t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T av :
d X ~ t = ( β 0 ⋅ Q X ~ t ∇ H ( X ~ t ) − N − 1 2 N X ~ t ) d t + Q X ~ t d B ~ t , Q x ≔ I − x x T ∥ x ∥ 2 . \mathrm{d}\widetilde{X}_t=\left(\beta_0\cdot Q_{\widetilde{X}_t}\nabla H(\widetilde{X}_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}\widetilde{X}_t\right)\mathrm{d}t+Q_{\widetilde{X}_t}\mathrm{d}\widetilde{B}_t,\qquad Q_x\coloneqq I-\frac{xx^{\mathsf{T}}}{\lVert x\rVert^2}. d X t = ( β 0 ⋅ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − 2 N N − 1 X t ) d t + Q X t d B t , Q x : = I − ∥ x ∥ 2 x x T .
Compute the augmented ergodic second moment:
M ‾ T a v = 1 T a v ∫ 0 T a v F ( X ~ t ) ⊗ 2 d t , F ( x ) ≔ ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 . \overline{M}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}=\frac{1}{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\int_0^{T_{\mathrm{av}}}F(\widetilde{X}_t)^{\otimes2}\,\mathrm{d}t,\qquad F(x)\coloneqq(x,1)\in\mathbb{R}^{N+1}. M T av = T av 1 ∫ 0 T av F ( X t ) ⊗ 2 d t , F ( x ) : = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 .
Compute a top unit eigenvector ( v , a ) ∈ R N × R (v,a)\in\mathbb{R}^N\times\mathbb{R} ( v , a ) ∈ R N × R of M ‾ T a v \overline{M}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} M T av , oriented so that a ≥ 0 a\ge0 a ≥ 0 .
Run spherical Langevin dynamics with Hamiltonian H H H , inverse temperature β \beta β , initial state X 0 = N v ∥ v ∥ X_0=\frac{\sqrt{N}v}{\lVert v\rVert} X 0 = ∥ v ∥ N v , and time T T T to obtain ( X t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (X_t)_{0 \le t \le T} ( X t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T :
d X t = ( β ⋅ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − N − 1 2 N X t ) d t + Q X t d B t , Q x ≔ I − x x T ∥ x ∥ 2 . \mathrm{d}X_t=\left(\beta\cdot Q_{X_t}\nabla H(X_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}X_t\right)\mathrm{d}t+Q_{X_t}\mathrm{d}B_t,\qquad Q_x\coloneqq I-\frac{xx^{\mathsf{T}}}{\lVert x\rVert^2}. d X t = ( β ⋅ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − 2 N N − 1 X t ) d t + Q X t d B t , Q x : = I − ∥ x ∥ 2 x x T .
Output: X T X_T X T .
Acknowledgements
We thank Brice Huang for helpful discussions and feedback. The authors acknowledge the support of the NSF AI Institute for Foundations of Machine Learning (IFML) and of T.S.’s NSF CAREER award # 2143246.
Organization
We sketch the key ideas behind our proofs in § 2 , and review the necessary notation and preliminaries in § 3 . In § 4 , we carry out a signal-noise decomposition of the average spherical gradient and Hessian of the tensor PCA Hamiltonian, and § 5 shows that ergodic averages of high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics recover these averaged derivatives. We then analyze the second phase of Algorithm 1 in § 6 , proving a formal version of Theorem 1.1 . Finally, we extend this analysis to Algorithm 2 in § 7 , proving a formal version of Theorem 1.2 .
Proof Sketch
Before presenting our key ideas, we first describe the tensor PCA Hamiltonian in more detail and fix some notation. A natural approach to recovery is to solve the Maximum Likelihood Estimation (MLE) problem, defined as follows:
x ^ M L E ∈ argmax x ∈ S N ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ . (1) \widehat{x}_{\mathrm{MLE}}\in\underset{x\in\mathcal{S}_N}{\operatorname{argmax}}\left\langle Y,x^{\otimes k}\right\rangle. \tag*{(1)} x MLE ∈ x ∈ S N argmax ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ . (1)
We approach the objective in Equation (1) indirectly, by running spherical Langevin dynamics with the corresponding Hamiltonian1 H : S N → R H:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} H : S N → R :
H ( x ) ≔ N − k − 1 2 ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ = N λ m ( x ) k + H 0 ( x ) , H(x) \coloneqq N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}}\left\langle Y,x^{\otimes k}\right\rangle= N\lambda m(x)^k+H_0(x), H ( x ) : = N − 2 k − 1 ⟨ Y , x ⊗ k ⟩ = N λm ( x ) k + H 0 ( x ) ,
m ( x ) ≔ 1 N ⟨ x ⋆ , x ⟩ = 1 N ⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ , H 0 ( x ) ≔ N − k − 1 2 ⟨ G , x ⊗ k ⟩ , (2) m(x)\coloneqq\frac{1}{N}\langle x^\star,x\rangle=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle\theta^\star,x\rangle,\qquad H_0(x)\coloneqq N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}}\left\langle G,x^{\otimes k}\right\rangle, \tag*{(2)} m ( x ) : = N 1 ⟨ x ⋆ , x ⟩ = N 1 ⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ , H 0 ( x ) : = N − 2 k − 1 ⟨ G , x ⊗ k ⟩ , (2)
where m : S N → [ − 1 , 1 ] m:\mathcal{S}_N\to[-1,1] m : S N → [ − 1 , 1 ] is the normalized correlation with the planted vector and H 0 H_0 H 0 is the spherical pure k k k -spin Hamiltonian [19 , 1 ] , a centered isotropic Gaussian process on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N with covariance
E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y ) ] = N ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k , x , y ∈ S N . (3) \mathbb{E}[H_0(x)H_0(y)]=N\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k,\qquad x,y\in\mathcal{S}_N. \tag*{(3)} E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y )] = N ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k , x , y ∈ S N . (3)
We refer to N λ m ( x ) k N\lambda m(x)^k N λm ( x ) k and H 0 H_0 H 0 as the signal and the disorder, respectively, and let π \pi π denote the uniform measure on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N .
We now sketch the main ideas behind our results. Our analysis extends the proof techniques that were developed in Part I [21 ] for Glauber dynamics, to spherical Langevin dynamics, and each of its steps has a direct counterpart in Part I. At the level of a proof overview, the core ideas behind the two analyses are in many cases identical. Thus, to keep this paper self-contained, this section closely follows the corresponding section of Part I [21 Section 2] , often verbatim. The required technical modifications to the proof strategy stem from the Riemannian geometry of S N \mathcal{S}_N S N and the fact that spherical Langevin dynamics is a Markov diffusion process rather than a jump process. We discuss our analysis of Algorithm 1 for odd k k k in § 2.1 to § 2.4 , and the ideas behind our analysis of Algorithm 2 in § 2.5 , highlighting these modifications along the way.
Escaping the Equator
The starting point of our analysis is the following heuristic picture of spherical Langevin dynamics proposed by Ben Arous, Gheissari, and Jagannath [10 Section 2.5.1] . Let ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H at a constant inverse temperature β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 . For a smooth f : R N → R f:\mathbb{R}^N\to\mathbb{R} f : R N → R , we write ∇ S N f ( x ) = Q x ∇ f ( x ) \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f(x)=Q_x\nabla f(x) ∇ S N f ( x ) = Q x ∇ f ( x ) for its spherical gradient at x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N , where ∇ f \nabla f ∇ f denotes its Euclidean gradient and Q x = I − x x T N Q_x=I-\frac{xx^\mathsf{T}}{N} Q x = I − N x x T is the orthogonal projection onto the tangent space of S N \mathcal{S}_N S N at x x x , as in Algorithm 1. In our conventions, the evolution equation [10 Eq. (2.14)] for the correlation m t = m ( X t ) m_t=m(X_t) m t = m ( X t ) shows that, modulo stochastic fluctuations,
d m t d t ≈ β k λ m t k − 1 ( 1 − m t 2 ) ⏟ signal drift − N − 1 2 N m t ⏟ entropic drift + β N ⟨ x ⋆ , ∇ S N H 0 ( X t ) ⟩ ⏟ disorder drift . (4) \frac{\mathrm{d}m_t}{\mathrm{d}t}\approx\underbrace{\beta k\lambda m_t^{k-1}(1-m_t^2)}_{\text{signal}\\ \text{drift}}-\underbrace{\frac{N-1}{2N}m_t}_{\text{entropic}\\ \text{drift}}+\underbrace{\frac{\beta}{N}\left\langle x^\star,\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_0(X_t)\right\rangle}_{\text{disorder}\\ \text{drift}}. \tag*{(4)} d t d m t ≈ signal drift β k λ m t k − 1 ( 1 − m t 2 ) − entropic drift 2 N N − 1 m t + disorder drift N β ⟨ x ⋆ , ∇ S N H 0 ( X t ) ⟩ . (4)
The disorder drift is a highly intricate random function of the trajectory, since X t X_t X t itself depends on H 0 H_0 H 0 through the entire history of the dynamics. Controlling this term is perhaps the most challenging obstacle in our analysis, and we shall return to it later in this section.
Setting aside the disorder drift for now, the evolution of m t m_t m t is essentially a competition between the entropic and signal drifts. The entropic drift, which is the drift of m t m_t m t under spherical Brownian motion, i.e., for β = 0 \beta= 0 β = 0 , drags m t m_t m t towards the equator { x ∈ S N : ∣ m ( x ) ∣ ≲ N − 1 / 2 } \{x \in\mathcal{S}_N : |m(x)| \lesssim N^{-1/2}\} { x ∈ S N : ∣ m ( x ) ∣ ≲ N − 1/2 } , where the uniform measure on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N concentrates. The signal drift is induced by the spherical gradient of the signal, which pushes the state towards x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ . Near the equator, the ratio of the signal drift to the entropic drift is approximately 2 β k λ m t k − 2 2\beta k\lambda m_t^{k-2} 2 β k λ m t k − 2 , which increases with m t m_t m t . We therefore expect the correlation to grow at an accelerating rate if 2 β k λ m t k − 2 > 1 2\beta k\lambda m_t^{k-2} > 1 2 β k λ m t k − 2 > 1 , and to be dragged back to the equator otherwise. In other words, spherical Langevin dynamics initialized at correlation m 0 m_0 m 0 should escape the equator and recover the planted signal efficiently if and only if λ m 0 k − 2 ≳ 1 \lambda m_0^{k-2} \gtrsim1 λ m 0 k − 2 ≳ 1 , or equivalently, m 0 ≳ λ − 1 / ( k − 2 ) m_0 \gtrsim\lambda^{-1/(k-2)} m 0 ≳ λ − 1/ ( k − 2 ) . This picture is also supported by landscape complexity analyses [9 , 46 ] , which show that spurious local maxima of the Hamiltonian are confined to the band ∣ m ∣ ≲ λ − 1 / ( k − 2 ) |m| \lesssim\lambda^{-1/(k-2)} ∣ m ∣ ≲ λ − 1/ ( k − 2 ) around the equator.
A uniformly random initialization has correlation of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 , which would require λ ≳ N ( k − 2 ) / 2 \lambda\gtrsim N^{(k-2)/2} λ ≳ N ( k − 2 ) /2 to escape the equator. This matches the guarantee of [10 Theorem 2.1] that spherical Langevin dynamics initialized uniformly at random on the hemisphere { x ∈ S N : m ( x ) > 0 } \{x \in\mathcal{S}_N : m(x) > 0\} { x ∈ S N : m ( x ) > 0 } recovers the planted signal in O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) time whenever λ = N α \lambda= N^\alpha λ = N α with α > k − 2 2 \alpha> \frac{k-2}{2} α > 2 k − 2 . At λ ≍ λ A L G \lambda\asymp\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} λ ≍ λ ALG , however, spherical Langevin dynamics requires an initial correlation of order at least λ A L G − 1 / ( k − 2 ) ≍ N − 1 / 4 \lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}}^{-1/(k-2)} \asymp N^{-1/4} λ ALG − 1/ ( k − 2 ) ≍ N − 1/4 , even in this idealized picture that ignores the disorder. Our first obstacle is therefore to find a natural warm start, which (i) achieves correlation Ω ( N − 1 / 4 ) \Omega(N^{-1/4}) Ω ( N − 1/4 ) when λ ≍ λ A L G \lambda\asymp\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} λ ≍ λ ALG , and (ii) can be approximated from the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics itself. As we shall now discuss, averaging the spherical gradient of H H H over the uniform measure on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N yields a warm start that satisfies both desiderata.
Warm Start via the Average Spherical Gradient
Recall that our goal is to construct a warm start from the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics itself. Since spherical Langevin dynamics depends on H H H only through its spherical gradient, so should any such warm start computed from its trajectory. This merits a closer analysis of the spherical gradient, which decomposes as ∇ S N H ( x ) = k λ m ( x ) k − 1 Q x x ⋆ + ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N} H(x) = k\lambda m(x)^{k-1}Q_x x^\star+ \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N} H_0(x) ∇ S N H ( x ) = k λm ( x ) k − 1 Q x x ⋆ + ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , and therefore forms a noisy observation of the projection Q x x ⋆ Q_x x^\star Q x x ⋆ of the planted vector onto the tangent space at x x x , since m ( x ) k − 1 ≥ 0 m(x)^{k-1} \ge0 m ( x ) k − 1 ≥ 0 for odd k k k . However, at a uniformly random point, the signal contribution has norm of order λ N ( k − 2 ) / 2 \lambda N^{(k-2)/2} λ N ( k − 2 ) /2 , and is thus dwarfed by the disorder contribution, whose norm is of order N \sqrt{N} N by Gaussian concentration.
Fortunately, although H 0 H_0 H 0 has a rugged landscape with exponentially many local maxima [1 ] , its values at typical pairs of points are nearly independent, since its covariance only depends on the overlap ⟨ x , y ⟩ / N \langle x,y\rangle/N ⟨ x , y ⟩ / N . Indeed, for independent x , y ∼ π x,y \sim\pi x , y ∼ π , the law of ⟨ x , y ⟩ / N \langle x,y\rangle/\sqrt{N} ⟨ x , y ⟩ / N converges to N ( 0 , 1 ) \mathcal{N}(0,1) N ( 0 , 1 ) by the central limit theorem, and hence
E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y ) ] = N ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k = N 1 − k 2 ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k ≲ N 1 − k 2 ≤ N − 1 / 2 . \mathbb{E}[H_0(x)H_0(y)] = N\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k = N^{1-\frac{k}{2}}\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)^k \lesssim N^{1-\frac{k}{2}} \le N^{-1/2}. E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y )] = N ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k = N 1 − 2 k ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k ≲ N 1 − 2 k ≤ N − 1/2 .
whereas E [ H 0 ( x ) 2 ] = N \mathbb{E}[H_0(x)^2] = N E [ H 0 ( x ) 2 ] = N . Averaging the spherical gradient over π \pi π should therefore suppress the disorder contribution, while the signal contribution survives, since it points towards x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ at every point. This motivates the average spherical gradient u H ≔ E π [ ∇ S N H ] u_H \coloneqq\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N} H] u H : = E π [ ∇ S N H ] .
By Stein’s lemma for the uniform measure on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N , which we establish in § 3.1 , we have u H = κ N E π [ x H ( x ) ] u_H = \kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xH(x)] u H = κ N E π [ x H ( x )] with κ N ≔ N − 1 N \kappa_N \coloneqq\frac{N-1}{N} κ N : = N N − 1 , so that u H u_H u H is linear in the observed tensor Y Y Y . In § 4 , we use the rotation invariance of π \pi π and of the Gaussian process H 0 H_0 H 0 to show that u H u_H u H is a noisy observation of x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ ,
u H = κ N − 1 λ σ N 2 x ⋆ + ζ , ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) , σ N 2 = κ N 2 N E x , x ′ ∼ i . i . d . π [ ( ⟨ x , x ′ ⟩ N ) k + 1 ] ≍ k N − k − 1 2 . (5) u_H=\kappa_N^{-1}\lambda\sigma_N^2 x^\star+\zeta,\qquad\zeta\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I),\qquad\sigma_N^2=\kappa_N^2 N\mathbb{E}_{x,x'\mathrel{\mathop{\sim}^{\mathrm{i.i.d.}}}\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle x,x'\rangle}{N}\right)^{k+1}\right]\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}}. \tag*{(5)} u H = κ N − 1 λ σ N 2 x ⋆ + ζ , ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) , σ N 2 = κ N 2 N E x , x ′ ∼ i.i.d. π [ ( N ⟨ x , x ′ ⟩ ) k + 1 ] ≍ k N − 2 k − 1 . (5)
Thus, u H u_H u H has signal-to-noise ratio κ N − 1 λ σ N ≍ k λ N − k − 1 4 \kappa_N^{-1}\lambda\sigma_N\asymp_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} κ N − 1 λ σ N ≍ k λ N − 4 k − 1 , in terms of the norms of its signal and noise components, which is a factor of N k − 1 4 N^{\frac{k-1}{4}} N 4 k − 1 larger than that of the spherical gradient at a single uniformly random point. Consequently, the normalized average spherical gradient u ^ H : = N u H ∥ u H ∥ \widehat{u}_H:=\frac{\sqrt{N}u_H}{\lVert u_H\rVert} u H := ∥ u H ∥ N u H (which replaces the sign rounding sgn ( u H ) \operatorname{sgn}(u_H) sgn ( u H ) used in Part I [21 ] ), satisfies the following with high probability:
m ( u ^ H ) ≍ k min { 1 , λ N − k − 1 4 } . m(\widehat{u}_H)\asymp_k\min\{1,\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}}\}. m ( u H ) ≍ k min { 1 , λ N − 4 k − 1 } .
In particular, if λ ≤ N k − 1 4 \lambda\le N^{\frac{k-1}{4}} λ ≤ N 4 k − 1 , then λ m ( u ^ H ) k − 2 ≍ k ( λ N − k − 1 4 ) k − 1 \lambda m(\widehat{u}_H)^{k-2}\asymp_k(\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}})^{k-1} λm ( u H ) k − 2 ≍ k ( λ N − 4 k − 1 ) k − 1 , and hence u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H is a sufficiently good warm start for escaping the equator exactly when λ ≳ λ A L G \lambda\gtrsim\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} λ ≳ λ ALG .
This suggests initializing spherical Langevin dynamics at a constant temperature from u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H . However, since u H u_H u H aggregates the Hamiltonian over the entire sphere, it is a global statistic. This raises the question of whether it can nevertheless be approximated from the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics, as required by the second desideratum.
The idea of averaging the gradient to suppress the disorder also underlies the averaged gradient descent algorithm of Biroli, Cammarota, and Ricci-Tersenghi [7 ] , which minimizes the energy − H -H − H by moving along the average of the Euclidean gradient ∇ H \nabla H ∇ H evaluated at many random points of S N \mathbb{S}_N S N around the current iterate. Using annealed Kac–Rice heuristics and numerical simulations for k = 3 k=3 k = 3 , [7 ] provide non-rigorous evidence that their method succeeds above the algorithmic threshold. In contrast, our algorithms come with rigorous guarantees and, as we discuss below, approximate the average gradient u H u_H u H implicitly from a single trajectory of high temperature Langevin dynamics.
Approximating the Average Gradient via High Temperature Langevin Dynamics
Our analysis of Glauber dynamics in Part I [21 ] suggests that u H u_H u H can be approximated by the ergodic average X ‾ T : = 1 T ∫ 0 T X ~ t d t \overline{X}_T:=\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T\widetilde{X}_t\,\mathrm{d}t X T := T 1 ∫ 0 T X t d t of high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics ( X ~ t ) t ≥ 0 (\widetilde{X}_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 for H H H , run at a small inverse temperature β 0 > 0 \beta_0>0 β 0 > 0 . Indeed, since this diffusion has stationary distribution μ H , β 0 ∝ π e 2 β 0 H \mu_{H,\beta_0}\propto\pi e^{2\beta_0H} μ H , β 0 ∝ π e 2 β 0 H , the ergodic theorem [cf. BGL14, Section 1.15.9] implies that X ‾ T \overline{X}_T X T converges to the mean of μ H , β 0 \mu_{H,\beta_0} μ H , β 0 as T → ∞ T\to\infty T → ∞ . At high temperature, μ H , β 0 \mu_{H,\beta_0} μ H , β 0 is a slight tilt of the uniform measure, and expanding to first order in β 0 \beta_0 β 0 , we infer from E π [ x ] = 0 \mathbb{E}_\pi[x]=0 E π [ x ] = 0 and Stein’s lemma that
lim T → ∞ X ‾ T = E π [ x e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] E π [ e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] = 2 β 0 E π [ x H ( x ) ] + O ( β 0 2 ) = 2 β 0 κ N u H + O ( β 0 2 ) . \lim_{T\to\infty}\overline{X}_T=\frac{\mathbb{E}_\pi\left[x e^{2\beta_0H(x)}\right]}{\mathbb{E}_\pi\left[e^{2\beta_0H(x)}\right]}=2\beta_0\mathbb{E}_\pi[xH(x)]+O(\beta_0^2)=\frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N}u_H+O(\beta_0^2). T → ∞ lim X T = E π [ e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] E π [ x e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] = 2 β 0 E π [ x H ( x )] + O ( β 0 2 ) = κ N 2 β 0 u H + O ( β 0 2 ) .
In other words, the mean of the Gibbs measure at high temperature is the linear response of the uniform measure to the field H H H , which Stein’s lemma identifies with a multiple of u H u_H u H .
Since β 0 u H \beta_0u_H β 0 u H vanishes as β 0 → 0 \beta_0\to0 β 0 → 0 , making the above heuristic rigorous requires quantitative versions of both the long time limit and the high temperature expansion, which we derive in § 5 . Notably, our proofs circumvent the analysis of the stationary distribution or the mixing time of high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics, and instead proceed by comparing the diffusion directly with spherical Brownian motion on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N . Since the drift β 0 ∇ S N H ( x ) − K N 2 x \beta_0\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N} H(x)-\frac{K_N}{2}x β 0 ∇ S N H ( x ) − 2 K N x of high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics averages to zero over long times, the ergodic average X ˉ T \bar{X}_T X ˉ T closely tracks that of the rescaled spherical gradient 2 β 0 K N ∇ S N H ( X ~ t ) \frac{2\beta_0}{K_N}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H(\widetilde{X}_t) K N 2 β 0 ∇ S N H ( X t ) . Moreover, the ergodic theorem suggests that the latter concentrates around 2 β 0 K N E π [ ∇ S N H ] = 2 β 0 K N u H \frac{2\beta_0}{K_N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H]=\frac{2\beta_0}{K_N}u_H K N 2 β 0 E π [ ∇ S N H ] = K N 2 β 0 u H , since high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics is a small perturbation of spherical Brownian motion, whose stationary distribution is π \pi π . To quantify this concentration non-asymptotically, we combine the Green operator of spherical Brownian motion, a classical tool for proving central limit theorems for ergodic averages of Markov processes [31 Ebe25] , with the Bakry–Émery curvature-dimension criterion [12 ] . For tensor PCA, the resulting bounds establish that β 0 = λ − 1 N − k − 1 2 − o ( 1 ) \beta_0=\lambda^{-1}N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}-o(1)} β 0 = λ − 1 N − 2 k − 1 − o ( 1 ) and T a v = N 2 k − 2 + o ( 1 ) T_{\mathrm{av}}=N^{2k-2+o(1)} T av = N 2 k − 2 + o ( 1 ) suffice for the normalized ergodic average X ^ T a v ≔ N X ˉ T a v ∥ X ˉ T a v ∥ \widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\coloneqq\frac{\sqrt{N}\bar{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}{\lVert\bar{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\rVert} X T av : = ∥ X ˉ T av ∥ N X ˉ T av to closely approximate u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H with high probability, so that this warm start meets both desiderata. This motivates the construction of Algorithm 1, which first runs high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics and uses the normalization of its ergodic average to initialize spherical Langevin dynamics at a constant temperature.
Our non-asymptotic analysis of the ergodic average is established for generic smooth Hamiltonians satisfying mild regularity conditions, and could be of independent interest. It extends the corresponding analysis for Glauber dynamics in Part I [21 ] , which instead establishes a discrete version of the Bakry–Émery criterion on the hypercube using elementary Fourier analysis.
Computing the warm start and climbing towards the planted signal require different temperatures, which is why Algorithm 1 is annealed. At high temperature, the signal drift in Equation (4) is negligible, so the first phase cannot climb towards the planted signal, even though its ergodic average encodes u H u_H u H . In contrast, the second phase, run at a constant temperature from X ^ T a v \widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} X T av , can exploit the signal drift to escape the equator. Proving that it indeed does so requires us to finally confront the disorder drift in Equation (4) . However, controlling this term now becomes all the more delicate since this warm start itself depends on the disorder.
Controlling the Disorder via Reverse Planting
To illustrate our ideas, we make two simplifications throughout this subsection. First, we ignore the estimation error of the ergodic average in the first phase, and assume that the second phase of Algorithm 1 is initialized exactly at u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H . Second, we assume that x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ is uniformly random on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N . Our proofs in § 6 dispense with both these simplifications, and apply to any initialization sufficiently close to u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H , and to any fixed x ⋆ ∈ S N x^\star\in\mathcal{S}_N x ⋆ ∈ S N via a carefully constructed gauge transformation, namely a random rotation of S N \mathcal{S}_N S N that maps u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H to a fixed point.
By Gaussian concentration, the disorder drift in Equation (4) is of order one uniformly over S N \mathcal{S}_N S N , irrespective of how the trajectory depends on H 0 H_0 H 0 . Consequently, once the correlation m t m_t m t exceeds a large constant multiple of the critical correlation r N = λ − 1 / ( k − 1 ) r_N=\lambda^{-1/(k-1)} r N = λ − 1/ ( k − 1 ) , the signal drift dominates both the entropic and disorder drifts, even in the worst case, until m t m_t m t approaches one. As we show in § 6 , the correlation then converges to one exponentially fast, such that spherical Langevin dynamics achieves strong recovery within O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) additional time, and retains it over polynomial time horizons. Recall from § 2.2 that the warm start has correlation m 0 ≔ m ( u ^ H ) m_0\coloneqq m(\widehat{u}_H) m 0 : = m ( u H ) of order min { 1 , λ N − k − 1 4 } \min\{1,\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}}\} min { 1 , λ N − 4 k − 1 } , which itself becomes critical (i.e., m 0 ≥ C r N m_0\ge Cr_N m 0 ≥ C r N for a large constant C C C ) whenever λ ≳ N − k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \lambda\gtrsim N^{-\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k}} λ ≳ N − 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 . In this regime, strong recovery thus follows immediately, and it remains to treat the window λ A L G ≲ λ ≲ λ A L G N 1 4 k \lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}}\lesssim\lambda\lesssim\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}}N^{\frac{1}{4k}} λ ALG ≲ λ ≲ λ ALG N 4 k 1 , in which the warm start satisfies the escape condition λ m 0 k − 2 ≳ 1 \lambda m_0^{k-2} \gtrsim1 λ m 0 k − 2 ≳ 1 from § 2.1 , but is subcritical, i.e., m 0 ≪ r N m_0 \ll r_N m 0 ≪ r N . In this window, our key technical challenge is to prove that the correlation nevertheless reaches C r N Cr_N C r N within O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) time, before the disorder drift can overpower that of the signal.
However, neither worst-case nor typical bounds on the disorder drift suffice to justify this. Below the critical correlation, the signal drift can be much smaller than the worst-case magnitude of the disorder drift, which could thus overwhelm it. Moreover, although the disorder drift is O ( N − 1 / 2 ) O(N^{-1/2}) O ( N − 1/2 ) at points chosen independently of H 0 H_0 H 0 , both the trajectory and its initialization depend on H 0 H_0 H 0 . One can imagine a particularly dangerous scenario in which the warm start lies close to one of the exponentially many local maxima of H 0 H_0 H 0 [1 ] , around which the disorder drift could dominate the signal drift and trap the dynamics at polynomial timescales.
We rule out such adversarial scenarios by showing that the dependence of the warm start on the disorder is benign. Recall from Equation (5) that u H = κ N − 1 λ σ N 2 x ⋆ + ζ u_H = \kappa_N^{-1}\lambda\sigma_N^2x^\star+\zeta u H = κ N − 1 λ σ N 2 x ⋆ + ζ , where ζ = E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ] \zeta=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_0] ζ = E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ] satisfies ζ = κ N E π [ x H 0 ( x ) ] \zeta=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xH_0(x)] ζ = κ N E π [ x H 0 ( x )] by Stein’s lemma, such that κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ \kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ corresponds to the linear component (or the degree-one spherical harmonic) of H 0 H_0 H 0 . In other words, the warm start depends on H 0 H_0 H 0 only through its linear component. Since H 0 H_0 H 0 is an isotropic Gaussian process, Gaussian conditioning shows that ζ \zeta ζ , and hence the warm start, is independent of the remainder H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ H_0(x)-\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ , which comprises the bulk of the disorder. This suggests comparing the second phase of Algorithm 1 with the same procedure run on the pure disorder H 0 H_0 H 0 . Precisely, we consider spherical Langevin dynamics initialized at the normalized average spherical gradient of its Hamiltonian, and call its law the planted law when the Hamiltonian is H H H , and the null law when the Hamiltonian is H 0 H_0 H 0 . In other words, the planted law is the true law of the second phase, and the null law is simply the planted law with λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 . The dynamics in the second phase is thus initialized at u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H under the planted law, and at N ζ ∥ ζ ∥ \frac{\sqrt{N}\zeta}{\|\zeta\|} ∥ ζ ∥ N ζ under the null law. By Equation (4) with λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , the correlation under the null law evolves according to
d m t d t ≃ 1 N ⟨ x ⋆ , β ∇ S N H 0 ( X t ) − N − 1 2 N X t ⟩ . (6) \frac{d m_t}{d t}\simeq\frac{1}{N}\left\langle x^\star,\beta\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_0(X_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}X_t\right\rangle. \tag*{(6)} d t d m t ≃ N 1 ⟨ x ⋆ , β ∇ S N H 0 ( X t ) − 2 N N − 1 X t ⟩ . (6)
We call the right-hand side of Equation (6) the null drift , since it is precisely the net contribution of the entropic and disorder drifts. Since x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ is uniformly random and the null dynamics never sees it, x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ is independent of the null trajectory. Conditional on the trajectory, the null drift is therefore the projection of a vector of norm O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) onto the uniformly random direction x ⋆ / N x^\star/\sqrt{N} x ⋆ / N , and concentration of measure on the sphere shows that it remains of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 along the entire null trajectory.
Thus, to control the disorder drift in the true dynamics, it remains to transfer this estimate to the planted law via a change of measure argument based on Girsanov’s theorem, which we call the reverse planting trick . As the name suggests, it runs opposite to the classical planting trick [2 ] , in which the null law is the true law of interest, and estimates established under the planted law are transferred to it via contiguity. However, executing this argument is quite challenging since the planted and null laws are far from contiguous. Indeed, their Hamiltonians differ by the signal N λ m ( x ) k N\lambda m(x)^k N λm ( x ) k , which biases both the warm start and the drift of the planted dynamics at all times. The cost of transferring an estimate therefore grows with the signal accumulated along the trajectory. Fortunately, since the worst-case argument above takes over once the correlation reaches C r N Cr_N C r N , we only need to transfer estimates up to this time. To this end, we prove an adaptive contiguity bound, which controls the cost of transferring an event up to any stopping time in terms of the signal accumulated before it.
We apply this adaptive contiguity bound up to the failure time , i.e., the first time before the correlation reaches C r N Cr_N C r N at which the null drift overpowers the signal drift. Until the failure time, the signal drift dominates, so the correlation grows at an accelerating rate, as in § 2.1 , and reaches C r N Cr_N C r N within O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) time unless a failure occurs first. With a delicate stopped martingale analysis, we show that with high probability, no failure occurs, so that the dynamics reaches C r N Cr_N C r N within O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) time and then achieves strong recovery. This completes our proof sketch of Theorem 1.1 .
Strong Recovery for Any Tensor Order
We now turn our attention to Algorithm 2, and first focus on the case when k k k is even. In this case, H ( − x ) = H ( x ) H(-x)=H(x) H ( − x ) = H ( x ) , so by symmetry, the average spherical gradient u H u_H u H vanishes identically, and carries no information about the planted signal. However, our previous intuition about suppressing the disorder via averaging still applies to the spherical Hessian ∇ S N 2 H \nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}H ∇ S N 2 H , which decomposes as
∇ S N 2 H ( x ) ≈ k ( k − 1 ) λ N m ( x ) k − 2 x ⋆ ( x ⋆ ) T + ∇ S N 2 H 0 ( x ) , \nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}H(x)\approx\frac{k(k-1)\lambda}{N}m(x)^{k-2}x^\star(x^\star)^\mathsf{T}+\nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_0(x), ∇ S N 2 H ( x ) ≈ N k ( k − 1 ) λ m ( x ) k − 2 x ⋆ ( x ⋆ ) T + ∇ S N 2 H 0 ( x ) ,
and therefore forms a noisy observation of x ⋆ ( x ⋆ ) T x^\star(x^\star)^\mathsf{T} x ⋆ ( x ⋆ ) T , since m ( x ) k − 2 ≥ 0 m(x)^{k-2}\ge0 m ( x ) k − 2 ≥ 0 for even k k k . Specifically, in § 4 , we show that the average spherical Hessian has a spiked Wigner type structure with a planted spike in the direction of x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ ,
A H ≔ E π [ ∇ S N 2 H ] = λ γ N N ( x ⋆ ( x ⋆ ) T − I ) + W N , γ N ≍ k N − k − 2 2 , (7) A_H\coloneqq\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}H\right]=\frac{\lambda\gamma_N}{N}\left(x^\star(x^\star)^\mathsf{T}-I\right)+W_N,\qquad\gamma_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}}, \tag*{(7)} A H : = E π [ ∇ S N 2 H ] = N λ γ N ( x ⋆ ( x ⋆ ) T − I ) + W N , γ N ≍ k N − 2 k − 2 , (7)
where W N ≔ E π [ ∇ S N 2 H 0 ] W_N\coloneqq\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_0\right] W N : = E π [ ∇ S N 2 H 0 ] is a centered Gaussian random matrix. The spike in Equation (7) has eigenvalue of order λ γ N \lambda\gamma_N λ γ N , whereas ∥ W N ∥ o p ≲ γ N \lVert W_N\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim\sqrt{\gamma_N} ∥ W N ∥ op ≲ γ N with high probability. Hence, the spike dominates the noise whenever λ γ N ≍ k λ N − k − 2 4 ≳ 1 \lambda\sqrt{\gamma_N}\asymp_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{4}}\gtrsim1 λ γ N ≍ k λ N − 4 k − 2 ≳ 1 , i.e., whenever λ ≳ λ A L G \lambda\gtrsim\lambda_{\mathrm{ALG}} λ ≳ λ ALG , in which case, by the Davis–Kahan theorem [48 Theorem 4.5.5] , the top eigenvector of A H A_H A H , rescaled to lie on S N \mathbb{S}_N S N , achieves constant correlation with x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ .2 The rescaled top eigenvector is then a warm start with correlation far above the critical correlation r N r_N r N . Consequently, by the worst-case argument in § 2.4 , spherical Langevin dynamics achieves strong recovery within O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) time.
As before, despite being a global statistic, A H A_H A H can be approximated from the trajectory of high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics, now via the ergodic second moment Σ ˉ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T X ~ t X ~ t T d t \bar{\Sigma}_T\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T\widetilde{X}_t\widetilde{X}_t^\mathsf{T}\,dt Σ ˉ T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T X t X t T d t . Indeed, by the ergodic theorem, Σ ˉ T \bar{\Sigma}_T Σ ˉ T converges to the second moment of μ H , β 0 \mu_{H,\beta_0} μ H , β 0 as T → ∞ T\to\infty T → ∞ , and expanding to first order in β 0 \beta_0 β 0 as in § 2.3 , we infer from E π [ x x T ] = I \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xx^\mathsf{T}]=I E π [ x x T ] = I and Stein’s lemma that
lim T → ∞ Σ ˉ T = E π [ x x T e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] E π [ e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] = I + 2 β 0 E π [ ( x x T − I ) H ( x ) ] + O ( β 0 2 ) = I + 2 β 0 A H + O ( β 0 2 ) . \lim_{T\to\infty}\bar{\Sigma}_T=\frac{\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[xx^\mathsf{T}e^{2\beta_0H(x)}\right]}{\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[e^{2\beta_0H(x)}\right]}=I+2\beta_0\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[(xx^\mathsf{T}-I)H(x)\right]+O(\beta_0^2)=I+2\beta_0A_H+O(\beta_0^2). T → ∞ lim Σ ˉ T = E π [ e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] E π [ x x T e 2 β 0 H ( x ) ] = I + 2 β 0 E π [ ( x x T − I ) H ( x ) ] + O ( β 0 2 ) = I + 2 β 0 A H + O ( β 0 2 ) .
Since shifting by the identity does not change eigenvectors, the top eigenvector of Σ ˉ T \bar{\Sigma}_T Σ ˉ T thus approximates that of A H A_H A H , as we show in § 5 .
However, by symmetry, A H A_H A H vanishes identically when k k k is odd, just as u H u_H u H does when k k k is even. To obtain an algorithm that is agnostic to the parity of k k k , Algorithm 2 instead uses the ergodic second moment of F ( x ) ≔ ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 F(x)\coloneqq(x,1)\in\mathbb{R}^{N+1} F ( x ) : = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 , whose blocks comprise both Σ ˉ T \bar{\Sigma}_T Σ ˉ T and the ergodic average X ˉ T \bar{X}_T X ˉ T . Combining both high temperature expansions, we thus expect that for large T T T and small β 0 \beta_0 β 0 ,
M ˉ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T F ( X ~ t ) ⊗ 2 d t = ( Σ ˉ T X ˉ T X ˉ T T 1 ) ≈ I N + 1 + 2 β 0 A H , A H ≔ ( A H κ N − 1 u H κ N − 1 u H T 0 ) . \bar{M}_T\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T F(\widetilde{X}_t)^{\otimes2}\,dt=\begin{pmatrix}\bar{\Sigma}_T&\bar{X}_T\\\bar{X}_T^\mathsf{T}&1\end{pmatrix}\approx I_{N+1}+2\beta_0\mathcal{A}_H,\qquad\mathcal{A}_H\coloneqq\begin{pmatrix}A_H&\kappa_N^{-1}u_H\\\kappa_N^{-1}u_H^\mathsf{T}&0\end{pmatrix}. M ˉ T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T F ( X t ) ⊗ 2 d t = ( Σ ˉ T X ˉ T T X ˉ T 1 ) ≈ I N + 1 + 2 β 0 A H , A H : = ( A H κ N − 1 u H T κ N − 1 u H 0 ) .
When k k k is odd, A H = 0 A_H = 0 A H = 0 , so the top eigenvector of A H \mathcal{A}_H A H , when oriented such that its last coordinate is nonnegative, is 1 2 ( u H / ∥ u H ∥ , 1 ) \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}(u_H/\|u_H\|,1) 2 1 ( u H /∥ u H ∥ , 1 ) . Rescaling its first N N N coordinates to lie on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N then yields u ^ H \hat{u}_H u ^ H , i.e., the warm start of Algorithm 1, to which the analysis in § 2.4 applies. When k k k is even, u H = 0 u_H = 0 u H = 0 , so A H \mathcal{A}_H A H is block diagonal, and its top eigenvector is obtained by appending a zero to that of A H A_H A H , which recovers the warm start for even k k k . Thus, the same top eigenvector computation yields a sufficiently good warm start for either parity, and Algorithm 2 is agnostic to the parity of k k k . This completes our proof sketch of Theorem 1.2 .
Notation and Preliminaries
For d ≥ 2 d \ge2 d ≥ 2 , we write M d ( R ) M_d(\mathbb{R}) M d ( R ) for the space of real d × d d \times d d × d matrices and Sym d ⊆ M d ( R ) \operatorname{Sym}_d \subseteq M_d(\mathbb{R}) Sym d ⊆ M d ( R ) for the subspace of real symmetric matrices. For M ∈ M d ( R ) M \in M_d(\mathbb{R}) M ∈ M d ( R ) , we write diag ( M ) \operatorname{diag}(M) diag ( M ) for the diagonal matrix with the same diagonal entries as M M M . For a vector a ∈ R d a \in\mathbb{R}^d a ∈ R d , we also use diag ( a ) \operatorname{diag}(a) diag ( a ) to denote the diagonal matrix with entries a 1 , … , a d a_1,\ldots,a_d a 1 , … , a d . For a symmetric matrix A ∈ Sym d A \in\operatorname{Sym}_d A ∈ Sym d , we denote its eigenvalues in nonincreasing order by λ 1 ( A ) ≥ λ 2 ( A ) ≥ ⋯ ≥ λ d ( A ) \lambda_1(A) \ge\lambda_2(A) \ge\cdots\ge\lambda_d(A) λ 1 ( A ) ≥ λ 2 ( A ) ≥ ⋯ ≥ λ d ( A ) .
For ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 , we use ( R d ) ⊗ ℓ (\mathbb{R}^d)^{\otimes\ell} ( R d ) ⊗ ℓ to denote the space of order-ℓ \ell ℓ tensors, viewed as multilinear forms on R d \mathbb{R}^d R d , and ( R d ) ⊙ ℓ (\mathbb{R}^d)^{\odot\ell} ( R d ) ⊙ ℓ to denote the subspace of symmetric tensors.
Unless specified otherwise, ∥ ⋅ ∥ \|\cdot\| ∥ ⋅ ∥ denotes the Euclidean norm, and S d − 1 \mathcal{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 denotes the unit sphere in R d \mathbb{R}^d R d . For any matrix A ∈ M d ( R ) A \in M_d(\mathbb{R}) A ∈ M d ( R ) , its operator norm is defined by ∥ A ∥ o p = sup x ∈ S d − 1 ∥ A x ∥ \|A\|_{\mathrm{op}} = \sup_{x \in\mathcal{S}^{d-1}} \|Ax\| ∥ A ∥ op = sup x ∈ S d − 1 ∥ A x ∥ . This definition extends naturally to tensors, wherein, for T ∈ ( R d ) ⊗ ℓ T \in(\mathbb{R}^d)^{\otimes\ell} T ∈ ( R d ) ⊗ ℓ , we define ∥ T ∥ o p = sup x 1 , … , x ℓ ∈ S d − 1 ∣ T ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) ∣ \|T\|_{\mathrm{op}} = \sup_{x_1,\ldots,x_\ell\in\mathcal{S}^{d-1}} |T(x_1,\ldots,x_\ell)| ∥ T ∥ op = sup x 1 , … , x ℓ ∈ S d − 1 ∣ T ( x 1 , … , x ℓ ) ∣ . We use e 1 , … , e N e_1,\ldots,e_N e 1 , … , e N to denote the standard basis vectors of R N \mathbb{R}^N R N .
We use c , C > 0 c,C > 0 c , C > 0 to denote universal constants and c k , C k > 0 c_k,C_k > 0 c k , C k > 0 to denote constants depending only on k k k , whose values may change from line to line unless fixed explicitly. For nonnegative quantities a a a and b b b , we write a ≲ b a \lesssim b a ≲ b or a = O ( b ) a = O(b) a = O ( b ) if a ≤ C b a \le Cb a ≤ C b , and a ≳ b a \gtrsim b a ≳ b or a = Ω ( b ) a = \Omega(b) a = Ω ( b ) if a ≥ c b a \ge cb a ≥ c b . We write a ≍ b a \asymp b a ≍ b or a = Θ ( b ) a = \Theta(b) a = Θ ( b ) if both hold, i.e., if c b ≤ a ≤ C b cb \le a \le Cb c b ≤ a ≤ C b . We write a ≪ b a \ll b a ≪ b or a = o ( b ) a = o(b) a = o ( b ) if a / b → 0 a/b \to0 a / b → 0 as N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ , and a ≫ b a \gg b a ≫ b if b / a → 0 b/a \to0 b / a → 0 . Wherever appropriate, we use subscripts to indicate the parameters on which the constants depend, e.g., a ≲ k b a \lesssim_k b a ≲ k b means a ≤ C k b a \le C_k b a ≤ C k b .
Riemannian Geometry of the Sphere
We present a brief introduction to analysis on the sphere, and refer the readers to Lee [36 ] and Boumal [15 ] for a detailed treatment. Let S N = S N − 1 ( N ) = { x ∈ R N : ∥ x ∥ 2 = N } \mathcal{S}_N = \mathcal{S}^{N-1}(\sqrt{N}) = \{x \in\mathbb{R}^N : \|x\|^2 = N\} S N = S N − 1 ( N ) = { x ∈ R N : ∥ x ∥ 2 = N } denote the sphere of radius N \sqrt{N} N , and let π \pi π denote the uniform measure on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N . For x , y ∈ S N x,y \in\mathcal{S}_N x , y ∈ S N , the geodesic distance between x x x and y y y is d S N ( x , y ) = N arccos ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ / N ) d_{\mathcal{S}_N}(x,y) = \sqrt{N}\arccos(\langle x,y\rangle/N) d S N ( x , y ) = N arccos (⟨ x , y ⟩ / N ) [cf. [15 ] , Example 10.21]. Moreover, ∥ x − y ∥ 2 = 2 ( N − ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) \|x-y\|^2 = 2(N-\langle x,y\rangle) ∥ x − y ∥ 2 = 2 ( N − ⟨ x , y ⟩) and d S N ( x , y ) ≤ C ∥ x − y ∥ d_{\mathcal{S}_N}(x,y) \le C\|x-y\| d S N ( x , y ) ≤ C ∥ x − y ∥ for all x , y ∈ S N x,y \in\mathcal{S}_N x , y ∈ S N , where C > 0 C > 0 C > 0 is a universal constant.
We equip S N \mathcal{S}_N S N with the Riemannian metric induced by the Euclidean inner product, so that the tangent space of S N \mathcal{S}_N S N at x x x is T x S N = { v ∈ R N : ⟨ v , x ⟩ = 0 } T_x\mathcal{S}_N = \{v \in\mathbb{R}^N : \langle v,x\rangle= 0\} T x S N = { v ∈ R N : ⟨ v , x ⟩ = 0 } . For any x ∈ R N ∖ { 0 } x \in\mathbb{R}^N \setminus\{0\} x ∈ R N ∖ { 0 } , we define the orthogonal projector Q x Q_x Q x and the constant κ N \kappa_N κ N as follows:
Q x ≔ I − x x T ∥ x ∥ 2 , κ N ≔ N − 1 N . Q_x \coloneqq I - \frac{xx^{\mathsf T}}{\|x\|^2}, \qquad\kappa_N \coloneqq\frac{N-1}{N}. Q x : = I − ∥ x ∥ 2 x x T , κ N : = N N − 1 .
In particular, for every x ∈ S N x \in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N , Q x = I − x x T N Q_x = I - \frac{xx^{\mathsf T}}{N} Q x = I − N x x T is the orthogonal projector onto T x S N T_x\mathcal{S}_N T x S N . Furthermore, we assume N ≥ 3 N \ge3 N ≥ 3 throughout, such that 2 3 ≤ κ N < 1 \frac{2}{3} \le\kappa_N < 1 3 2 ≤ κ N < 1 , and in particular κ N ≃ 1 \kappa_N \simeq1 κ N ≃ 1 .
We use ∇ \nabla ∇ , ∇ 2 \nabla^2 ∇ 2 , and Δ \Delta Δ to denote the Euclidean gradient, Hessian, and Laplacian, respectively. For a smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R , these operators are applied to an arbitrary smooth extension of f f f to a neighborhood of S N \mathbb{S}_N S N in R N \mathbb{R}^N R N . The spherical gradient ∇ S N f \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f ∇ S N f , the covariant Hessian ∇ S N 2 f \nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}f ∇ S N 2 f , and the Laplace–Beltrami operator Δ S N f \Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}f Δ S N f then satisfy the following identities for any such extension [cf. Bou23, Section 7.2]:
∇ S N f ( x ) = Q x ∇ f ( x ) , \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)=Q_x\nabla f(x), ∇ S N f ( x ) = Q x ∇ f ( x ) ,
∇ S N 2 f ( x ) = Q x ∇ 2 f ( x ) Q x − ⟨ ∇ f ( x ) , x ⟩ N Q x , \nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)=Q_x\nabla^2f(x)Q_x-\frac{\langle\nabla f(x),x\rangle}{N}Q_x, ∇ S N 2 f ( x ) = Q x ∇ 2 f ( x ) Q x − N ⟨ ∇ f ( x ) , x ⟩ Q x ,
Δ S N f ( x ) = Tr ( ∇ S N 2 f ( x ) ) = Δ f ( x ) − 1 N ⟨ x , ∇ 2 f ( x ) x ⟩ − κ N ⟨ ∇ f ( x ) , x ⟩ . (8) \Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)=\operatorname{Tr}\left(\nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)\right)=\Delta f(x)-\frac{1}{N}\langle x,\nabla^2f(x)x\rangle-\kappa_N\langle\nabla f(x),x\rangle. \tag*{(8)} Δ S N f ( x ) = Tr ( ∇ S N 2 f ( x ) ) = Δ f ( x ) − N 1 ⟨ x , ∇ 2 f ( x ) x ⟩ − κ N ⟨ ∇ f ( x ) , x ⟩ . (8)
More generally, for any integer ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\geq1 ℓ ≥ 1 , we use ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) \nabla^\ell_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x) ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) to denote the ℓ \ell ℓ -th covariant derivative of f f f at x x x , which is an ℓ \ell ℓ -linear form on T x S N T_x\mathbb{S}_N T x S N [36 Chapter 4, 15 Section 10.7] , whose operator norm is given by
∥ ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) ∥ o p = max v 1 , … , v ℓ ∈ T x S N ∩ S N − 1 ∣ ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) [ v 1 , … , v ℓ ] ∣ = max u 1 , … , u ℓ ∈ S N − 1 ∣ ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) [ Q x u 1 , … , Q x u ℓ ] ∣ . \left\|\nabla^\ell_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}=\max_{v_1,\ldots,v_\ell\in T_x\mathbb{S}_N\cap\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}\left|\nabla^\ell_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)[v_1,\ldots,v_\ell]\right|=\max_{u_1,\ldots,u_\ell\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}\left|\nabla^\ell_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)[Q_xu_1,\ldots,Q_xu_\ell]\right|. ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) op = v 1 , … , v ℓ ∈ T x S N ∩ S N − 1 max ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) [ v 1 , … , v ℓ ] = u 1 , … , u ℓ ∈ S N − 1 max ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) [ Q x u 1 , … , Q x u ℓ ] .
Accordingly, we identify ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) \nabla^\ell_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x) ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) with the tensor ( u 1 , … , u ℓ ) ↦ ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) [ Q x u 1 , … , Q x u ℓ ] (u_1,\ldots,u_\ell)\mapsto\nabla^\ell_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)[Q_xu_1,\ldots,Q_xu_\ell] ( u 1 , … , u ℓ ) ↦ ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) [ Q x u 1 , … , Q x u ℓ ] in ( R N ) ⊗ ℓ (\mathbb{R}^N)^{\otimes\ell} ( R N ) ⊗ ℓ , which, for ℓ = 1 , 2 \ell=1,2 ℓ = 1 , 2 , is given by the vector and the matrix in Equation (8) , respectively.
We shall also use the product rules
∇ S N ( f g ) = f ∇ S N g + g ∇ S N f , \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}(fg)=f\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}g+g\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f, ∇ S N ( f g ) = f ∇ S N g + g ∇ S N f ,
Δ S N ( f g ) = f Δ S N g + g Δ S N f + 2 ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N g ⟩ . \Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}(fg)=f\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}g+g\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}f+2\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f,\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}g\rangle. Δ S N ( f g ) = f Δ S N g + g Δ S N f + 2 ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N g ⟩ .
For any smooth F : S N → R m F:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R}^m F : S N → R m , we define the spherical Jacobian ∇ S N F ( x ) ∈ R N × m \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F(x)\in\mathbb{R}^{N\times m} ∇ S N F ( x ) ∈ R N × m as the matrix whose j j j -th column is ∇ S N F j ( x ) \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F_j(x) ∇ S N F j ( x ) for every j ∈ [ m ] j\in[m] j ∈ [ m ] . Equivalently, ∇ S N F ( x ) = Q x ∇ F ( x ) \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F(x)=Q_x\nabla F(x) ∇ S N F ( x ) = Q x ∇ F ( x ) , where ∇ F ( x ) ∈ R N × m \nabla F(x)\in\mathbb{R}^{N\times m} ∇ F ( x ) ∈ R N × m denotes the Euclidean Jacobian of any smooth extension of F F F , with ( i , j ) (i,j) ( i , j ) -th entry ∂ i F j ( x ) \partial_iF_j(x) ∂ i F j ( x ) .
We recall that d d t F ( γ ( t ) ) = ∇ S N F ( γ ( t ) ) ⊤ γ ˙ ( t ) \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}F(\gamma(t))=\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F(\gamma(t))^\top\dot{\gamma}(t) d t d F ( γ ( t )) = ∇ S N F ( γ ( t ) ) ⊤ γ ˙ ( t ) for any smooth F : S N → R m F:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R}^m F : S N → R m and any smooth curve γ \gamma γ in S N \mathbb{S}_N S N . Thus, integrating along a unit-speed minimizing geodesic between x x x and y y y and using d S N ( x , y ) ≲ ∥ x − y ∥ d_{\mathbb{S}_N}(x,y)\lesssim\|x-y\| d S N ( x , y ) ≲ ∥ x − y ∥ , we obtain
∥ F ( x ) − F ( y ) ∥ ≤ [ sup z ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N F ( z ) ∥ o p ] d S N ( x , y ) ≲ [ sup z ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N F ( z ) ∥ o p ] ∥ x − y ∥ ∀ x , y ∈ S N . (9) \|F(x)-F(y)\|\leq\left[\sup_{z\in\mathbb{S}_N}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F(z)\|_{\mathrm{op}}\right]d_{\mathbb{S}_N}(x,y)\lesssim\left[\sup_{z\in\mathbb{S}_N}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F(z)\|_{\mathrm{op}}\right]\|x-y\|\qquad\forall x,y\in\mathbb{S}_N. \tag*{(9)} ∥ F ( x ) − F ( y ) ∥ ≤ [ z ∈ S N sup ∥ ∇ S N F ( z ) ∥ op ] d S N ( x , y ) ≲ [ z ∈ S N sup ∥ ∇ S N F ( z ) ∥ op ] ∥ x − y ∥ ∀ x , y ∈ S N . (9)
We use the spherical integration by parts identity [12 Section 2.2] , which holds for any smooth f , g : S N → R f,g:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f , g : S N → R :
E π [ ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N g ⟩ ] = − E π [ f Δ S N g ] . (10) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\left\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f,\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}g\right\rangle\right]=-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[f\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}g\right]. \tag*{(10)} E π [ ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N g ⟩ ] = − E π [ f Δ S N g ] . (10)
The following lemma is a spherical analogue of the classical Stein’s lemma for Gaussian random variables [18 ] and will be used often in our proofs.
Lemma 3.1 (Stein’s Lemma for the sphere). For any smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R .
E π [ ∇ S N f ( x ) ] = κ N E π [ x f ( x ) ] , \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xf(x)], E π [ ∇ S N f ( x )] = κ N E π [ x f ( x )] , E π [ ∇ S N 2 f ( x ) ] = 1 2 E π [ x ∇ S N f ( x ) ⊤ + ∇ S N f ( x ) x ⊤ ] = E π [ ( x x ⊤ − I ) f ( x ) ] . \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla^2_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)]=\frac{1}{2}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[x\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)^\top+\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)x^\top\right]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[(xx^\top-I)f(x)\right]. E π [ ∇ S N 2 f ( x )] = 2 1 E π [ x ∇ S N f ( x ) ⊤ + ∇ S N f ( x ) x ⊤ ] = E π [ ( x x ⊤ − I ) f ( x ) ] .
Proof. Applying Equation (8) to the coordinate functions, we obtain ∇ S N x = Q x \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}x=Q_x ∇ S N x = Q x and Δ S N x = − κ N x \Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}x=-\kappa_Nx Δ S N x = − κ N x , where Δ S N \Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N} Δ S N acts coordinatewise. Fix an i ∈ [ N ] i\in[N] i ∈ [ N ] . Since ∇ S N f ( x ) ∈ T x S N \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f(x)\in T_x\mathcal{S}_N ∇ S N f ( x ) ∈ T x S N and ∇ S N x i = Q x e i \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}x_i=Q_xe_i ∇ S N x i = Q x e i , we have ( ∇ S N f ) i = ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N x i ⟩ (\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f)_i=\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f,\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}x_i\rangle ( ∇ S N f ) i = ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N x i ⟩ .
Applying Equation (10) to f f f and x i x_i x i and using Δ S N x i = − κ N x i \Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}x_i=-\kappa_Nx_i Δ S N x i = − κ N x i , we obtain the following
E π [ ( ∇ S N f ) i ] = E π [ ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N x i ⟩ ] = − E π [ f Δ S N x i ] = κ N E π [ x i f ( x ) ] . \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[(\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f)_i]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f,\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}x_i\rangle]=-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[f\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}x_i]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[x_if(x)]. E π [( ∇ S N f ) i ] = E π [⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N x i ⟩] = − E π [ f Δ S N x i ] = κ N E π [ x i f ( x )] .
which proves the first identity coordinatewise.
Now, consider any smooth F : S N → R N F:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R}^N F : S N → R N . Applying the first identity to each coordinate of F F F , we obtain
E π [ ∇ S N F ] = κ N E π [ x F T ] . (11) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}F]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xF^{\mathsf{T}}]. \tag*{(11)} E π [ ∇ S N F ] = κ N E π [ x F T ] . (11)
Applying Equation (11) to F ( x ) = x f ( x ) F(x)=xf(x) F ( x ) = x f ( x ) and expanding via the product rule and ∇ S N x = Q x \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}x=Q_x ∇ S N x = Q x , we obtain
κ N E π [ x x T f ( x ) ] = E π [ ∇ S N f x T + f Q x ] . \kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xx^{\mathsf{T}}f(x)]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\,x^{\mathsf{T}}+fQ_x]. κ N E π [ x x T f ( x )] = E π [ ∇ S N f x T + f Q x ] .
Rearranging terms and using Q x = I − x x T N Q_x=I-\frac{xx^{\mathsf{T}}}{N} Q x = I − N x x T and κ N = 1 − 1 N \kappa_N=1-\frac{1}{N} κ N = 1 − N 1 , we obtain
E π [ ∇ S N f x T ] = κ N E π [ x x T f ( x ) ] − E π [ ( I − x x T N ) f ( x ) ] = E π [ ( x x T − I ) f ( x ) ] . \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\,x^{\mathsf{T}}]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xx^{\mathsf{T}}f(x)]-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\left(I-\frac{xx^{\mathsf{T}}}{N}\right)f(x)\right]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[(xx^{\mathsf{T}}-I)f(x)]. E π [ ∇ S N f x T ] = κ N E π [ x x T f ( x )] − E π [ ( I − N x x T ) f ( x ) ] = E π [( x x T − I ) f ( x )] .
Since the right-hand side is symmetric, we conclude that
E π [ ( x x T − I ) f ( x ) ] = 1 2 E π [ x ∇ S N f ( x ) T + ∇ S N f ( x ) x T ] . (12) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[(xx^{\mathsf{T}}-I)f(x)]=\frac{1}{2}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f(x)^{\mathsf{T}}+\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f(x)x^{\mathsf{T}}]. \tag*{(12)} E π [( x x T − I ) f ( x )] = 2 1 E π [ x ∇ S N f ( x ) T + ∇ S N f ( x ) x T ] . (12)
Now, let F = ∇ S N f F=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f F = ∇ S N f and α ( x ) = 1 N ⟨ x , ∇ f ( x ) ⟩ \alpha(x)=\frac{1}{N}\langle x,\nabla f(x)\rangle α ( x ) = N 1 ⟨ x , ∇ f ( x )⟩ , such that ∇ f − α x \nabla f-\alpha x ∇ f − α x is a smooth extension of F F F . It follows that
∇ S N F = Q x [ ∇ 2 f − ( ∇ α ) x T − α I ] = Q x [ ∇ 2 f − 1 N ( ∇ f + ( ∇ 2 f ) x ) x T − α I ] = Q x ∇ 2 f Q x − 1 N ⟨ x , ∇ f ⟩ Q x − 1 N ∇ S N f x T = ∇ S N 2 f − 1 N ∇ S N f x T . (13) \begin{aligned}
\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}F=Q_x[\nabla^2f-(\nabla\alpha)x^{\mathsf{T}}-\alpha I]=Q_x\left[\nabla^2f-\frac{1}{N}(\nabla f+(\nabla^2f)x)x^{\mathsf{T}}-\alpha I\right] \\
&=Q_x\nabla^2fQ_x-\frac{1}{N}\langle x,\nabla f\rangle Q_x-\frac{1}{N}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\,x^{\mathsf{T}}=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2f-\frac{1}{N}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\,x^{\mathsf{T}}. \tag*{(13)}
\end{aligned} ∇ S N F = Q x [ ∇ 2 f − ( ∇ α ) x T − α I ] = Q x [ ∇ 2 f − N 1 ( ∇ f + ( ∇ 2 f ) x ) x T − α I ] = Q x ∇ 2 f Q x − N 1 ⟨ x , ∇ f ⟩ Q x − N 1 ∇ S N f x T = ∇ S N 2 f − N 1 ∇ S N f x T . (13)
Applying Equation (11) to F = ∇ S N f F=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f F = ∇ S N f and using Equation (13) , we obtain
κ N E π [ x ∇ S N f T ] = E π [ ∇ S N 2 f ] − 1 N E π [ ∇ S N f x T ] . \kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f^{\mathsf{T}}]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2f]-\frac{1}{N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\,x^{\mathsf{T}}]. κ N E π [ x ∇ S N f T ] = E π [ ∇ S N 2 f ] − N 1 E π [ ∇ S N f x T ] .
Averaging the above identity with its transpose using the symmetry of ∇ S N 2 f \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2f ∇ S N 2 f , we obtain the following after rearranging terms
E π [ ∇ S N 2 f ] = 1 2 ( κ N + 1 N ) E π [ ∇ S N f x T + x ∇ S N f T ] = 1 2 E π [ ∇ S N f x T + x ∇ S N f T ] . \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2f]=\frac{1}{2}\left(\kappa_N+\frac{1}{N}\right)\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\,x^{\mathsf{T}}+x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f^{\mathsf{T}}]=\frac{1}{2}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\,x^{\mathsf{T}}+x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f^{\mathsf{T}}]. E π [ ∇ S N 2 f ] = 2 1 ( κ N + N 1 ) E π [ ∇ S N f x T + x ∇ S N f T ] = 2 1 E π [ ∇ S N f x T + x ∇ S N f T ] .
Together with Equation (12) , this proves the second identity.
We use O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) to denote the real orthogonal group, i.e., the group of real unitary matrices. Recall that each R ∈ O ( N , R ) R\in O(N,\mathbb{R}) R ∈ O ( N , R ) maps S N \mathcal{S}_N S N bijectively onto itself and preserves d S N d_{\mathcal{S}_N} d S N . In fact, O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) is the isometry group of ( S N , d S N ) (\mathcal{S}_N,d_{\mathcal{S}_N}) ( S N , d S N ) . Consequently, π \pi π is invariant under the action of O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) . In particular, π \pi π is invariant under x ↦ − x x\mapsto-x x ↦ − x , and the law of ⟨ w , x ⟩ \langle w,x\rangle ⟨ w , x ⟩ under π \pi π does not depend on w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 . The following lemma characterizes the structure of matrices that commute with O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) .
Lemma 3.2 (Commutants of O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) ). Any matrix that commutes with every element of O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) must be a scalar multiple of the identity.
Proof. Let A ∈ R N × N A \in\mathbb{R}^{N \times N} A ∈ R N × N satisfy A M = M A AM = MA A M = M A for every M ∈ O ( N , R ) M \in O(N,\mathbb{R}) M ∈ O ( N , R ) . Consider distinct i , j ∈ [ N ] i,j \in[N] i , j ∈ [ N ] , and let D D D be a diagonal sign matrix with D i i = + 1 D_{ii}=+1 D ii = + 1 and D j j = − 1 D_{jj}=-1 D j j = − 1 . Since D ∈ O ( N , R ) D \in O(N,\mathbb{R}) D ∈ O ( N , R ) , we have A D = D A AD=DA A D = D A , so
( A D ) i j = A i j D j j = − A i j , ( D A ) i j = D i i A i j = A i j . (AD)_{ij}=A_{ij}D_{jj}=-A_{ij}, \qquad(DA)_{ij}=D_{ii}A_{ij}=A_{ij}. ( A D ) ij = A ij D j j = − A ij , ( D A ) ij = D ii A ij = A ij .
It follows that A i j = 0 A_{ij}=0 A ij = 0 for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j , so A = diag ( a ) A=\operatorname{diag}(a) A = diag ( a ) for some a ∈ R N a\in\mathbb{R}^{N} a ∈ R N . Now let P P P be the permutation matrix that exchanges coordinates i i i and j j j . Since P ∈ O ( N , R ) P\in O(N,\mathbb{R}) P ∈ O ( N , R ) , we have A = P A P T A=PAP^{\mathsf{T}} A = P A P T , and therefore a i = a j a_i=a_j a i = a j . Thus a 1 = ⋯ = a N a_1=\cdots=a_N a 1 = ⋯ = a N and A = c I A=cI A = c I for some c ∈ R c\in\mathbb{R} c ∈ R .
We shall also make use of the following result on the moments and symmetry of π \pi π .
Lemma 3.3 (Moments and symmetry of the uniform measure on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N ). Let N ≥ 2 N\ge2 N ≥ 2 , x ∼ π x\sim\pi x ∼ π , and w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 . For every integer ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 , we have
E π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ N ) ℓ ] = { 0 , if ℓ is odd , ( ℓ − 1 ) ! ! N ( N + 2 ) ⋯ ( N + ℓ − 2 ) , if ℓ is even . \mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle w,x\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)^\ell\right]=\begin{cases}0, & \text{if }\ell\text{ is odd},\\\frac{(\ell-1)!!}{N(N+2)\cdots(N+\ell-2)}, & \text{if }\ell\text{ is even}.\end{cases} E π [ ( N ⟨ w , x ⟩ ) ℓ ] = { 0 , N ( N + 2 ) ⋯ ( N + ℓ − 2 ) ( ℓ − 1 )!! , if ℓ is odd , if ℓ is even . In particular, for fixed even ℓ \ell ℓ , this moment is ( ℓ − 1 ) ! ! N − ℓ / 2 ( 1 + O ℓ ( N − 1 ) ) (\ell-1)!!\,N^{-\ell/2}(1+O_\ell(N^{-1})) ( ℓ − 1 )!! N − ℓ /2 ( 1 + O ℓ ( N − 1 )) . Moreover, for any z ∈ S N − 1 z\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1} z ∈ S N − 1 orthogonal to w w w , any measurable odd function g : R → R g:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} g : R → R , and any measurable h : R → R h:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} h : R → R such that the expectation is finite,
E π [ g ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ N ) h ( ⟨ z , x ⟩ N ) ] = 0. \mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[g\left(\frac{\langle w,x\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)h\left(\frac{\langle z,x\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)\right]=0. E π [ g ( N ⟨ w , x ⟩ ) h ( N ⟨ z , x ⟩ ) ] = 0. Finally, for every integer ℓ ≥ 0 \ell\ge0 ℓ ≥ 0 ,
E π [ x x T ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ N ) ℓ ] = N N + ℓ E π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ N ) ℓ ] ( I + ℓ w w T ) . \mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[xx^{\mathsf{T}}\left(\frac{\langle w,x\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)^\ell\right]
=
\frac{N}{N+\ell}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle w,x\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)^\ell\right](I+\ell ww^{\mathsf{T}}). E π [ x x T ( N ⟨ w , x ⟩ ) ℓ ] = N + ℓ N E π [ ( N ⟨ w , x ⟩ ) ℓ ] ( I + ℓ w w T ) .
Proof. The odd moments vanish by the symmetry x = d − x x \mathrel{\overset{\mathrm{d}}{=}}-x x = d − x . For even ℓ ≥ 2 \ell\ge2 ℓ ≥ 2 , applying Lemma 3.1 to f ( x ) = ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ − 1 f(x)=\langle w,x\rangle^{\ell-1} f ( x ) = ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ − 1 and taking the inner product with w w w , we obtain
κ N E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ ] = ( ℓ − 1 ) E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ − 2 ⟨ w , Q x w ⟩ ] = ( ℓ − 1 ) E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ − 2 ( 1 − ⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 N ) ] . \kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\langle w,x\rangle^\ell\right]
=(\ell-1)\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\langle w,x\rangle^{\ell-2}\langle w,Q_xw\rangle\right]
=(\ell-1)\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\langle w,x\rangle^{\ell-2}\left(1-\frac{\langle w,x\rangle^2}{N}\right)\right]. κ N E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ ] = ( ℓ − 1 ) E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ − 2 ⟨ w , Q x w ⟩ ] = ( ℓ − 1 ) E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ ℓ − 2 ( 1 − N ⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 ) ] .
Rearranging and using N κ N = N − 1 N\kappa_N=N-1 N κ N = N − 1 , we obtain
E π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ N ) ℓ ] = ℓ − 1 N + ℓ − 2 E π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ N ) ℓ − 2 ] . (14) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle w,x\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)^\ell\right]
=
\frac{\ell-1}{N+\ell-2}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle w,x\rangle}{\sqrt{N}}\right)^{\ell-2}\right]. \tag*{(14)} E π [ ( N ⟨ w , x ⟩ ) ℓ ] = N + ℓ − 2 ℓ − 1 E π [ ( N ⟨ w , x ⟩ ) ℓ − 2 ] . (14)
Iterating from the zeroth moment proves the first claim.
For the second claim, observe that π \pi π is invariant under the reflection I − 2 w w T I-2ww^{\mathsf{T}} I − 2 w w T , which maps ⟨ w , x ⟩ \langle w,x\rangle ⟨ w , x ⟩ to − ⟨ w , x ⟩ -\langle w,x\rangle − ⟨ w , x ⟩ and leaves ⟨ z , x ⟩ \langle z,x\rangle ⟨ z , x ⟩ unchanged. Since g g g is odd, the expectation is therefore equal to its negative, and thus vanishes. For the last claim, let s = ⟨ w , x ⟩ / N s=\langle w,x\rangle/\sqrt{N} s = ⟨ w , x ⟩ / N and F ( x ) = s ℓ x F(x)=s^{\ell}x F ( x ) = s ℓ x . Since ∇ S N − 1 s = Q x w / N \nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}s=Q_xw/\sqrt{N} ∇ S N − 1 s = Q x w / N and Q x w = w − s N x Q_xw=w-\frac{s}{\sqrt{N}}x Q x w = w − N s x , the product rule and ∇ S N − 1 x = Q x \nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}x=Q_x ∇ S N − 1 x = Q x yield
∇ S N − 1 F = ℓ N s ℓ − 1 ( Q x w ) x T + s ℓ Q x = ℓ N s ℓ − 1 w x T + s ℓ I − ℓ + 1 N s ℓ x x T . (15) \nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}F=\frac{\ell}{\sqrt{N}}s^{\ell-1}(Q_xw)x^{\mathsf T}+s^\ell Q_x=\frac{\ell}{\sqrt{N}}s^{\ell-1}wx^{\mathsf T}+s^\ell I-\frac{\ell+1}{N}s^\ell xx^{\mathsf T}. \tag*{(15)} ∇ S N − 1 F = N ℓ s ℓ − 1 ( Q x w ) x T + s ℓ Q x = N ℓ s ℓ − 1 w x T + s ℓ I − N ℓ + 1 s ℓ x x T . (15)
where the terms with the factor ℓ \ell ℓ are absent when ℓ = 0 \ell=0 ℓ = 0 . Moreover, for ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 , the second claim with the roles of w w w and z z z interchanged yields E π [ s ℓ − 1 ⟨ z , x ⟩ ] = 0 \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^{\ell-1}\langle z,x\rangle]=0 E π [ s ℓ − 1 ⟨ z , x ⟩] = 0 for every z ∈ S N − 1 z\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} z ∈ S N − 1 orthogonal to w w w , and hence
E π [ s ℓ − 1 x ] = E π [ s ℓ − 1 ⟨ w , x ⟩ ] w = N E π [ s ℓ ] w . (16) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^{\ell-1}x]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^{\ell-1}\langle w,x\rangle]w=\sqrt{N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^\ell]w. \tag*{(16)} E π [ s ℓ − 1 x ] = E π [ s ℓ − 1 ⟨ w , x ⟩] w = N E π [ s ℓ ] w . (16)
Applying Stein’s lemma (Lemma 3.1 ) to each coordinate of F F F , we have
E π [ ∇ S N − 1 F ] = κ N E π [ x F T ] = κ N E π [ s ℓ x x T ] . (17) \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}F]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xF^{\mathsf T}]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^\ell xx^{\mathsf T}]. \tag*{(17)} E π [ ∇ S N − 1 F ] = κ N E π [ x F T ] = κ N E π [ s ℓ x x T ] . (17)
Taking expectations in Equation (15) and using Equations (16) and (17) , we conclude that
κ N E π [ s ℓ x x T ] = E π [ s ℓ ] ( I + ℓ w w T ) − ℓ + 1 N E π [ s ℓ x x T ] . \kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^\ell xx^{\mathsf T}]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^\ell](I+\ell ww^{\mathsf T})-\frac{\ell+1}{N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[s^\ell xx^{\mathsf T}]. κ N E π [ s ℓ x x T ] = E π [ s ℓ ] ( I + ℓ w w T ) − N ℓ + 1 E π [ s ℓ x x T ] .
Since κ N + ℓ + 1 N = N + ℓ N \kappa_N+\frac{\ell+1}{N}=\frac{N+\ell}{N} κ N + N ℓ + 1 = N N + ℓ , we obtain the last claim by rearranging terms.
Lastly, we shall make use of the following elementary estimate for the normalization of nonzero vectors.
Lemma 3.4 (Local Lipschitzness of normalization). For any nonzero a , b ∈ R N a,b\in\mathbb{R}^{N} a , b ∈ R N ,
∥ a ∥ a ∥ − b ∥ b ∥ ∥ ≤ 2 ∥ a − b ∥ max { ∥ a ∥ , ∥ b ∥ } . \left\|\frac{a}{\|a\|}-\frac{b}{\|b\|}\right\|\le\frac{2\|a-b\|}{\max\{\|a\|,\|b\|\}}. ∥ a ∥ a − ∥ b ∥ b ≤ max { ∥ a ∥ , ∥ b ∥ } 2∥ a − b ∥ . Proof. We write
a ∥ a ∥ − b ∥ b ∥ = a − b ∥ a ∥ + b ( 1 ∥ a ∥ − 1 ∥ b ∥ ) . \frac{a}{\|a\|}-\frac{b}{\|b\|}=\frac{a-b}{\|a\|}+b\left(\frac{1}{\|a\|}-\frac{1}{\|b\|}\right). ∥ a ∥ a − ∥ b ∥ b = ∥ a ∥ a − b + b ( ∥ a ∥ 1 − ∥ b ∥ 1 ) . Taking norms and using ∣ ∥ a ∥ − ∥ b ∥ ∣ ≤ ∥ a − b ∥ |\|a\|-\|b\||\le\|a-b\| ∣∥ a ∥ − ∥ b ∥∣ ≤ ∥ a − b ∥ , we obtain
∥ a ∥ a ∥ − b ∥ b ∥ ∥ ≤ ∥ a − b ∥ ∥ a ∥ + ∣ ∥ b ∥ − ∥ a ∥ ∣ ∥ a ∥ ≤ 2 ∥ a − b ∥ ∥ a ∥ . \left\|\frac{a}{\|a\|}-\frac{b}{\|b\|}\right\|\le\frac{\|a-b\|}{\|a\|}+\frac{\left|\|b\|-\|a\|\right|}{\|a\|}\le\frac{2\|a-b\|}{\|a\|}. ∥ a ∥ a − ∥ b ∥ b ≤ ∥ a ∥ ∥ a − b ∥ + ∥ a ∥ ∣ ∥ b ∥ − ∥ a ∥ ∣ ≤ ∥ a ∥ 2∥ a − b ∥ . Interchanging a a a and b b b proves the claim.
Sobolev Norms for Spherical Spin Glass Hamiltonians
We now recall the Sobolev G \mathcal{G} G -norm for smooth functions on S N \mathbb{S}_N S N , introduced by Ben Arous, Gheissari, and Jagannath [11 , 10 ] .
Definition 3.5 (Sobolev G \mathcal{G} G -norm). Fix an integer n ≥ 0 n\ge0 n ≥ 0 . For any smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R , its Sobolev G n \mathcal{G}^n G n norm is defined as follows [10 Definition 3.1] :
∥ f ∥ G n = ∑ ℓ = 0 n N ℓ / 2 max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) ∥ o p , \|f\|_{\mathcal{G}^n}=\sum_{\ell=0}^{n}N^{\ell/2}\max_{x\in\mathbb{S}_N}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}^{\ell}f(x)\|_{\mathrm{op}}, ∥ f ∥ G n = ℓ = 0 ∑ n N ℓ /2 x ∈ S N max ∥ ∇ S N ℓ f ( x ) ∥ op , where ∥ ∇ S N 0 f ( x ) ∥ o p = ∣ f ( x ) ∣ \|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}^{0}f(x)\|_{\mathrm{op}}=|f(x)| ∥ ∇ S N 0 f ( x ) ∥ op = ∣ f ( x ) ∣ by convention.
The following ladder relations [cf. BGJ20a, Lemma 3.5] are used to control the Sobolev norms of the action of differential operators.
Lemma 3.6 (Ladder relations). For every integer n ≥ 0 n \ge0 n ≥ 0 , there exists C n > 0 C_n > 0 C n > 0 such that, for every N N N and all smooth f , g : S N → R f,g:\mathbb{S}_N \to\mathbb{R} f , g : S N → R ,
∥ Δ S N f ∥ G n ≤ ∥ f ∥ G n + 2 , ∥ ⟨ ∇ S N g , ∇ S N f ⟩ ∥ G n ≤ C n N ∥ g ∥ G n + 1 ∥ f ∥ G n + 1 . \left\|\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}f\right\|_{G_n} \le\|f\|_{G_{n+2}}, \qquad\left\|\left\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}g,\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f\right\rangle\right\|_{G_n} \le\frac{C_n}{N}\|g\|_{G_{n+1}}\|f\|_{G_{n+1}}. ∥ Δ S N f ∥ G n ≤ ∥ f ∥ G n + 2 , ∥ ⟨ ∇ S N g , ∇ S N f ⟩ ∥ G n ≤ N C n ∥ g ∥ G n + 1 ∥ f ∥ G n + 1 . Moreover, fix integers n ≥ 0 n \ge0 n ≥ 0 and ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 and constants c 1 , c 2 > 0 c_1,c_2 > 0 c 1 , c 2 > 0 , let g 1 , g 2 : S N → R g_1,g_2:\mathbb{S}_N \to\mathbb{R} g 1 , g 2 : S N → R be smooth functions satisfying ∥ g 1 ∥ G n + 2 ℓ ≤ c 1 N \|g_1\|_{G_{n+2\ell}} \le c_1N ∥ g 1 ∥ G n + 2 ℓ ≤ c 1 N and ∥ g 2 ∥ G 1 ≤ c 2 N \|g_2\|_{G_1} \le c_2N ∥ g 2 ∥ G 1 ≤ c 2 N , and define the operators L = 1 2 Δ S N + ⟨ ∇ S N g 1 , ∇ S N ⋅ ⟩ L = \frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N} + \langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}g_1,\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}\cdot\rangle L = 2 1 Δ S N + ⟨ ∇ S N g 1 , ∇ S N ⋅ ⟩ and A = ⟨ ∇ S N g 2 , ∇ S N ⋅ ⟩ A = \langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}g_2,\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}\cdot\rangle A = ⟨ ∇ S N g 2 , ∇ S N ⋅ ⟩ . There exists C > 0 C > 0 C > 0 , depending only on n n n , ℓ \ell ℓ , c 1 c_1 c 1 , and c 2 c_2 c 2 , such that, for every N N N and all smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N \to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R ,
∥ L ℓ f ∥ G n ≤ C ∥ f ∥ G n + 2 ℓ , max x ∈ S N ∣ A L ℓ f ( x ) ∣ ≤ C ∥ f ∥ G 2 ℓ + 1 . \|L^\ell f\|_{G_n} \le C\|f\|_{G_{n+2\ell}}, \qquad\max_{x\in\mathbb{S}_N}|AL^\ell f(x)| \le C\|f\|_{G_{2\ell+1}}. ∥ L ℓ f ∥ G n ≤ C ∥ f ∥ G n + 2 ℓ , x ∈ S N max ∣ A L ℓ f ( x ) ∣ ≤ C ∥ f ∥ G 2 ℓ + 1 .
The following lemma controls the Sobolev norms of the spherical pure k k k -spin Hamiltonian [11 , 10 Theorem 3.3] .
Lemma 3.7 (Sobolev norm concentration for the spherical pure k k k -spin Hamiltonian). Let H 0 H_0 H 0 be the spherical pure k k k -spin Hamiltonian defined in Equation (2) . For any integer n ≥ 0 n \ge0 n ≥ 0 , there exist C k , n , c k , n > 0 C_{k,n},c_{k,n} > 0 C k , n , c k , n > 0 such that, for every r > 0 r > 0 r > 0 ,
P [ ∥ H 0 ∥ G n ≥ C k , n N + r ] ≤ C k , n exp ( − c k , n r 2 N ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\|H_0\|_{G_n} \ge C_{k,n}N+r\right] \le C_{k,n}\exp\left(-\frac{c_{k,n}r^2}{N}\right). P [ ∥ H 0 ∥ G n ≥ C k , n N + r ] ≤ C k , n exp ( − N c k , n r 2 ) .
Remark 3.8. As noted in [10 Corollary 3.6] , we conclude by a direct application of Lemmas 3.6 and 3.7 that ∥ Δ S N H 0 ∥ G n ≤ C k , n N \|\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_0\|_{G_n} \le C_{k,n}N ∥ Δ S N H 0 ∥ G n ≤ C k , n N and ∥ ∥ ∇ S N H 0 ∥ 2 ∥ G n ≤ C k , n N \|\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_0\|^2\|_{G_n} \le C_{k,n}N ∥∥ ∇ S N H 0 ∥ 2 ∥ G n ≤ C k , n N for any fixed integer n ≥ 0 n \ge0 n ≥ 0 with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k , n N ) 1-\exp(-c_{k,n}N) 1 − exp ( − c k , n N ) .
The following lemma, which is a straightforward consequence of Eq. (3.4) in [10 ] , controls the Sobolev norms of the correlation with an arbitrary unit vector and its powers.
Lemma 3.9 (Sobolev norm bounds for the signal term). For any v ∈ S N − 1 v \in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} v ∈ S N − 1 , let g ( x ) = 1 N ⟨ v , x ⟩ g(x)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle v,x\rangle g ( x ) = N 1 ⟨ v , x ⟩ . For any integer n ≥ 0 n \ge0 n ≥ 0 , we have ∥ g ∥ G n ≤ C n \|g\|_{G_n} \le C_n ∥ g ∥ G n ≤ C n and ∥ g k ∥ G n ≤ C k , n \|g^k\|_{G_n} \le C_{k,n} ∥ g k ∥ G n ≤ C k , n . In particular, these bounds hold for the correlation function m m m defined in Equation (2) .
Remark 3.10. By Lemma 3.7 with r = N r=N r = N and Lemma 3.9 , the tensor PCA Hamiltonian satisfies ∥ H ∥ G n ≤ C k , n N ( 1 + λ ) \|H\|_{G_n} \le C_{k,n}N(1+\lambda) ∥ H ∥ G n ≤ C k , n N ( 1 + λ ) for any fixed integer n ≥ 0 n \ge0 n ≥ 0 with probability at least 1 − C k , n exp ( − c k , n N ) 1-C_{k,n}\exp(-c_{k,n}N) 1 − C k , n exp ( − c k , n N ) . In particular, on this event, Definition 3.5 yields max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N H ( x ) ∥ ≤ C k , n ( 1 + λ ) N \max_{x\in\mathbb{S}_N}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H(x)\| \le C_{k,n}(1+\lambda)\sqrt{N} max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N H ( x ) ∥ ≤ C k , n ( 1 + λ ) N for n ≥ 1 n \ge1 n ≥ 1 and max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N 2 H ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ C k , n ( 1 + λ ) \max_{x\in\mathbb{S}_N}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}^2H(x)\|_{\mathrm{op}} \le C_{k,n}(1+\lambda) max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N 2 H ( x ) ∥ op ≤ C k , n ( 1 + λ ) for n ≥ 2 n \ge2 n ≥ 2 .
Spherical Langevin Dynamics
We use ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\ge0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 to denote the standard Brownian motion on R N \mathbb{R}^N R N , i.e., the stochastic process with continuous sample paths and independent increments satisfying B 0 = 0 B_0=0 B 0 = 0 and B t − B s ∼ N ( 0 , ( t − s ) I ) B_t-B_s\sim\mathcal{N}(0,(t-s)I) B t − B s ∼ N ( 0 , ( t − s ) I ) for any 0 ≤ s < t 0\le s<t 0 ≤ s < t [cf. SV07, Section 4.1]. Given a smooth Hamiltonian V : S N → R V:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} V : S N → R and an inverse temperature β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , spherical Langevin dynamics with initial point Z 0 ∈ S N Z_0 \in\mathbb{S}_N Z 0 ∈ S N is the unique strong solution ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\ge0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 of the stochastic differential equation (SDE)
d Z t = ( β ⋅ Q Z t ∇ V ( Z t ) − N − 1 2 N Z t ) d t + Q Z t d B t , (18) dZ_t=\left(\beta\cdot Q_{Z_t}\nabla V(Z_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}Z_t\right)dt+Q_{Z_t}\,dB_t, \tag*{(18)} d Z t = ( β ⋅ Q Z t ∇ V ( Z t ) − 2 N N − 1 Z t ) d t + Q Z t d B t , (18)
where the driving Brownian motion ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\ge0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 is independent of the initial point and of any randomness in V V V . When V V V is random, all statements in this section are understood conditionally on V V V . Observe that the trajectory ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\ge0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 is a deterministic function of the initial point and the driving Brownian motion.
Since Q x x = 0 Q_xx=0 Q x x = 0 and Tr ( Q x ) = N − 1 \operatorname{Tr}(Q_x)=N-1 Tr ( Q x ) = N − 1 , Itô’s formula [47 Section 4.4] yields d ∥ Z t ∥ 2 = 0 d\lVert Z_t\rVert^2=0 d ∥ Z t ∥ 2 = 0 , and therefore Z t ∈ S N Z_t\in\mathbb{S}_N Z t ∈ S N for all t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 . The resulting trajectory is a reversible Markov process whose stationary distribution is the Gibbs measure μ V , β ( d x ) ∝ exp ( 2 β V ( x ) ) π ( d x ) \mu_{V,\beta}(dx)\propto\exp(2\beta V(x))\pi(dx) μ V , β ( d x ) ∝ exp ( 2 β V ( x )) π ( d x ) [cf. BÉ85, p. 187]. For β = 0 \beta=0 β = 0 , the trajectory reduces to spherical Brownian motion on S N \mathbb{S}_N S N .
The associated Markov semigroup P t ( V , β ) P_t^{(V,\beta)} P t ( V , β ) describes the evolution of scalar observables along the trajectory. Specifically, for any bounded measurable f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R ,
P t ( V , β ) f ( x ) = E [ f ( Z t ) ∣ Z 0 = x ] . P_t^{(V,\beta)}f(x)=\mathbb{E}[f(Z_t)\mid Z_0=x]. P t ( V , β ) f ( x ) = E [ f ( Z t ) ∣ Z 0 = x ] .
The generator L V , β \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta} L V , β , which characterizes the infinitesimal action of the semigroup, is given as follows for any smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R :
L V , β f ( x ) = lim t → 0 + P t ( V , β ) f ( x ) − f ( x ) t = 1 2 Δ S N f ( x ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N V ( x ) , ∇ S N f ( x ) ⟩ , (19) \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}f(x)=\lim_{t\to0+}\frac{P_t^{(V,\beta)}f(x)-f(x)}{t}=\frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)+\beta\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}V(x),\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)\rangle, \tag*{(19)} L V , β f ( x ) = t → 0 + lim t P t ( V , β ) f ( x ) − f ( x ) = 2 1 Δ S N f ( x ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N V ( x ) , ∇ S N f ( x )⟩ , (19)
where the second equality follows from Itô’s formula applied to any smooth extension of f f f , together with Equation (8) and Tr ( Q x ) = N − 1 \operatorname{Tr}(Q_x)=N-1 Tr ( Q x ) = N − 1 . We refer to 1 2 Δ S N f ( x ) \frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x) 2 1 Δ S N f ( x ) and β ⟨ ∇ S N V ( x ) , ∇ S N f ( x ) ⟩ \beta\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}V(x),\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(x)\rangle β ⟨ ∇ S N V ( x ) , ∇ S N f ( x )⟩ as the diffusion term and the drift term of the generator, respectively.
The Markov semigroup and its generator also satisfy the following Kolmogorov equations for every smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R [cf. BGL14, Section 1.4]:
d d t P t ( V , β ) f = L V , β P t ( V , β ) f = P t ( V , β ) L V , β f . (20) \frac{d}{dt}P_t^{(V,\beta)}f=\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}P_t^{(V,\beta)}f=P_t^{(V,\beta)}\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}f. \tag*{(20)} d t d P t ( V , β ) f = L V , β P t ( V , β ) f = P t ( V , β ) L V , β f . (20)
Intuitively, for any smooth observable f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R , L V , β f ( Z t ) \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}f(Z_t) L V , β f ( Z t ) represents the instantaneous expected rate of change of f ( Z t ) f(Z_t) f ( Z t ) along the trajectory. This interpretation is made rigorous via Dynkin’s formula [cf. SV07, Section 4.4].
Lemma 3.11 (Dynkin’s formula for spherical Langevin dynamics). Let ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\ge0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics for the Hamiltonian V V V at inverse temperature β \beta β , with driving Brownian motion ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\ge0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 . For any smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R , the process
M t f = f ( Z t ) − f ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 t L V , β f ( Z s ) d s = ∫ 0 t ⟨ ∇ S N f ( Z s ) , d B s ⟩ M_t^f=f(Z_t)-f(Z_0)-\int_0^t\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}f(Z_s)\,ds=\int_0^t\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}f(Z_s),dB_s\rangle M t f = f ( Z t ) − f ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 t L V , β f ( Z s ) d s = ∫ 0 t ⟨ ∇ S N f ( Z s ) , d B s ⟩ is a continuous martingale with M 0 f = 0 M_0^f=0 M 0 f = 0 that is square integrable on every finite time interval, known as the Dynkin martingale. Its quadratic variation is
⟨ M f ⟩ t = 2 ∫ 0 t Γ ( f , f ) ( Z s ) d s , \langle M^f\rangle_t=2\int_0^t\Gamma(f,f)(Z_s)\,ds, ⟨ M f ⟩ t = 2 ∫ 0 t Γ ( f , f ) ( Z s ) d s ,
where Γ \Gamma Γ denotes the carré du champ operator associated with L V , β \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta} L V , β , defined by
Γ ( f , g ) ( x ) = 1 2 [ L V , β ( f g ) − f L V , β g − g L V , β f ] ( x ) = 1 2 ⟨ ∇ S N f ( x ) , ∇ S N g ( x ) ⟩ . \Gamma(f,g)(x)=\frac{1}{2}\left[\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}(fg)-f\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}g-g\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta}f\right](x)=\frac{1}{2}\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}f(x),\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}g(x)\rangle. Γ ( f , g ) ( x ) = 2 1 [ L V , β ( f g ) − f L V , β g − g L V , β f ] ( x ) = 2 1 ⟨ ∇ S N f ( x ) , ∇ S N g ( x )⟩ .
In particular, Γ \Gamma Γ does not depend on V V V or β \beta β .
The following uniform concentration guarantee for Dynkin martingales shall be used often in our proofs.
Lemma 3.12 (Concentration of Dynkin martingales). Let ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\geq0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics for the Hamiltonian V V V at inverse temperature β \beta β . Suppose that a smooth f : S N → R f:\mathbb{S}^{N}\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R satisfies max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x ) ∥ ≤ A \max_{x\in\mathbb{S}^{N}}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}f(x)\|\leq A max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x ) ∥ ≤ A for some A > 0 A>0 A > 0 , and let M t f M^f_t M t f denote its Dynkin martingale. For every T , r > 0 T,r>0 T , r > 0 , we have
P [ sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∣ M t f ∣ ≥ r ] ≤ 2 exp ( − r 2 2 A 2 T ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\sup_{0\leq t\leq T}|M^f_t|\geq r\right]\leq2\exp\left(-\frac{r^2}{2A^2T}\right). P [ 0 ≤ t ≤ T sup ∣ M t f ∣ ≥ r ] ≤ 2 exp ( − 2 A 2 T r 2 ) . Proof. Since 2 Γ ( f , f ) = ∥ ∇ S N f ∥ 2 ≤ A 2 2\Gamma(f,f)=\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}f\|^2\leq A^2 2Γ ( f , f ) = ∥ ∇ S N f ∥ 2 ≤ A 2 , we infer from Lemma 3.11 that M f M^f M f is a continuous martingale with M 0 f = 0 M^f_0=0 M 0 f = 0 and ⟨ M f ⟩ t ≤ A 2 T \langle M^f\rangle_t\leq A^2T ⟨ M f ⟩ t ≤ A 2 T for every t ≤ T t\leq T t ≤ T . Applying a line-crossing inequality for continuous martingales [cf. How+20, Corollary 11(a)] to M f M^f M f and − M f -M^f − M f , we infer the following for any a , b > 0 a,b>0 a , b > 0
P [ ∃ t ≥ 0 : ± M t f ≥ a + b ⟨ M f ⟩ t ] ≤ e − 2 a b . \mathbb{P}\left[\exists\,t\geq0:\pm M^f_t\geq a+b\langle M^f\rangle_t\right]\leq e^{-2ab}. P [ ∃ t ≥ 0 : ± M t f ≥ a + b ⟨ M f ⟩ t ] ≤ e − 2 ab . If sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∣ M t f ∣ ≥ r \sup_{0\leq t\leq T}|M^f_t|\geq r sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∣ M t f ∣ ≥ r , then, by continuity, ∣ M t f ∣ ≥ r |M^f_t|\geq r ∣ M t f ∣ ≥ r for some t ≤ T t\leq T t ≤ T , and one of these two events occurs with a = r 2 a=\frac{r}{2} a = 2 r and b = r 2 A 2 T b=\frac{r}{2A^2T} b = 2 A 2 T r , since a + b ⟨ M f ⟩ t ≤ r a+b\langle M^f\rangle_t\leq r a + b ⟨ M f ⟩ t ≤ r . The proof is concluded by a union bound, since 2 a b = r 2 2 A 2 T 2ab=\frac{r^2}{2A^2T} 2 ab = 2 A 2 T r 2 .
Remark. By Definition 3.5 , max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x ) ∥ ≤ N − 1 / 2 ∥ f ∥ G 1 \max_{x\in\mathbb{S}^{N}}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}f(x)\|\leq N^{-1/2}\|f\|_{\mathcal{G}_1} max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x ) ∥ ≤ N − 1/2 ∥ f ∥ G 1 . Hence Lemma 3.12 may always be applied with A = N − 1 / 2 ∥ f ∥ G 1 A=N^{-1/2}\|f\|_{\mathcal{G}_1} A = N − 1/2 ∥ f ∥ G 1 .
The Markov semigroup P t ( V , β ) P_t^{(V,\beta)} P t ( V , β ) and the generator L V , β \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta} L V , β act entrywise on vector and matrix-valued observables. Consequently, the corresponding vector (resp. matrix) valued Dynkin martingale is obtained by applying Lemma 3.11 to each entry, and we obtain the following uniform concentration guarantee for operator norms of rectangular matrix valued Dynkin martingales via a direct application of Lemma 3.12 .
Lemma 3.13 (Concentration of matrix-valued Dynkin martingales). Let m , n ≥ 1 m,n\geq1 m , n ≥ 1 , and let F : S N → R m × n F:\mathbb{S}^{N}\to\mathbb{R}^{m\times n} F : S N → R m × n be a smooth function satisfying max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ( u T F v ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ A \max_{x\in\mathbb{S}^{N}}\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}(u^{\mathsf{T}}Fv)(x)\|\leq A max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ( u T F v ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ A for every u ∈ S m − 1 u\in\mathbb{S}^{m-1} u ∈ S m − 1 , v ∈ S n − 1 v\in\mathbb{S}^{n-1} v ∈ S n − 1 and some A > 0 A>0 A > 0 . Let ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\geq0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics for the Hamiltonian V V V at inverse temperature β \beta β , and let M t F M^F_t M t F denote the associated Dynkin martingale. For every T > 0 T>0 T > 0 and δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \delta\in(0,1) δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , the following holds with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ :
sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∥ M t F ∥ o p ≤ C A T ( m + n + log ( 1 / δ ) ) , \sup_{0\leq t\leq T}\|M^F_t\|_{\mathrm{op}}\leq CA\sqrt{T(m+n+\log(1/\delta))}, 0 ≤ t ≤ T sup ∥ M t F ∥ op ≤ C A T ( m + n + log ( 1/ δ )) , where C > 0 C>0 C > 0 is a universal constant. In particular, taking n = 1 n=1 n = 1 yields the same guarantee for vector-valued observables, with the Euclidean norm in place of the operator norm.
Proof. Fix u ∈ S m − 1 u \in\mathbb{S}^{m-1} u ∈ S m − 1 and v ∈ S n − 1 v \in\mathbb{S}^{n-1} v ∈ S n − 1 , and set f u , v ( x ) = u T F ( x ) v f_{u,v}(x) = u^{\mathsf{T}}F(x)v f u , v ( x ) = u T F ( x ) v . By linearity of the generator, u T M t F v = M t f u , v u^{\mathsf{T}}M_t^Fv = M_t^{f_{u,v}} u T M t F v = M t f u , v . Since max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f u , v ( x ) ∥ ≤ A \max_{x \in\mathbb{S}^{N}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}f_{u,v}(x)\rVert\le A max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f u , v ( x )∥ ≤ A , we obtain from Lemma 3.12 with r = A 2 T s r = A\sqrt{2Ts} r = A 2 T s that, for every s > 0 s > 0 s > 0 ,
P [ sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T ∣ u T M t F v ∣ ≥ A 2 T s ] ≤ 2 e − s . \mathbb{P}\left[\sup_{0 \le t \le T}\left|u^{\mathsf{T}}M_t^Fv\right| \ge A\sqrt{2Ts}\right] \le2e^{-s}. P [ 0 ≤ t ≤ T sup u T M t F v ≥ A 2 T s ] ≤ 2 e − s .
Let N m \mathcal{N}_m N m and N n \mathcal{N}_n N n be fixed 1 / 4 1/4 1/4 -nets of S m − 1 \mathbb{S}^{m-1} S m − 1 and S n − 1 \mathbb{S}^{n-1} S n − 1 with ∣ N m ∣ ≤ 9 m \lvert\mathcal{N}_m\rvert\le9^m ∣ N m ∣ ≤ 9 m and ∣ N n ∣ ≤ 9 n \lvert\mathcal{N}_n\rvert\le9^n ∣ N n ∣ ≤ 9 n . A standard ϵ \epsilon ϵ -net comparison implies that, for every t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 ,
∥ M t F ∥ o p ≤ 2 max u ∈ N m , v ∈ N n ∣ u T M t F v ∣ . \lVert M_t^F\rVert_{\mathrm{op}} \le2\max_{u \in\mathcal{N}_m,v \in\mathcal{N}_n}\left|u^{\mathsf{T}}M_t^Fv\right|. ∥ M t F ∥ op ≤ 2 u ∈ N m , v ∈ N n max u T M t F v .
The proof is concluded by taking s = ( m + n ) log 9 + log ( 2 / δ ) s = (m+n)\log9+\log(2/\delta) s = ( m + n ) log 9 + log ( 2/ δ ) , applying a union bound over N m × N n \mathcal{N}_m \times\mathcal{N}_n N m × N n , and adjusting constants appropriately. □
Remark 3.14. If m = n m=n m = n and F F F takes values in Sym n \operatorname{Sym}_n Sym n , it suffices to assume that, for every w ∈ S n − 1 w \in\mathbb{S}^{n-1} w ∈ S n − 1 , max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ( w T F w ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ A \max_{x \in\mathbb{S}^{N}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}(w^{\mathsf{T}}Fw)(x)\rVert\le A max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ( w T F w ) ( x )∥ ≤ A .
Finally, the following change of measure theorem for spherical Langevin dynamics is a direct consequence of the Girsanov theorem [47 Section 6.4] .
Lemma 3.15 (Girsanov’s Theorem for Spherical Langevin Dynamics). Fix T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , and let ( Z t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (Z_t)_{0 \le t \le T} ( Z t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics for the Hamiltonian V V V at inverse temperature β \beta β , with driving Brownian motion ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (B_t)_{0 \le t \le T} ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T . Let Q T \mathbb{Q}^{T} Q T denote the joint law of Z 0 Z_0 Z 0 and ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (B_t)_{0 \le t \le T} ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T , and let ( θ t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (\theta_t)_{0 \le t \le T} ( θ t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T be an R N \mathbb{R}^{N} R N -valued process that is progressively measurable with respect to the joint filtration of the initial point and the driving Brownian motion, satisfying ∥ θ t ∥ ≤ C \lVert\theta_t\rVert\le C ∥ θ t ∥ ≤ C for a deterministic C < ∞ C < \infty C < ∞ and all t ≤ T t \le T t ≤ T . For 0 ≤ t ≤ T 0 \le t \le T 0 ≤ t ≤ T , define
L t θ = exp ( ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d B s ⟩ − 1 2 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) . L_t^\theta= \exp\left(\int_0^t \langle\theta_s,\mathrm{d}B_s\rangle-\frac{1}{2}\int_0^t\lVert\theta_s\rVert^2\mathrm{d}s\right). L t θ = exp ( ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d B s ⟩ − 2 1 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) . Then ( L t θ ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (L_t^\theta)_{0 \le t \le T} ( L t θ ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T is a mean-one martingale under Q T \mathbb{Q}^{T} Q T . Define the tilted law Q T , θ \mathbb{Q}^{T,\theta} Q T , θ by d Q T , θ d Q T = L T θ \frac{\mathrm{d}\mathbb{Q}^{T,\theta}}{\mathrm{d}\mathbb{Q}^{T}}=L_T^\theta d Q T d Q T , θ = L T θ . Under Q T , θ \mathbb{Q}^{T,\theta} Q T , θ , the process B ~ t = B t − ∫ 0 t θ s d s \widetilde{B}_t=B_t-\int_0^t\theta_s\mathrm{d}s B t = B t − ∫ 0 t θ s d s is a standard Brownian motion on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] independent of Z 0 Z_0 Z 0 , Z 0 Z_0 Z 0 has the same distribution as under Q T \mathbb{Q}^{T} Q T , and
d Z t = ( β ⋅ Q Z t ∇ V ( Z t ) − N − 1 2 N Z t + Q Z t θ t ) d t + Q Z t d B ~ t . \mathrm{d}Z_t=\left(\beta\cdot Q_{Z_t}\nabla V(Z_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}Z_t+Q_{Z_t}\theta_t\right)\mathrm{d}t+Q_{Z_t}\mathrm{d}\widetilde{B}_t. d Z t = ( β ⋅ Q Z t ∇ V ( Z t ) − 2 N N − 1 Z t + Q Z t θ t ) d t + Q Z t d B t . In particular, if θ t = β ∇ S N U ( Z t ) \theta_t=\beta\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N}}U(Z_t) θ t = β ∇ S N U ( Z t ) for a smooth U : S N → R U:\mathbb{S}^{N}\to\mathbb{R} U : S N → R , then, under Q T , θ \mathbb{Q}^{T,\theta} Q T , θ , ( Z t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (Z_t)_{0 \le t \le T} ( Z t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T is spherical Langevin dynamics for the Hamiltonian V + U V+U V + U at inverse temperature β \beta β , with driving Brownian motion ( B ~ t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (\widetilde{B}_t)_{0 \le t \le T} ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T .
Averaged Spherical Derivatives of the Tensor PCA Hamiltonian
In this section, we analyze the statistical properties of the average spherical gradient and Hessian of the tensor PCA Hamiltonian. In § 4.1 , we show that, for odd k k k , the average spherical gradient is a noisy observation of the planted vector. Analogously, in § 4.2 , we show that, for even k k k , the average spherical Hessian has a spiked Wigner type structure, with a rank-one spike in the planted direction.
Analysis of the Average Spherical Gradient
We now establish a signal-noise decomposition of the average spherical gradient of the tensor PCA Hamiltonian.
Theorem 4.1 (Signal-Noise Decomposition of the Average Spherical Gradient). Let H H H denote the tensor PCA Hamiltonian defined in Equation (2) , and define the average spherical gradient u H ≔ E π [ ∇ S N H ( x ) ] \mathbf{u}_H \coloneqq\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H(\mathbf{x})] u H : = E π [ ∇ S N H ( x )] . Then, the following holds:
If k k k is even, then u H = 0 \mathbf{u}_H=0 u H = 0 holds deterministically.
If k k k is odd, then u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ \mathbf{u}_H=N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star+\zeta u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ , where ζ ≔ E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) ] ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \zeta\coloneqq\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_0(\mathbf{x})]\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2I) ζ : = E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ( x )] ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) , α N ≍ k N − k / 2 \alpha_N\asymp_k N^{-k/2} α N ≍ k N − k /2 , and σ N 2 = κ N N N α N ≍ k N − k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2=\kappa_NN\sqrt{N}\alpha_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 = κ N N N α N ≍ k N − 2 k − 1 .
Proof. By Stein’s lemma (Lemma 3.1) and Equation (2) , we obtain
u H = κ N E π [ x H ( x ) ] = N λ κ N E π [ x m ( x ) k ] + ζ , ζ = κ N E π [ x H 0 ( x ) ] . (21) \mathbf{u}_H=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\mathbf{x}H(\mathbf{x})]=N\lambda\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\mathbf{x}m(\mathbf{x})^k]+\zeta,\qquad\zeta=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\mathbf{x}H_0(\mathbf{x})]. \tag*{(21)} u H = κ N E π [ x H ( x )] = N λ κ N E π [ x m ( x ) k ] + ζ , ζ = κ N E π [ x H 0 ( x )] . (21)
If k k k is even, then H ( − x ) = H ( x ) H(-\mathbf{x})=H(\mathbf{x}) H ( − x ) = H ( x ) , and invariance of π \pi π under x ↦ − x \mathbf{x}\mapsto-\mathbf{x} x ↦ − x implies that u H = 0 \mathbf{u}_H=0 u H = 0 .
Henceforth, assume k k k is odd. We first analyze the signal term in Equation (21) . For every v ∈ S N − 1 \mathbf{v}\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} v ∈ S N − 1 which is orthogonal to θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ , the second claim of Lemma 3.3, applied with ( w , z ) = ( v , θ ⋆ ) (\mathbf{w},\mathbf{z})=(\mathbf{v},\theta^\star) ( w , z ) = ( v , θ ⋆ ) , g ( t ) = t g(t)=t g ( t ) = t , and h ( t ) = t k h(t)=t^k h ( t ) = t k , yields E π [ ⟨ v , x ⟩ m ( x ) k ] = 0 \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\langle\mathbf{v},\mathbf{x}\rangle m(\mathbf{x})^k]=0 E π [⟨ v , x ⟩ m ( x ) k ] = 0 . Hence, E π [ x m ( x ) k ] \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\mathbf{x}m(\mathbf{x})^k] E π [ x m ( x ) k ] is parallel to θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ . Taking the inner product with θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ and using ⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ = N m ( x ) \langle\theta^\star,\mathbf{x}\rangle=\sqrt{N}m(\mathbf{x}) ⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ = N m ( x ) , we obtain
κ N E π [ x m ( x ) k ] = κ N E π [ ⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ m ( x ) k ] θ ⋆ = α N θ ⋆ , α N ≔ κ N N E π [ m ( x ) k + 1 ] . (22) \kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\mathbf{x}m(\mathbf{x})^k]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\langle\theta^\star,\mathbf{x}\rangle m(\mathbf{x})^k]\theta^\star=\alpha_N\theta^\star,\qquad\alpha_N\coloneqq\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[m(\mathbf{x})^{k+1}]. \tag*{(22)} κ N E π [ x m ( x ) k ] = κ N E π [⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ m ( x ) k ] θ ⋆ = α N θ ⋆ , α N : = κ N N E π [ m ( x ) k + 1 ] . (22)
Since k + 1 k+1 k + 1 is even, Lemma 3.3 implies that α N ≍ k N − k / 2 \alpha_N\asymp_k N^{-k/2} α N ≍ k N − k /2 . We conclude that the signal term in Equation (21) is N λ α N θ ⋆ N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star N λ α N θ ⋆ .
We now analyze the noise term in Equation (21) . Since ζ \zeta ζ is a linear function of the centered Gaussian tensor G G G , it is a centered Gaussian vector, and its law is uniquely determined by its covariance Σ = E G [ ζ ζ T ] \Sigma=\mathbb{E}_G[\zeta\zeta^\mathsf{T}] Σ = E G [ ζ ζ T ] . Furthermore, since ζ = κ N E π [ x H 0 ( x ) ] \zeta=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\mathbf{x}H_0(\mathbf{x})] ζ = κ N E π [ x H 0 ( x )] , we infer the following from Equation (3) :
Σ = κ N 2 E x , y ∼ i . i . d . π [ x y T E G [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y ) ] ] = κ N 2 N E x , y ∼ i . i . d . π [ x y T ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k ] . (23) \Sigma=\kappa_N^2\mathbb{E}_{\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\overset{\mathrm{i.i.d.}}{\sim}\pi}[\mathbf{x}\mathbf{y}^{\mathsf{T}}\mathbb{E}_G[H_0(\mathbf{x})H_0(\mathbf{y})]]
=\kappa_N^2N\mathbb{E}_{\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\overset{\mathrm{i.i.d.}}{\sim}\pi}\left[\mathbf{x}\mathbf{y}^{\mathsf{T}}\left(\frac{\langle\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\rangle}{N}\right)^k\right]. \tag*{(23)} Σ = κ N 2 E x , y ∼ i.i.d. π [ x y T E G [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y )]] = κ N 2 N E x , y ∼ i.i.d. π [ x y T ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k ] . (23)
Fix R ∈ O ( N , R ) R\in O(N,\mathbb{R}) R ∈ O ( N , R ) . Since π \pi π is invariant under O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) and ⟨ R x , R y ⟩ = ⟨ x , y ⟩ \langle R\mathbf{x},R\mathbf{y}\rangle=\langle\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\rangle ⟨ R x , R y ⟩ = ⟨ x , y ⟩ , the change of variables ( x , y ) ↦ ( R x , R y ) (\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y})\mapsto(R\mathbf{x},R\mathbf{y}) ( x , y ) ↦ ( R x , R y ) in Equation (23) yields R Σ R T = Σ R\Sigma R^{\mathsf{T}}=\Sigma R Σ R T = Σ . Thus, Σ \Sigma Σ commutes with every element of O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) , and Lemma 3.2 implies that Σ = σ N 2 I \Sigma=\sigma_N^2I Σ = σ N 2 I for some σ N 2 ≥ 0 \sigma_N^2\ge0 σ N 2 ≥ 0 .
Observe that by O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) invariance of π \pi π , the following holds for any x ∈ S N \mathbf{x}\in\mathbb{S}_N x ∈ S N that is independent of y \mathbf{y} y :
E y ∼ π [ ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k + 1 ] = E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] . (24) \mathbb{E}_{\mathbf{y}\sim\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\rangle}{N}\right)^{k+1}\right]=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbf{y}\sim\pi}[m(\mathbf{y})^{k+1}]. \tag*{(24)} E y ∼ π [ ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k + 1 ] = E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] . (24)
Taking the trace in Equation (23) and using Tr ( x y T ) = ⟨ x , y ⟩ \operatorname{Tr}(\mathbf{x}\mathbf{y}^{\mathsf{T}})=\langle\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\rangle Tr ( x y T ) = ⟨ x , y ⟩ , we obtain the following from Equations (22) and (24) :
σ N 2 = 1 N Tr ( Σ ) = κ N 2 E x , y ∼ i . i . d . π [ ⟨ x , y ⟩ ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k ] . = κ N 2 N E x ∼ π [ E y ∼ π [ ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k + 1 ] ] = κ N 2 N E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] = κ N N ⋅ κ N N E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] = κ N N α N . \begin{aligned}
\sigma_N^2=\frac{1}{N}\operatorname{Tr}(\Sigma)=\kappa_N^2\mathbb{E}_{\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\overset{\mathrm{i.i.d.}}{\sim}\pi}\left[\langle\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\rangle\left(\frac{\langle\mathbf{x},\mathbf{y}\rangle}{N}\right)^k\right]. \\
&= \kappa_N^2 N \mathbb{E}_{x\sim\pi}\left[\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^{k+1}\right]\right] = \kappa_N^2 N \mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}\left[m(y)^{k+1}\right] \\
&= \kappa_N\sqrt{N}\cdot\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}\left[m(y)^{k+1}\right] = \kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N.
\end{aligned} σ N 2 = N 1 Tr ( Σ ) = κ N 2 E x , y ∼ i.i.d. π [ ⟨ x , y ⟩ ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k ] . = κ N 2 N E x ∼ π [ E y ∼ π [ ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k + 1 ] ] = κ N 2 N E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] = κ N N ⋅ κ N N E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] = κ N N α N .
Thus, we conclude that ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \zeta\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I) ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) with σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N − k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N − 2 k − 1 .
Remark 4.2. We make the following observations from Theorem 4.1 . For even k k k , the symmetry x ↦ − x x\mapsto-x x ↦ − x forces u H = 0 u_H=0 u H = 0 , so the average spherical gradient carries no information about the planted signal. For odd k k k , the identity σ N 2 = κ N N α N \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N σ N 2 = κ N N α N implies that u H = κ N − 1 λ σ N 2 x ⋆ + ζ u_H=\kappa_N^{-1}\lambda\sigma_N^2x^\star+\zeta u H = κ N − 1 λ σ N 2 x ⋆ + ζ . Thus, u H u_H u H is a noisy observation of the planted vector x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ , with signal-to-noise ratio κ N − 1 λ σ N ≍ k λ N − k − 1 4 \kappa_N^{-1}\lambda\sigma_N\asymp_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} κ N − 1 λ σ N ≍ k λ N − 4 k − 1 . In particular, at the conjectured algorithmic threshold λ ≳ k N k − 2 4 \lambda\gtrsim_k N^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≳ k N 4 k − 2 , the SNR is at least Ω ( N − 1 / 4 ) \Omega(N^{-1/4}) Ω ( N − 1/4 ) . This is formalized in Corollary 4.3 below.
Corollary 4.3 (Norm and Correlation of the Average Spherical Gradient). Let k ≥ 3 k\ge3 k ≥ 3 be odd and λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 , and define u ^ H ≔ N u H ∥ u H ∥ \widehat{u}_H\coloneqq\frac{\sqrt{N}u_H}{\|u_H\|} u H : = ∥ u H ∥ N u H . Then,
P [ c k min { 1 , λ N − k − 1 4 } ≤ m ( u ^ H ) ≤ C k min { 1 , λ N − k − 1 4 } ] ≥ 1 − C exp ( − c k min { N , λ 2 N − k − 3 2 } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[c_k\min\left\{1,\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}}\right\}\le m(\widehat{u}_H)\le C_k\min\left\{1,\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}}\right\}\right]\ge1-C\exp\left(-c_k\min\left\{N,\lambda^2N^{-\frac{k-3}{2}}\right\}\right). P [ c k min { 1 , λ N − 4 k − 1 } ≤ m ( u H ) ≤ C k min { 1 , λ N − 4 k − 1 } ] ≥ 1 − C exp ( − c k min { N , λ 2 N − 2 k − 3 } ) . In particular, if λ ≥ C k N k − 2 4 \lambda\ge C_kN^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C k N 4 k − 2 , then, for all sufficiently large N N N ,
P [ m ( u ^ H ) ≥ N − 1 / 4 ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) . \mathbb{P}\left[m(\widehat{u}_H)\ge N^{-1/4}\right]\ge1-\exp(-c_k\sqrt{N}). P [ m ( u H ) ≥ N − 1/4 ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) . Furthermore,
P [ ∥ u H ∥ ≥ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) ] ≥ 1 − C exp ( − c N ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\|u_H\|\ge c(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N})\right]\ge1-C\exp(-cN). P [ ∥ u H ∥ ≥ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) ] ≥ 1 − C exp ( − c N ) . Proof. By Theorem 4.1 , u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ u_H=N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star+\zeta u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ , where ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \zeta\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2I) ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) . Let Z = σ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , θ ⋆ ⟩ Z=\sigma_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,\theta^\star\rangle Z = σ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , θ ⋆ ⟩ and ζ ⊥ = Q θ ⋆ ζ \zeta_\perp=Q_{\theta^\star}\zeta ζ ⊥ = Q θ ⋆ ζ , so that Z ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) Z\sim\mathcal{N}(0,1) Z ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) and σ N − 2 ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥ 2 \sigma_N^{-2}\|\zeta_\perp\|^2 σ N − 2 ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥ 2 is a χ 2 \chi^2 χ 2 random variable with N − 1 N-1 N − 1 degrees of freedom. Since u H = ( N λ α N + σ N Z ) θ ⋆ + ζ ⊥ u_H=(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_NZ)\theta^\star+\zeta_\perp u H = ( N λ α N + σ N Z ) θ ⋆ + ζ ⊥ , we have
⟨ u H , θ ⋆ ⟩ = N λ α N + σ N Z , ∥ u H ∥ 2 = ( N λ α N + σ N Z ) 2 + ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥ 2 . (25) \langle u_H,\theta^\star\rangle=N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_NZ,\qquad\|u_H\|^2=(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_NZ)^2+\|\zeta_\perp\|^2. \tag*{(25)} ⟨ u H , θ ⋆ ⟩ = N λ α N + σ N Z , ∥ u H ∥ 2 = ( N λ α N + σ N Z ) 2 + ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥ 2 . (25) By Gaussian concentration [cf. Ver18, Theorem 3.1.1], the event E ⊥ = { 1 4 σ N 2 N ≤ ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 σ N 2 N } \mathcal{E}_\perp=\{\frac{1}{4}\sigma_N^2N\le\|\zeta_\perp\|^2\le2\sigma_N^2N\} E ⊥ = { 4 1 σ N 2 N ≤ ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 σ N 2 N } holds with probability at least 1 − 2 exp ( − c N ) 1-2\exp(-cN) 1 − 2 exp ( − c N ) .
We now prove the correlation bound. Define s N ≔ N λ α N σ N N s_N\coloneqq\frac{N\lambda\alpha_N}{\sigma_N\sqrt{N}} s N : = σ N N N λ α N . Then, the identity σ N 2 = κ N N α N \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N σ N 2 = κ N N α N , together with κ N ≍ 1 \kappa_N\asymp1 κ N ≍ 1 and σ N ≍ k N − k − 1 4 \sigma_N\asymp_kN^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} σ N ≍ k N − 4 k − 1 yields the following:
s N = λ σ N κ N ≍ k λ N − k − 1 4 . s_N=\frac{\lambda\sigma_N}{\kappa_N}\asymp_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}}. s N = κ N λ σ N ≍ k λ N − 4 k − 1 . By a standard Gaussian tail bound applied to Z Z Z , and a union bound, we obtain
P [ E ⊥ ∩ { ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 1 2 N min { s N , 1 } } ] ≥ 1 − 2 exp ( − c N ) − 2 exp ( − 1 8 N min { 1 , s N 2 } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\mathcal{E}_\perp\cap\left\{|Z|\le\frac{1}{2}\sqrt{N}\min\{s_N,1\}\right\}\right]\ge1-2\exp(-cN)-2\exp\left(-\frac{1}{8}N\min\{1,s_N^2\}\right). P [ E ⊥ ∩ { ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 2 1 N min { s N , 1 } } ] ≥ 1 − 2 exp ( − c N ) − 2 exp ( − 8 1 N min { 1 , s N 2 } ) . On the above event, we have σ N ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 1 2 σ N N s N = 1 2 N λ α N \sigma_N|Z|\le\frac{1}{2}\sigma_N\sqrt{N}s_N=\frac{1}{2}N\lambda\alpha_N σ N ∣ Z ∣ ≤ 2 1 σ N N s N = 2 1 N λ α N , and Equation (25) yields
1 2 N λ α N ≤ ⟨ u H , θ ⋆ ⟩ ≤ 3 2 N λ α N . \frac{1}{2}N\lambda\alpha_N\le\langle u_H,\theta^\star\rangle\le\frac{3}{2}N\lambda\alpha_N. 2 1 N λ α N ≤ ⟨ u H , θ ⋆ ⟩ ≤ 2 3 N λ α N .
1 4 ( N 2 λ 2 α N 2 + σ N 2 N ) ≤ ∥ u H ∥ 2 ≤ 9 4 ( N 2 λ 2 α N 2 + σ N 2 N ) . \frac{1}{4}\left(N^2\lambda^2\alpha_N^2+\sigma_N^2N\right)\leq\lVert u_H\rVert^2\leq\frac{9}{4}\left(N^2\lambda^2\alpha_N^2+\sigma_N^2N\right). 4 1 ( N 2 λ 2 α N 2 + σ N 2 N ) ≤ ∥ u H ∥ 2 ≤ 4 9 ( N 2 λ 2 α N 2 + σ N 2 N ) .
In particular, u H ≠ 0 u_H\neq0 u H = 0 , and since m ( u ^ H ) = ⟨ u H , θ ∗ ⟩ ∥ u H ∥ m(\widehat{u}_H)=\frac{\langle u_H,\theta^*\rangle}{\lVert u_H\rVert} m ( u H ) = ∥ u H ∥ ⟨ u H , θ ∗ ⟩ , we obtain
1 3 ⋅ s N 1 + s N 2 ≤ m ( u ^ H ) ≤ 3 ⋅ s N 1 + s N 2 . \frac{1}{3}\cdot\frac{s_N}{\sqrt{1+s_N^2}}\leq m(\widehat{u}_H)\leq3\cdot\frac{s_N}{\sqrt{1+s_N^2}}. 3 1 ⋅ 1 + s N 2 s N ≤ m ( u H ) ≤ 3 ⋅ 1 + s N 2 s N .
Since s 1 + s 2 ≍ min { 1 , s } \frac{s}{\sqrt{1+s^2}}\asymp\min\{1,s\} 1 + s 2 s ≍ min { 1 , s } for every s > 0 s>0 s > 0 and s N ≍ k λ N − k − 1 4 s_N\asymp_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} s N ≍ k λ N − 4 k − 1 , the correlation bound follows after adjusting constants appropriately. Moreover, if λ ≥ C k N k − 2 4 \lambda\geq C_kN^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C k N 4 k − 2 , then λ N − k − 1 4 ≥ C k N − 1 / 4 \lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}}\geq C_kN^{-1/4} λ N − 4 k − 1 ≥ C k N − 1/4 , so the second claim follows for sufficiently large N N N by adjusting constants appropriately.
Finally, we prove the norm bound. By a standard Gaussian tail bound, the event E ⊥ ∩ { Z ≥ − 1 2 N } \mathcal{E}_{\perp}\cap\{Z\geq-\frac{1}{2}\sqrt{N}\} E ⊥ ∩ { Z ≥ − 2 1 N } holds with probability at least 1 − C e − c N 1-Ce^{-cN} 1 − C e − c N . On this event, we obtain the following from Equation (25) :
∥ u H ∥ ≥ max { N λ α N + σ N Z , ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥ } ≥ max { N λ α N − 1 2 σ N N , 1 2 σ N N } ≥ 1 4 ( N λ α N + σ N N ) . \lVert u_H\rVert\geq\max\{N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N Z,\lVert\zeta_{\perp}\rVert\}\geq\max\left\{N\lambda\alpha_N-\frac{1}{2}\sigma_N\sqrt{N},\frac{1}{2}\sigma_N\sqrt{N}\right\}\geq\frac{1}{4}\left(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N}\right). ∥ u H ∥ ≥ max { N λ α N + σ N Z , ∥ ζ ⊥ ∥} ≥ max { N λ α N − 2 1 σ N N , 2 1 σ N N } ≥ 4 1 ( N λ α N + σ N N ) .
where the last inequality holds since N λ α N − 1 2 σ N N ≥ 1 2 N λ α N N\lambda\alpha_N-\frac{1}{2}\sigma_N\sqrt{N}\geq\frac{1}{2}N\lambda\alpha_N N λ α N − 2 1 σ N N ≥ 2 1 N λ α N if N λ α N ≥ σ N N N\lambda\alpha_N\geq\sigma_N\sqrt{N} N λ α N ≥ σ N N , and 1 2 σ N N ≥ 1 4 ( N λ α N + σ N N ) \frac{1}{2}\sigma_N\sqrt{N}\geq\frac{1}{4}(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N}) 2 1 σ N N ≥ 4 1 ( N λ α N + σ N N ) otherwise. This concludes the proof. □
Analysis of the Average Spherical Hessian
We now characterize the structure of the average spherical Hessian. In particular, we observe that for even k k k , it exhibits a spiked Wigner type structure.
Theorem 4.4 (Signal-Noise Decomposition of the Average Spherical Hessian). Let H H H denote the tensor PCA Hamiltonian defined in Equation (2) , and define the average spherical Hessian A H ≡ E π [ ∇ S N − 1 2 H ( x ) ] A_H\equiv\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}^2H(x)] A H ≡ E π [ ∇ S N − 1 2 H ( x )] . Then, the following holds:
If k k k is odd, then A H = 0 A_H=0 A H = 0 holds deterministically.
If k k k is even, then
A H = λ γ N ( θ ∗ ( θ ∗ ) T − I N ) + W N , A_H=\lambda\gamma_N\left(\theta^*(\theta^*)^{\mathsf{T}}-\frac{I}{N}\right)+W_N, A H = λ γ N ( θ ∗ ( θ ∗ ) T − N I ) + W N , where γ N ≍ k N − k − 2 2 \gamma_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}} γ N ≍ k N − 2 k − 2 , and W N ≡ E π [ ∇ S N − 1 2 H 0 ( x ) ] W_N\equiv\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^{N-1}}^2H_0(x)] W N ≡ E π [ ∇ S N − 1 2 H 0 ( x )] satisfies
P [ ∥ W N ∥ o p ≥ C k N − k − 2 4 ] ≤ exp ( − c N ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\lVert W_N\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\geq C_kN^{-\frac{k-2}{4}}\right]\leq\exp(-cN). P [ ∥ W N ∥ op ≥ C k N − 4 k − 2 ] ≤ exp ( − c N ) .
Proof. By Stein’s lemma (Lemma 3.1 ) and Equation (2) , we obtain
A H = E π [ ( x x T − I ) H ( x ) ] = A s i g + W N , A_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[(xx^{\mathsf{T}}-I)H(x)]=A_{\mathrm{sig}}+W_N, A H = E π [( x x T − I ) H ( x )] = A sig + W N ,
A s i g = N λ E π [ ( x x T − I ) m ( x ) k ] , W N = E π [ ( x x T − I ) H 0 ( x ) ] . (26) A_{\mathrm{sig}}=N\lambda\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[(xx^{\mathsf{T}}-I)m(x)^k],\qquad W_N=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[(xx^{\mathsf{T}}-I)H_0(x)]. \tag*{(26)} A sig = N λ E π [( x x T − I ) m ( x ) k ] , W N = E π [( x x T − I ) H 0 ( x )] . (26)
If k k k is odd, then H ( − x ) = − H ( x ) H(-x)=-H(x) H ( − x ) = − H ( x ) while x x T − I xx^{\mathsf{T}}-I x x T − I is invariant under x ↦ − x x\mapsto-x x ↦ − x . Consequently, the invariance of π \pi π under the orthogonal transformation x ↦ − x x\mapsto-x x ↦ − x implies A H = 0 A_H=0 A H = 0 .
Henceforth, assume k k k is even. We first analyze the signal term in Equation (26) . Applying the last claim of Lemma 3.3 with w = θ ⋆ w=\theta^\star w = θ ⋆ and ℓ = k \ell=k ℓ = k , we obtain
N E π [ ( x x ⊤ − I ) m ( x ) k ] = N E π [ m ( x ) k ] [ N N + k ( I + k θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ ) − I ] = N E π [ m ( x ) k ] [ N k N + k θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ − k N + k I ] = γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ − I N ) , (27) \begin{aligned}
N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[(xx^\top-I)m(x)^k\right]
=N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[m(x)^k\right]\left[\frac{N}{N+k}\left(I+k\theta^\star(\theta^\star)^\top\right)-I\right] \\
&=N\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[m(x)^k\right]\left[\frac{Nk}{N+k}\theta^\star(\theta^\star)^\top-\frac{k}{N+k}I\right] \\
&=\gamma_N\left(\theta^\star(\theta^\star)^\top-\frac{I}{N}\right), \tag*{(27)}
\end{aligned} N E π [ ( x x ⊤ − I ) m ( x ) k ] = N E π [ m ( x ) k ] [ N + k N ( I + k θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ ) − I ] = N E π [ m ( x ) k ] [ N + k N k θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ − N + k k I ] = γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ − N I ) , (27)
where γ N \gamma_N γ N is defined as follows:
γ N ≔ k N 2 N + k E π [ m ( x ) k ] . \gamma_N\coloneqq\frac{kN^2}{N+k}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[m(x)^k\right]. γ N : = N + k k N 2 E π [ m ( x ) k ] .
Since k k k is even, Lemma 3.3 implies that γ N ≍ k N − k − 2 2 \gamma_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}} γ N ≍ k N − 2 k − 2 . We conclude that the signal term in Equation (26) is A s i g = λ γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ − I N ) A_{\mathrm{sig}}=\lambda\gamma_N\left(\theta^\star(\theta^\star)^\top-\frac{I}{N}\right) A sig = λ γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) ⊤ − N I ) .
We now analyze the noise term in Equation (26) . Since W N W_N W N is a linear function of the centered Gaussian tensor G G G , the quadratic form w ⊤ W N w w^\top W_Nw w ⊤ W N w is a centered Gaussian random variable for every w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 . Fixing an arbitrary w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 and observing that w ⊤ W N w = E π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) H 0 ( x ) ] w^\top W_Nw=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[(\langle w,x\rangle^2-1)H_0(x)\right] w ⊤ W N w = E π [ (⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) H 0 ( x ) ] , we infer the following from Equation (3) :
E G [ ( w ⊤ W N w ) 2 ] = E x , y ∼ i . i . d . π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) ( ⟨ w , y ⟩ 2 − 1 ) E G [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y ) ] ] = N E x , y ∼ i . i . d . π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) ( ⟨ w , y ⟩ 2 − 1 ) ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k ] . (28) \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}_G\left[(w^\top W_Nw)^2\right]
=\mathbb{E}_{x,y\mathrel{\overset{\mathrm{i.i.d.}}{\sim}}\pi}\left[(\langle w,x\rangle^2-1)(\langle w,y\rangle^2-1)\mathbb{E}_G[H_0(x)H_0(y)]\right] \\
&=N\mathbb{E}_{x,y\mathrel{\overset{\mathrm{i.i.d.}}{\sim}}\pi}\left[(\langle w,x\rangle^2-1)(\langle w,y\rangle^2-1)\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k\right]. \tag*{(28)}
\end{aligned} E G [ ( w ⊤ W N w ) 2 ] = E x , y ∼ i.i.d. π [ (⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) (⟨ w , y ⟩ 2 − 1 ) E G [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y )] ] = N E x , y ∼ i.i.d. π [ (⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) (⟨ w , y ⟩ 2 − 1 ) ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k ] . (28)
Observe that by O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) invariance of π \pi π , Equation (27) implies the following for any x ∈ S N x\in\mathbb{S}_N x ∈ S N that is independent of y y y :
E y ∼ π [ ( y y ⊤ − I ) ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k ] = γ N N 2 ( x x ⊤ − I ) . (29) \mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}\left[(yy^\top-I)\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k\right]
=\frac{\gamma_N}{N^2}(xx^\top-I). \tag*{(29)} E y ∼ π [ ( y y ⊤ − I ) ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k ] = N 2 γ N ( x x ⊤ − I ) . (29)
Using ⟨ w , y ⟩ 2 − 1 = w ⊤ ( y y ⊤ − I ) w \langle w,y\rangle^2-1=w^\top(yy^\top-I)w ⟨ w , y ⟩ 2 − 1 = w ⊤ ( y y ⊤ − I ) w together with Lemma 3.3 , we obtain the following from Equations (28) and (29) :
E G [ ( w ⊤ W N w ) 2 ] = N E x ∼ π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) w ⊤ E y ∼ π [ ( y y ⊤ − I ) ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k ] w ] = γ N N E π [ ( ⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) 2 ] = γ N N ( E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ 4 ] − 1 ) = 2 ( N − 1 ) γ N N ( N + 2 ) . \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}_G\left[(w^\top W_Nw)^2\right]
=N\mathbb{E}_{x\sim\pi}\left[(\langle w,x\rangle^2-1)w^\top\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}\left[\left(yy^\top-I\right)\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k\right]w\right] \\
&=\frac{\gamma_N}{N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[(\langle w,x\rangle^2-1)^2\right]
=\frac{\gamma_N}{N}\left(\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\langle w,x\rangle^4\right]-1\right)
=\frac{2(N-1)\gamma_N}{N(N+2)}.
\end{aligned} E G [ ( w ⊤ W N w ) 2 ] = N E x ∼ π [ (⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) w ⊤ E y ∼ π [ ( y y ⊤ − I ) ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k ] w ] = N γ N E π [ (⟨ w , x ⟩ 2 − 1 ) 2 ] = N γ N ( E π [ ⟨ w , x ⟩ 4 ] − 1 ) = N ( N + 2 ) 2 ( N − 1 ) γ N .
Thus, w ⊤ W N w w^\top W_Nw w ⊤ W N w is a centered Gaussian random variable with variance at most 2 γ N N \frac{2\gamma_N}{N} N 2 γ N . By a Gaussian tail bound and a routine ε \varepsilon ε -net argument on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 (cf. Ver18, Chapter 4), we obtain
P [ ∥ W N ∥ o p ≥ 8 γ N ] ≤ e − N . \mathbb{P}\left[\lVert W_N\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\ge8\sqrt{\gamma_N}\right]\le e^{-N}. P [ ∥ W N ∥ op ≥ 8 γ N ] ≤ e − N .
Since γ N ≍ k N − k − 2 2 \gamma_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}} γ N ≍ k N − 2 k − 2 , the proof is concluded by adjusting constants appropriately.
Ergodic Averages of High Temperature Langevin Dynamics
Our goal in this section is to establish the following recovery guarantee for ergodic averages of high temperature spherical Langevin dynamics.
Theorem 5.1 (Recovery by Ergodic Averaging for Tensor PCA). Let λ ≥ C k N k − 2 4 \lambda\ge C_kN^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C k N 4 k − 2 , and let ( X ~ t ) t ≥ 0 (\widetilde{X}_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denote spherical Langevin dynamics for the tensor PCA Hamiltonian H H H at inverse temperature β 0 > 0 \beta_0>0 β 0 > 0 , initialized at X ~ 0 ∼ π \widetilde{X}_0\sim\pi X 0 ∼ π . Define
X ‾ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T X ~ t d t , Σ ‾ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T X ~ t X ~ t T d t . \overline{X}_T\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T\widetilde{X}_t\,\mathrm{d}t,\qquad\overline{\Sigma}_T\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T\widetilde{X}_t\widetilde{X}_t^{\mathsf{T}}\,\mathrm{d}t. X T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T X t d t , Σ T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T X t X t T d t . and write u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] u_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H] u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] and A H = E π [ ∇ S N 2 H ] A_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}^2H] A H = E π [ ∇ S N 2 H ] . For every fixed ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and all sufficiently large N N N , the following hold whenever 0 < β 0 ≲ k λ − 1 N − ⌊ k / 2 ⌋ − ϑ 0<\beta_0\lesssim_k\lambda^{-1}N^{-\lfloor k/2\rfloor-\vartheta} 0 < β 0 ≲ k λ − 1 N − ⌊ k /2 ⌋ − ϑ and T a v ≳ k β 0 − 2 λ − 2 N 2 ⌊ k / 2 ⌋ + 2 ϑ T_{\mathrm{av}}\gtrsim_k\beta_0^{-2}\lambda^{-2}N^{2\lfloor k/2\rfloor+2\vartheta} T av ≳ k β 0 − 2 λ − 2 N 2 ⌊ k /2 ⌋ + 2 ϑ , with sufficiently small and large implicit constants, respectively:
If k k k is odd, then, with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) , we have X ‾ T a v ≠ 0 \overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\ne0 X T av = 0 and
1 N ∥ X ‾ T a v − u ^ H ∥ 2 ≤ N − 2 ϑ min { 1 , λ 2 σ N 2 } , X ^ T a v = N X ‾ T a v ∥ X ‾ T a v ∥ . \frac{1}{N}\left\|\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-\widehat{u}_H\right\|^2\le N^{-2\vartheta}\min\{1,\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\},\qquad\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}=\frac{\sqrt{N}\,\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}{\|\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\|}. N 1 X T av − u H 2 ≤ N − 2 ϑ min { 1 , λ 2 σ N 2 } , X T av = ∥ X T av ∥ N X T av . where u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H is as defined in Corollary 4.3 and σ N ≍ k N k − 1 4 \sigma_N\asymp_kN^{\frac{k-1}{4}} σ N ≍ k N 4 k − 1 is as defined in Theorem 4.1 .
If k k k is even and v ^ \widehat{v} v is a top unit eigenvector of Σ ‾ T a v \overline{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} Σ T av , then, with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) ,
∣ m ( N v ^ ) ∣ ≥ 1 − C k ( N k − 2 2 λ 2 + N − 2 ϑ ) . \left|m(\sqrt{N}\widehat{v})\right|\ge1-C_k\left(\frac{N^{\frac{k-2}{2}}}{\lambda^2}+N^{-2\vartheta}\right). m ( N v ) ≥ 1 − C k ( λ 2 N 2 k − 2 + N − 2 ϑ ) .
Theorem 5.1 , which is proved in § 5.4 , is obtained by specializing our results on ergodic averages of spherical Langevin dynamics for smooth potentials to tensor PCA. These results, presented in § 5.2 and § 5.3 , extend the framework of Part I [21 ] from Glauber dynamics on the hypercube to spherical Langevin dynamics: in both settings, we view the high temperature dynamics as a perturbation of its infinite temperature counterpart, and control the ergodic averages via their associated Green operators, as elucidated in § 5.1 . We believe that these results and their proof techniques, which require minor technical modifications for extending from the hypercube to the sphere, may be of independent interest.
Functional Analysis of Spherical Brownian Motion
We use ( S t ) t ≥ 0 (S_t)_{t\ge0} ( S t ) t ≥ 0 to denote spherical Brownian motion on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N , i.e., the unique strong solution of the SDE
d S t = − N − 1 2 N S t d t + Q S t d B t , S 0 ∈ S N . \mathrm{d}S_t=-\frac{N-1}{2N}S_t\,\mathrm{d}t+Q_{S_t}\,\mathrm{d}B_t,\qquad S_0\in\mathcal{S}_N. d S t = − 2 N N − 1 S t d t + Q S t d B t , S 0 ∈ S N .
which corresponds to spherical Langevin dynamics with β = 0 \beta=0 β = 0 . As noted in § 3.3 , S t ∈ S N S_t\in\mathcal{S}_N S t ∈ S N for all t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 , and ( S t ) t ≥ 0 (S_t)_{t\ge0} ( S t ) t ≥ 0 is a reversible Markov process whose stationary distribution is π \pi π . We use ( P t ) t ≥ 0 (P_t)_{t\ge0} ( P t ) t ≥ 0 to denote its Markov semigroup, i.e., P t f ( x ) = E [ f ( S t ) ∣ S 0 = x ] P_tf(x)=\mathbb{E}[f(S_t)\mid S_0=x] P t f ( x ) = E [ f ( S t ) ∣ S 0 = x ] for any bounded measurable f : S N → R f:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f : S N → R . By Equation (19) and Lemma 3.11 , the associated generator L \mathcal{L} L and carré du champ operator Γ \Gamma Γ satisfy the following for any smooth f , g : S N → R f,g:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} f , g : S N → R :
L f = 1 2 Δ S N f , Γ ( f , g ) = 1 2 ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N g ⟩ . \mathcal{L}f=\frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}f,\qquad\Gamma(f,g)=\frac{1}{2}\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f,\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}g\rangle. L f = 2 1 Δ S N f , Γ ( f , g ) = 2 1 ⟨ ∇ S N f , ∇ S N g ⟩ .
An essential ingredient in our proofs is the following gradient estimate for the spherical Brownian semigroup, which is a corollary of the celebrated Bakry–Émery estimate for Markov diffusion semigroups on manifolds satisfying a curvature-dimension condition [12 Section 3.2.3] . Throughout, we write ρ N ≔ N − 2 2 N \rho_N\coloneqq\frac{N-2}{2N} ρ N : = 2 N N − 2 , and note that ρ N ≥ 1 6 \rho_N\ge\frac{1}{6} ρ N ≥ 6 1 since N ≥ 3 N\ge3 N ≥ 3 .
Lemma 5.2 (Bakry–Émery Gradient Estimate for Spherical Brownian Motion). The following holds for every smooth f : S N → R m f:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R}^m f : S N → R m , x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N , and t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 :
∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ e − ρ N t P t ( ∥ ∇ S N f ∥ o p ) ( x ) . \left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(P_tf)(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\le e^{-\rho_Nt}P_t\left(\left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\right)(x). ∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) ∥ op ≤ e − ρ N t P t ( ∥ ∇ S N f ∥ op ) ( x ) . Moreover, if max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ L \max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_N}\left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\le L max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x ) ∥ op ≤ L , then
max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ e − ρ N t L ∀ t ≥ 0. \max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_N}\left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(P_tf)(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\le e^{-\rho_Nt}L\qquad\forall\ t\ge0. x ∈ S N max ∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) ∥ op ≤ e − ρ N t L ∀ t ≥ 0.
Proof. Since S N \mathcal{S}_N S N is a sphere of dimension N − 1 N-1 N − 1 and radius N \sqrt{N} N , it has constant positive Ricci curvature N − 2 N \frac{N-2}{N} N N − 2 [12 Section 2.2.4] . Consequently, L = 1 2 Δ S N \mathcal{L}=\frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N} L = 2 1 Δ S N satisfies the Bakry–Émery curvature-dimension condition CD ( ρ N , ∞ ) \operatorname{CD}(\rho_N,\infty) CD ( ρ N , ∞ ) [12 Section C.6] . Fix u ∈ S m − 1 u\in\mathbb{S}^{m-1} u ∈ S m − 1 and set g ( x ) = ⟨ f ( x ) , u ⟩ g(x)=\langle f(x),u\rangle g ( x ) = ⟨ f ( x ) , u ⟩ . Since P t P_t P t acts entrywise, P t g = ⟨ P t f , u ⟩ P_tg=\langle P_tf,u\rangle P t g = ⟨ P t f , u ⟩ , and hence ∇ S N ( P t g ) = ∇ S N ( P t f ) u \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(P_tg)=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(P_tf)u ∇ S N ( P t g ) = ∇ S N ( P t f ) u and ∇ S N g = ( ∇ S N f ) u \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}g=(\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f)u ∇ S N g = ( ∇ S N f ) u . By the strong gradient bound [12 Theorem 3.2.4] applied to g g g and the fact that Γ ( g , g ) = 1 2 ∥ ∇ S N g ∥ 2 \Gamma(g,g)=\frac{1}{2}\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}g\|^2 Γ ( g , g ) = 2 1 ∥ ∇ S N g ∥ 2 , we conclude that
∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) u ∥ = ∥ ∇ S N ( P t g ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ e − ρ N t P t ( ∥ ( ∇ S N f ) u ∥ ) ( x ) ≤ e − ρ N t P t ( ∥ ∇ S N f ∥ o p ) ( x ) . \left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(P_tf)(x)u\right\|=\left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(P_tg)(x)\right\|\le e^{-\rho_Nt}P_t\left(\left\|(\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f)u\right\|\right)(x)\le e^{-\rho_Nt}P_t\left(\left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\right)(x). ∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) u ∥ = ∥ ∇ S N ( P t g ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ e − ρ N t P t ( ∥ ( ∇ S N f ) u ∥ ) ( x ) ≤ e − ρ N t P t ( ∥ ∇ S N f ∥ op ) ( x ) .
Since u ∈ S m − 1 u\in\mathbb{S}^{m-1} u ∈ S m − 1 was arbitrary, this proves the first claim.
Finally, suppose ∥ ∇ S N f ( z ) ∥ o p ≤ L \left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f(z)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\le L ∥ ∇ S N f ( z ) ∥ op ≤ L for every z ∈ S N z\in\mathcal{S}_N z ∈ S N . Since P t h ( x ) = E [ h ( S t ) ∣ S 0 = x ] P_th(x)=\mathbb{E}[h(S_t)\mid S_0=x] P t h ( x ) = E [ h ( S t ) ∣ S 0 = x ] for any bounded measurable h : S N → R h:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} h : S N → R , the first claim implies the following for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N and t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 :
∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ e − ρ N t E [ ∥ ∇ S N f ( S t ) ∥ o p ∣ S 0 = x ] ≤ e − ρ N t L , \left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(P_tf)(x)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\le e^{-\rho_Nt}\mathbb{E}\left[\left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f(S_t)\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\mid S_0=x\right]\le e^{-\rho_Nt}L, ∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) ∥ op ≤ e − ρ N t E [ ∥ ∇ S N f ( S t ) ∥ op ∣ S 0 = x ] ≤ e − ρ N t L ,
which proves the second claim.
We now introduce the Green operator (or restricted inverse of − L -\mathcal{L} − L ) for spherical Brownian motion. Let L 2 ( π ) = { f : S N → R : E π [ ∣ f ∣ 2 ] < ∞ } L^{2}(\pi)=\{f:\mathcal{S}_{N}\to\mathbb{R}:\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[|f|^{2}]<\infty\} L 2 ( π ) = { f : S N → R : E π [ ∣ f ∣ 2 ] < ∞ } denote the Hilbert space of square integrable functions on S N \mathcal{S}_{N} S N , and let L 0 2 ( π ) = { f ∈ L 2 ( π ) : E π [ f ] = 0 } L_{0}^{2}(\pi)=\{f\in L^{2}(\pi):\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[f]=0\} L 0 2 ( π ) = { f ∈ L 2 ( π ) : E π [ f ] = 0 } denote the subspace of zero mean functions on S N \mathcal{S}_{N} S N . The Green operator R : L 0 2 ( π ) → L 0 2 ( π ) \mathcal{R}:L_{0}^{2}(\pi)\to L_{0}^{2}(\pi) R : L 0 2 ( π ) → L 0 2 ( π ) is then defined as follows:
R f = ∫ 0 ∞ P t f d t ∀ f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) . (30) \mathcal{R}f=\int_{0}^{\infty}P_{t}f\,dt \qquad\forall f\in L_{0}^{2}(\pi). \tag*{(30)} R f = ∫ 0 ∞ P t f d t ∀ f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) . (30)
For centered vector and matrix valued observables, R \mathcal{R} R acts entrywise. The following lemma shows that R \mathcal{R} R is a well-defined bounded linear operator and establishes several properties that will be vital to our analysis.
Lemma 5.3 (Properties of the Green operator). The Green operator R \mathcal{R} R is a well-defined bounded linear operator on L 0 2 ( π ) L_{0}^{2}(\pi) L 0 2 ( π ) . Moreover, for every smooth f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) f\in L_{0}^{2}(\pi) f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) , R f \mathcal{R}f R f is a solution to the Poisson equation
L ( R f ) = − f . (31) \mathcal{L}(\mathcal{R}f)=-f. \tag*{(31)} L ( R f ) = − f . (31) Furthermore, max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ( R f ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ ρ N − 1 max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x ) ∥ \max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_{N}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}(\mathcal{R}f)(x)\rVert\leq\rho_{N}^{-1}\max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_{N}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}f(x)\rVert max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ( R f ) ( x )∥ ≤ ρ N − 1 max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( x )∥ for every smooth f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) f\in L_{0}^{2}(\pi) f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) .
Proof. As noted in the proof of Lemma 5.2, L \mathcal{L} L satisfies the curvature-dimension condition CD ( ρ N , ∞ ) \operatorname{CD}(\rho_{N},\infty) CD ( ρ N , ∞ ) . Since CD ( ρ N , ∞ ) \operatorname{CD}(\rho_{N},\infty) CD ( ρ N , ∞ ) implies exponential decay of variance, the following holds for every f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) f\in L_{0}^{2}(\pi) f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) and t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 [12 Proposition 4.8.1 and Theorem 4.2.5] $:
∥ P t f ∥ L 2 ( π ) ≤ e − ρ N t ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( π ) . \lVert P_{t}f\rVert_{L^{2}(\pi)}\leq e^{-\rho_{N}t}\lVert f\rVert_{L^{2}(\pi)}. ∥ P t f ∥ L 2 ( π ) ≤ e − ρ N t ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( π ) .
Integrating the above inequality over t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 , we obtain the following for every f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) f\in L_{0}^{2}(\pi) f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) :
∥ R f ∥ L 2 ( π ) ≤ ∫ 0 ∞ ∥ P t f ∥ L 2 ( π ) d t ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( π ) ∫ 0 ∞ e − ρ N t d t = ρ N − 1 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( π ) . \lVert\mathcal{R}f\rVert_{L^{2}(\pi)}\leq\int_{0}^{\infty}\lVert P_{t}f\rVert_{L^{2}(\pi)}\,dt\leq\lVert f\rVert_{L^{2}(\pi)}\int_{0}^{\infty}e^{-\rho_{N}t}\,dt=\rho_{N}^{-1}\lVert f\rVert_{L^{2}(\pi)}. ∥ R f ∥ L 2 ( π ) ≤ ∫ 0 ∞ ∥ P t f ∥ L 2 ( π ) d t ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( π ) ∫ 0 ∞ e − ρ N t d t = ρ N − 1 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( π ) .
Hence, R \mathcal{R} R is a well-defined bounded linear operator on L 0 2 ( π ) L_{0}^{2}(\pi) L 0 2 ( π ) .
Now fix a smooth f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) f\in L_{0}^{2}(\pi) f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) . By the Kolmogorov equations Equation (20) , we obtain
L ( R f ) = lim T → ∞ ∫ 0 T L ( P t f ) d t = lim T → ∞ ∫ 0 T d d t P t f d t = lim T → ∞ P T f − f = E π [ f ] − f = − f , \mathcal{L}(\mathcal{R}f)=\lim_{T\to\infty}\int_{0}^{T}\mathcal{L}(P_{t}f)\,dt=\lim_{T\to\infty}\int_{0}^{T}\frac{d}{dt}P_{t}f\,dt=\lim_{T\to\infty}P_{T}f-f=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[f]-f=-f, L ( R f ) = T → ∞ lim ∫ 0 T L ( P t f ) d t = T → ∞ lim ∫ 0 T d t d P t f d t = T → ∞ lim P T f − f = E π [ f ] − f = − f ,
where we use the fact that π \pi π is the stationary distribution of P t P_{t} P t and f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) f\in L_{0}^{2}(\pi) f ∈ L 0 2 ( π ) . This proves Equation (31) . Finally, we infer the following from Lemma 5.2 for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_{N} x ∈ S N :
∥ ∇ S N ( R f ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ ∫ 0 ∞ ∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x ) ∥ d t ≤ max z ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( z ) ∥ ∫ 0 ∞ e − ρ N t d t = ρ N − 1 max z ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N f ( z ) ∥ , \lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N} }(\mathcal{R}f)(x)\rVert\leq\int_{0}^{\infty}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}(P_{t}f)(x)\rVert\,dt\leq\max_{z\in\mathcal{S}_{N}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}f(z)\rVert\int_{0}^{\infty}e^{-\rho_{N}t}\,dt=\rho_{N}^{-1}\max_{z\in\mathcal{S}_{N}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}f(z)\rVert, ∥ ∇ S N ( R f ) ( x )∥ ≤ ∫ 0 ∞ ∥ ∇ S N ( P t f ) ( x )∥ d t ≤ z ∈ S N max ∥ ∇ S N f ( z )∥ ∫ 0 ∞ e − ρ N t d t = ρ N − 1 z ∈ S N max ∥ ∇ S N f ( z )∥ ,
which proves the gradient bound.
Remark 5.4. By Equation (31) , we may interpret R \mathcal{R} R as the inverse of − L -\mathcal{L} − L restricted to L 0 2 ( π ) L_{0}^{2}(\pi) L 0 2 ( π ) . Solutions to the Poisson equation are a canonical tool for proving central limit theorems for ergodic averages of Markov processes [31 Ebe25] (see also [17 Section 4.1] for connections to Stein’s method of exchangeable pairs). In fact, Part I of our work [21 ] develops an analogous framework for the simple random walk on the hypercube. In subsequent sections, we shall use the Green operator to analyze ergodic averages along high-temperature spherical Langevin dynamics for Hamiltonians with bounded G 2 \mathcal{G}^{2} G 2 norm.
Recovering the Average Spherical Gradient
We now show that the ergodic average of high-temperature spherical Langevin dynamics approximates a scalar multiple of the average spherical gradient under π \pi π . For a smooth potential V : S N → R V:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} V : S N → R , let ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\geq0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics at inverse temperature β 0 ≥ 0 \beta_0\geq0 β 0 ≥ 0 , initialized at Z 0 ∼ π Z_0\sim\pi Z 0 ∼ π . For any averaging time T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , define its ergodic average by
Z ˉ T = 1 T ∫ 0 T Z t d t . (32) \bar{Z}_T=\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T Z_t\,\mathrm{d}t. \tag*{(32)} Z ˉ T = T 1 ∫ 0 T Z t d t . (32)
In § 2.3 , we argued heuristically that, for V = H V=H V = H , the ergodic average Z ˉ T \bar{Z}_T Z ˉ T converges to the mean of the Gibbs measure μ V , β 0 \mu_{V,\beta_0} μ V , β 0 as T → ∞ T\to\infty T → ∞ , and that this mean equals 2 β 0 κ N E π [ ∇ S N V ] + O ( β 0 2 ) \frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V]+O(\beta_0^2) κ N 2 β 0 E π [ ∇ S N V ] + O ( β 0 2 ) . We formalize this heuristic for general potentials in Theorem 5.5 below.
Theorem 5.5 (Recovery of the Average Spherical Gradient). Suppose that ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N \|V\|_{\mathcal{G}_2}\leq BN ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N for some B > 0 B>0 B > 0 . For every T ≥ 1 T\geq1 T ≥ 1 and δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \delta\in(0,1) δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , the following holds with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ :
∥ Z ˉ T − 2 β 0 κ N E π [ ∇ S N V ] ∥ ≲ ( 1 + β 0 B ) N + log ( 1 / δ ) T + β 0 2 B 2 N . \left\|\bar{Z}_T-\frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N}\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V]\right\|\lesssim(1+\beta_0B)\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}+\beta_0^2B^2\sqrt{N}. Z ˉ T − κ N 2 β 0 E π [ ∇ S N V ] ≲ ( 1 + β 0 B ) T N + log ( 1/ δ ) + β 0 2 B 2 N .
Proof. The proof proceeds in two steps. The first step combines the Poisson equation from Lemma 5.3 with Equation (19) to prove that the ergodic average of ∇ S N V ( Z t ) \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(Z_t) ∇ S N V ( Z t ) concentrates around E π [ ∇ S N V ] \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V] E π [ ∇ S N V ] . The second step uses the action of the generator on the coordinate functions to show that the ergodic averages of Z t Z_t Z t and 2 β 0 κ N ∇ S N V ( Z t ) \frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(Z_t) κ N 2 β 0 ∇ S N V ( Z t ) are close to each other.
Define F ( x ) = ∇ S N V ( x ) − E π [ ∇ S N V ] F(x)=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V] F ( x ) = ∇ S N V ( x ) − E π [ ∇ S N V ] and Φ = R F \Phi=\mathcal{R}F Φ = R F . For any w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}_N^{-1} w ∈ S N − 1 , the function f w = ⟨ F , w ⟩ f_w=\langle F,w\rangle f w = ⟨ F , w ⟩ is smooth and has zero mean under π \pi π . Since f w ( x ) = ⟨ Q x ∇ V ( x ) , w ⟩ − ⟨ E π [ ∇ S N V ] , w ⟩ f_w(x)=\langle Q_x\nabla V(x),w\rangle-\langle\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V],w\rangle f w ( x ) = ⟨ Q x ∇ V ( x ) , w ⟩ − ⟨ E π [ ∇ S N V ] , w ⟩ , a direct computation using Equation (8) yields
∇ S N f w ( x ) = ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) w − ⟨ x , w ⟩ N ∇ S N V ( x ) . \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f_w(x)=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2V(x)w-\frac{\langle x,w\rangle}{N}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x). ∇ S N f w ( x ) = ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) w − N ⟨ x , w ⟩ ∇ S N V ( x ) .
Since ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N \|V\|_{\mathcal{G}_2}\leq BN ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N , we have ∥ ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ B \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2V(x)\|_{\mathrm{op}}\leq B ∥ ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) ∥ op ≤ B and ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ B N \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)\|\leq B\sqrt{N} ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ B N for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N , and hence ∥ ∇ S N f w ( x ) ∥ ≤ 2 B \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f_w(x)\|\leq2B ∥ ∇ S N f w ( x ) ∥ ≤ 2 B . Since ⟨ Φ , w ⟩ = R f w \langle\Phi,w\rangle=\mathcal{R}f_w ⟨ Φ , w ⟩ = R f w by linearity of R \mathcal{R} R , we obtain the following from Lemma 5.3 and ρ N ≥ 1 6 \rho_N\geq\frac{1}{6} ρ N ≥ 6 1 :
max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N Φ ( x ) ∥ o p = max x ∈ S N sup w ∈ S N − 1 ∥ ∇ S N ( ⟨ Φ , w ⟩ ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ 2 B ρ N ≤ 12 B . (33) \max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_N}\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}\Phi(x)\|_{\mathrm{op}}=\max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_N}\sup_{w\in\mathcal{S}_N^{-1}}\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(\langle\Phi,w\rangle)(x)\|\leq\frac{2B}{\rho_N}\leq12B. \tag*{(33)} x ∈ S N max ∥ ∇ S N Φ ( x ) ∥ op = x ∈ S N max w ∈ S N − 1 sup ∥ ∇ S N (⟨ Φ , w ⟩) ( x ) ∥ ≤ ρ N 2 B ≤ 12 B . (33)
The Poisson equation Equation (31) from Lemma 5.3 implies L Φ = 1 2 Δ S N Φ = − F \mathcal{L}\Phi=\frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}\Phi=-F L Φ = 2 1 Δ S N Φ = − F . Combining this with Equation (19) , we obtain
L V , β 0 Φ ( x ) = − F ( x ) + β 0 ∇ S N Φ ( x ) ⊤ ∇ S N V ( x ) . (34) \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}\Phi(x)=-F(x)+\beta_0\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}\Phi(x)^{\top}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x). \tag*{(34)} L V , β 0 Φ ( x ) = − F ( x ) + β 0 ∇ S N Φ ( x ) ⊤ ∇ S N V ( x ) . (34)
Let M t Φ M_t^\Phi M t Φ denote the Dynkin martingale associated with Φ \Phi Φ along ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\geq0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 . By Lemma 3.11 ,
M T Φ = Φ ( Z T ) − Φ ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 Φ ( Z t ) d t . M_T^\Phi=\Phi(Z_T)-\Phi(Z_0)-\int_0^T\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}\Phi(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t. M T Φ = Φ ( Z T ) − Φ ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 Φ ( Z t ) d t .
By rearranging terms and using Equation (34) , we obtain
1 T ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N V ] = Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) T + M T Φ T + β 0 T ∫ 0 T ∇ S N Φ ( Z t ) T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t . (35) \frac{1}{T}\int_{0}^{T}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V]=\frac{\Phi(Z_0)-\Phi(Z_T)}{T}+\frac{M_T^{\Phi}}{T}+\frac{\beta_0}{T}\int_{0}^{T}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}\Phi(Z_t)^{\mathsf{T}}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t. \tag*{(35)} T 1 ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N V ] = T Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) + T M T Φ + T β 0 ∫ 0 T ∇ S N Φ ( Z t ) T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t . (35)
We control the three terms separately. Since ∥ Z 0 − Z T ∥ ≤ 2 N \lVert Z_0-Z_T\rVert\leq2\sqrt{N} ∥ Z 0 − Z T ∥ ≤ 2 N and T ≥ 1 T\geq1 T ≥ 1 , we infer the following from Equations (9) and (33) :
∥ Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) T ∥ ≲ B N T ≲ B N T . (36) \left\lVert\frac{\Phi(Z_0)-\Phi(Z_T)}{T}\right\rVert\lesssim\frac{B\sqrt{N}}{T}\lesssim B\sqrt{\frac{N}{T}}. \tag*{(36)} T Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) ≲ T B N ≲ B T N . (36)
For the drift term, since ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ B N \lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(x)\rVert\leq B\sqrt{N} ∥ ∇ S N V ( x )∥ ≤ B N , we obtain the following from Equation (33) for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_{N} x ∈ S N :
∥ β 0 ∇ S N Φ ( x ) T ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ β 0 ∥ ∇ S N Φ ( x ) ∥ o p ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ 12 β 0 B 2 N . (37) \left\lVert\beta_0\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}\Phi(x)^{\mathsf{T}}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(x)\right\rVert\leq\beta_0\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}\Phi(x)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(x)\rVert\leq12\beta_0B^2\sqrt{N}. \tag*{(37)} β 0 ∇ S N Φ ( x ) T ∇ S N V ( x ) ≤ β 0 ∥ ∇ S N Φ ( x ) ∥ op ∥ ∇ S N V ( x )∥ ≤ 12 β 0 B 2 N . (37)
It remains to control the martingale term. By Equation (33) , max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ⟨ Φ , w ⟩ ( x ) ∥ ≤ 12 B \max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_{N}}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}\langle\Phi,w\rangle(x)\rVert\leq12B max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N ⟨ Φ , w ⟩ ( x )∥ ≤ 12 B for every w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 . Thus, applying Lemma 3.13 with m = N m=N m = N and n = 1 n=1 n = 1 , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 :
∥ M T Φ ∥ T ≲ B N + log ( 1 / δ ) T . (38) \frac{\lVert M_T^{\Phi}\rVert}{T}\lesssim B\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}. \tag*{(38)} T ∥ M T Φ ∥ ≲ B T N + log ( 1/ δ ) . (38)
Substituting Equations (36) to (38) into Equation (35) , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 :
∥ 1 T ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N V ] ∥ ≲ B N + log ( 1 / δ ) T + β 0 B 2 N . (39) \left\lVert\frac{1}{T}\int_{0}^{T}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V]\right\rVert\lesssim B\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}+\beta_0B^2\sqrt{N}. \tag*{(39)} T 1 ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N V ] ≲ B T N + log ( 1/ δ ) + β 0 B 2 N . (39)
It remains to compare the respective ergodic averages of Z t Z_t Z t and ∇ S N V ( Z t ) \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(Z_t) ∇ S N V ( Z t ) . To this end, applying Equation (8) to the coordinate functions, we obtain ∇ S N x = Q x \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}x=Q_x ∇ S N x = Q x and Δ S N x = − κ N x \Delta_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}x=-\kappa_Nx Δ S N x = − κ N x . Since Q x ∇ S N V ( x ) = ∇ S N V ( x ) Q_x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(x)=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(x) Q x ∇ S N V ( x ) = ∇ S N V ( x ) , we infer the following from Equation (19) :
L V , β 0 x = − κ N 2 x + β 0 ∇ S N V ( x ) . \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}x=-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}x+\beta_0\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(x). L V , β 0 x = − 2 κ N x + β 0 ∇ S N V ( x ) .
Let M t x M_t^x M t x denote the associated Dynkin martingale. By the above identity and Lemma 3.11 ,
M T x = Z T − Z 0 − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 x ( Z t ) d t = Z T − Z 0 − ∫ 0 T [ β 0 ∇ S N V ( Z t ) − κ N 2 Z t ] d t . M_T^x=Z_T-Z_0-\int_{0}^{T}\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}x(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t=Z_T-Z_0-\int_{0}^{T}\left[\beta_0\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(Z_t)-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}Z_t\right]\mathrm{d}t. M T x = Z T − Z 0 − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 x ( Z t ) d t = Z T − Z 0 − ∫ 0 T [ β 0 ∇ S N V ( Z t ) − 2 κ N Z t ] d t .
By rearranging terms and using Equation (32) , we obtain
Z ˉ T − 2 β 0 κ N ⋅ 1 T ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t = 2 κ N [ Z 0 − Z T T + M T x T ] . (40) \bar{Z}_T-\frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N}\cdot\frac{1}{T}\int_{0}^{T}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t=\frac{2}{\kappa_N}\left[\frac{Z_0-Z_T}{T}+\frac{M_T^x}{T}\right]. \tag*{(40)} Z ˉ T − κ N 2 β 0 ⋅ T 1 ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t = κ N 2 [ T Z 0 − Z T + T M T x ] . (40)
Since Z 0 , Z T ∈ S N Z_0,Z_T\in\mathcal{S}_{N} Z 0 , Z T ∈ S N , κ N ≥ 2 3 \kappa_N\geq\frac{2}{3} κ N ≥ 3 2 and T ≥ 1 T\geq1 T ≥ 1 , the endpoint term is at most 6 N / T ≤ 6 N / T 6\sqrt{N}/T\leq6\sqrt{N/T} 6 N / T ≤ 6 N / T . Moreover, ∇ S N ⟨ x , w ⟩ = Q x w \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}\langle x,w\rangle=Q_xw ∇ S N ⟨ x , w ⟩ = Q x w has norm at most 1 1 1 for every w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 . Thus, applying Lemma 3.13 with m = N m=N m = N and n = 1 n=1 n = 1 , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 :
∥ M T x ∥ T ≲ N + log ( 1 / δ ) T . \frac{\lVert M_T^x\rVert}{T}\lesssim\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}. T ∥ M T x ∥ ≲ T N + log ( 1/ δ ) .
Combining these estimates with Equation (40) , we conclude that, with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 ,
∥ Z ˉ T − 2 β 0 κ N ⋅ 1 T ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t ∥ ≲ N + log ( 1 / δ ) T . (41) \left\|\bar{Z}_T-\frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N}\cdot\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t\right\|\lesssim\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}. \tag*{(41)} Z ˉ T − κ N 2 β 0 ⋅ T 1 ∫ 0 T ∇ S N V ( Z t ) d t ≲ T N + log ( 1/ δ ) . (41)
The proof is concluded by combining Equations (39) and (41) via the triangle inequality and a union bound, since 2 β 0 κ N ≤ 3 β 0 \frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N}\leq3\beta_0 κ N 2 β 0 ≤ 3 β 0 .
Recovering the Average Spherical Hessian
Borrowing the notation from § 5.2 , we use ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\geq0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 to denote spherical Langevin dynamics for a smooth potential V : S N → R V:\mathcal{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} V : S N → R at inverse temperature β 0 ≥ 0 \beta_0\geq0 β 0 ≥ 0 , initialized at Z 0 ∼ π Z_0\sim\pi Z 0 ∼ π . For any averaging time T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , define its uncentered ergodic second moment by
Z ˉ T ( 2 ) ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T Z t Z t ⊤ d t . \bar{Z}_T^{(2)}\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T Z_tZ_t^\top\,\mathrm{d}t. Z ˉ T ( 2 ) : = T 1 ∫ 0 T Z t Z t ⊤ d t .
The next theorem establishes a concentration guarantee for the ergodic second moment for potentials with bounded Sobolev norm.
Theorem 5.6 (Recovery of the Average Spherical Hessian). Suppose that ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N \|V\|_{\mathcal{G}_2}\leq BN ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N for some B > 0 B>0 B > 0 . For every T ≥ 1 T\geq1 T ≥ 1 and δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \delta\in(0,1) δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , the following holds with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ :
∥ Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I − 2 β 0 E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] ∥ o p ≲ ( 1 + β 0 B ) N N + log ( 1 / δ ) T + β 0 2 B 2 N . \left\|\bar{Z}_T^{(2)}-I-2\beta_0\mathbb{E}_{\pi}\left[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^{2}V\right]\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim(1+\beta_0B)\sqrt{N}\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}+\beta_0^2B^2N. Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I − 2 β 0 E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] op ≲ ( 1 + β 0 B ) N T N + log ( 1/ δ ) + β 0 2 B 2 N .
Proof. Define the matrix-valued observable J V : S N → Sym N J_V:\mathcal{S}_N\to\operatorname{Sym}_N J V : S N → Sym N by
J V ( x ) ≔ 1 2 ( x ∇ S N V ( x ) ⊤ + ∇ S N V ( x ) x ⊤ ) . (42) J_V(x)\coloneqq\frac{1}{2}\left(x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)^\top+\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)x^\top\right). \tag*{(42)} J V ( x ) : = 2 1 ( x ∇ S N V ( x ) ⊤ + ∇ S N V ( x ) x ⊤ ) . (42)
By Stein’s lemma (Lemma 3.1 ), E π [ J V ] = E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[J_V]=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^{2}V] E π [ J V ] = E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] . As in the proof of Theorem 5.5 , we first combine the Poisson equation from Lemma 5.3 with Equation (19) to show that the ergodic average of J V ( Z t ) J_V(Z_t) J V ( Z t ) concentrates around E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^{2}V] E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] . We then use the (entrywise) action of the generator on x x ⊤ − I xx^\top-I x x ⊤ − I to compare Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I \bar{Z}_T^{(2)}-I Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I with the ergodic average of 2 β 0 J V ( Z t ) 2\beta_0J_V(Z_t) 2 β 0 J V ( Z t ) .
Define F ( x ) = J V ( x ) − E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] F(x)=J_V(x)-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^{2}V] F ( x ) = J V ( x ) − E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] and Φ = R F \Phi=\mathcal{R}F Φ = R F , which takes values in Sym N \operatorname{Sym}_N Sym N . For any w ∈ S N N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}_N^{N-1} w ∈ S N N − 1 , the function f w = w ⊤ F w f_w=w^\top Fw f w = w ⊤ F w is smooth and has zero mean under π \pi π . Since w ⊤ J V ( x ) w = ⟨ x , w ⟩ ⟨ Q x ∇ V ( x ) , w ⟩ w^\top J_V(x)w=\langle x,w\rangle\langle Q_x\nabla V(x),w\rangle w ⊤ J V ( x ) w = ⟨ x , w ⟩ ⟨ Q x ∇ V ( x ) , w ⟩ , a direct computation using Equation (8) and the product rule yields
∇ S N f w ( x ) = ⟨ ∇ S N V ( x ) , w ⟩ Q x w + ⟨ x , w ⟩ ( ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) w − ⟨ x , w ⟩ N ∇ S N V ( x ) ) . \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f_w(x)=\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x),w\rangle Q_xw+\langle x,w\rangle\left(\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^{2}V(x)w-\frac{\langle x,w\rangle}{N}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)\right). ∇ S N f w ( x ) = ⟨ ∇ S N V ( x ) , w ⟩ Q x w + ⟨ x , w ⟩ ( ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) w − N ⟨ x , w ⟩ ∇ S N V ( x ) ) .
Since ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N \|V\|_{\mathcal{G}_2}\leq BN ∥ V ∥ G 2 ≤ B N , we have ∥ ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ B \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^{2}V(x)\|_{\mathrm{op}}\leq B ∥ ∇ S N 2 V ( x ) ∥ op ≤ B and ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ B N \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)\|\leq B\sqrt{N} ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ B N for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N , and hence ∥ ∇ S N f w ( x ) ∥ ≤ 3 B N \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}f_w(x)\|\leq3B\sqrt{N} ∥ ∇ S N f w ( x ) ∥ ≤ 3 B N . Since w ⊤ Φ w = R f w w^\top\Phi w=\mathcal{R}f_w w ⊤ Φ w = R f w by linearity of R \mathcal{R} R , we obtain the following from Lemma 5.3 and ρ N ≥ 1 6 \rho_N\geq\frac{1}{6} ρ N ≥ 6 1 :
max x ∈ S N sup w ∈ S N N − 1 ∥ ∇ S N ( w ⊤ Φ w ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ 3 B N ρ N ≤ 18 B N . (43) \max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_N}\sup_{w\in\mathcal{S}_N^{N-1}}\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(w^\top\Phi w)(x)\|\leq\frac{3B\sqrt{N}}{\rho_N}\leq18B\sqrt{N}. \tag*{(43)} x ∈ S N max w ∈ S N N − 1 sup ∥ ∇ S N ( w ⊤ Φ w ) ( x ) ∥ ≤ ρ N 3 B N ≤ 18 B N . (43)
The Poisson equation Equation (31) from Lemma 5.3 implies L Φ = 1 2 Δ S N Φ = − F \mathcal{L}\Phi= \frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}\Phi= -F L Φ = 2 1 Δ S N Φ = − F . Combining this with Equation (19) , we obtain
L V , β 0 Φ ( x ) = − F ( x ) + β 0 D Φ ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x ) ] , (44) \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}\Phi(x)=-F(x)+\beta_0D\Phi(x)[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)], \tag*{(44)} L V , β 0 Φ ( x ) = − F ( x ) + β 0 D Φ ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x )] , (44)
where D Φ ( x ) [ v ] ∈ Sym N D\Phi(x)[v]\in\operatorname{Sym}_N D Φ ( x ) [ v ] ∈ Sym N denotes the differential of Φ \Phi Φ at x x x in the direction v ∈ T x S N v\in T_x\mathcal{S}_N v ∈ T x S N , i.e., the matrix with entries ⟨ ∇ S N Φ i j ( x ) , v ⟩ \langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}\Phi_{ij}(x),v\rangle ⟨ ∇ S N Φ ij ( x ) , v ⟩ . Now, let M t Φ M_t^\Phi M t Φ denote the Dynkin martingale associated with Φ \Phi Φ along ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 (Z_t)_{t\ge0} ( Z t ) t ≥ 0 . Then, by Lemma 3.11 ,
M T Φ = Φ ( Z T ) − Φ ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 Φ ( Z t ) d t . M_T^\Phi=\Phi(Z_T)-\Phi(Z_0)-\int_0^T\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}\Phi(Z_t)\,dt. M T Φ = Φ ( Z T ) − Φ ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 Φ ( Z t ) d t .
By rearranging terms and using Equation (44) , we obtain
1 T ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] = Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) T + M T Φ T + β 0 T ∫ 0 T D Φ ( Z t ) [ ∇ S N V ( Z t ) ] d t . (45) \frac{1}{T}\int_0^T J_V(Z_t)\,dt-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2V]=\frac{\Phi(Z_0)-\Phi(Z_T)}{T}+\frac{M_T^\Phi}{T}+\frac{\beta_0}{T}\int_0^T D\Phi(Z_t)[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(Z_t)]\,dt. \tag*{(45)} T 1 ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] = T Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) + T M T Φ + T β 0 ∫ 0 T D Φ ( Z t ) [ ∇ S N V ( Z t )] d t . (45)
We control the three terms separately. Since Φ \Phi Φ takes values in Sym N \operatorname{Sym}_N Sym N , we have ∥ Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) ∥ o p = sup w ∈ S N − 1 ∣ w ⊤ Φ ( Z 0 ) w − w ⊤ Φ ( Z T ) w ∣ \|\Phi(Z_0)-\Phi(Z_T)\|_{\mathrm{op}}=\sup_{w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1}}|w^\top\Phi(Z_0)w-w^\top\Phi(Z_T)w| ∥Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) ∥ op = sup w ∈ S N − 1 ∣ w ⊤ Φ ( Z 0 ) w − w ⊤ Φ ( Z T ) w ∣ . Hence, since ∥ Z 0 − Z T ∥ ≤ 2 N \|Z_0-Z_T\|\le2\sqrt{N} ∥ Z 0 − Z T ∥ ≤ 2 N and T ≥ 1 T\ge1 T ≥ 1 , we infer the following from Equations (9) and (43) :
∥ Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) T ∥ o p ≲ B N T ≲ B N N T . (46) \left\|\frac{\Phi(Z_0)-\Phi(Z_T)}{T}\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim\frac{BN}{T}\lesssim B\sqrt{N}\sqrt{\frac{N}{T}}. \tag*{(46)} T Φ ( Z 0 ) − Φ ( Z T ) op ≲ T B N ≲ B N T N . (46)
For the drift term, observe that w ⊤ D Φ ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x ) ] w = ⟨ ∇ S N ( w ⊤ Φ w ) ( x ) , ∇ S N V ( x ) ⟩ w^\top D\Phi(x)[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)]w=\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(w^\top\Phi w)(x),\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)\rangle w ⊤ D Φ ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x )] w = ⟨ ∇ S N ( w ⊤ Φ w ) ( x ) , ∇ S N V ( x )⟩ for every w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 . Since ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ B N \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)\|\le B\sqrt{N} ∥ ∇ S N V ( x ) ∥ ≤ B N , we obtain the following from Cauchy–Schwarz and Equation (43) for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N :
∥ β 0 D Φ ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x ) ] ∥ o p = β 0 sup w ∈ S N − 1 ∣ ⟨ ∇ S N ( w ⊤ Φ w ) ( x ) , ∇ S N V ( x ) ⟩ ∣ ≤ 18 β 0 B 2 N . (47) \|\beta_0D\Phi(x)[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)]\|_{\mathrm{op}}=\beta_0\sup_{w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1}}\left|\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(w^\top\Phi w)(x),\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)\rangle\right|\le18\beta_0B^2N. \tag*{(47)} ∥ β 0 D Φ ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x )] ∥ op = β 0 w ∈ S N − 1 sup ⟨ ∇ S N ( w ⊤ Φ w ) ( x ) , ∇ S N V ( x )⟩ ≤ 18 β 0 B 2 N . (47)
It remains to control the martingale term. By Equation (43) and Remark 3.14, applying Lemma 3.13 with m = n = N m=n=N m = n = N and A = 18 B N A=18B\sqrt{N} A = 18 B N , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 :
∥ M T Φ ∥ o p T ≲ B N N + log ( 1 / δ ) T . (48) \frac{\|M_T^\Phi\|_{\mathrm{op}}}{T}\lesssim B\sqrt{N}\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}. \tag*{(48)} T ∥ M T Φ ∥ op ≲ B N T N + log ( 1/ δ ) . (48)
Substituting Equations (46) to (48) into Equation (45) , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 :
∥ 1 T ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] ∥ o p ≲ B N N + log ( 1 / δ ) T + β 0 B 2 N . (49) \left\|\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T J_V(Z_t)\,dt-\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}^2V]\right\|_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim B\sqrt{N}\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}+\beta_0B^2N. \tag*{(49)} T 1 ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t − E π [ ∇ S N 2 V ] op ≲ B N T N + log ( 1/ δ ) + β 0 B 2 N . (49)
It remains to compare Z ˉ ( 2 ) − I \bar{Z}^{(2)}-I Z ˉ ( 2 ) − I with the ergodic average of 2 β 0 J V ( Z t ) 2\beta_0J_V(Z_t) 2 β 0 J V ( Z t ) . To this end, define K ( x ) = x x ⊤ − I K(x)=xx^\top-I K ( x ) = x x ⊤ − I . Applying Equation (8) to each entry of x x ⊤ xx^\top x x ⊤ , we infer the following from Q x ∇ S N V ( x ) = ∇ S N V ( x ) Q_x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)=\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x) Q x ∇ S N V ( x ) = ∇ S N V ( x ) and Equation (42) :
1 2 Δ S N K ( x ) = I − x x ⊤ = − K ( x ) , D K ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x ) ] = x ∇ S N V ( x ) ⊤ + ∇ S N V ( x ) x ⊤ = 2 J V ( x ) . \frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}K(x)=I-xx^\top=-K(x),\qquad DK(x)[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)]=x\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)^\top+\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}V(x)x^\top=2J_V(x). 2 1 Δ S N K ( x ) = I − x x ⊤ = − K ( x ) , D K ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x )] = x ∇ S N V ( x ) ⊤ + ∇ S N V ( x ) x ⊤ = 2 J V ( x ) .
Combining the above identities with Equation (19) , where D K ( x ) [ v ] ∈ Sym N DK(x)[v] \in\operatorname{Sym}_{N} D K ( x ) [ v ] ∈ Sym N denotes the differential of K K K at x x x in the direction v ∈ T x S N v \in T_x\mathcal{S}_{N} v ∈ T x S N , we obtain
L V , β 0 K ( x ) = 1 2 Δ S N K ( x ) + β 0 D K ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x ) ] = − K ( x ) + 2 β 0 J V ( x ) . (50) \mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}K(x)=\frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}K(x)+\beta_0DK(x)[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}V(x)]=-K(x)+2\beta_0J_V(x). \tag*{(50)} L V , β 0 K ( x ) = 2 1 Δ S N K ( x ) + β 0 D K ( x ) [ ∇ S N V ( x )] = − K ( x ) + 2 β 0 J V ( x ) . (50)
Let M t K M_t^K M t K denote the associated Dynkin martingale. By Equation (50) and Lemma 3.11 ,
M T K = K ( Z T ) − K ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 K ( Z t ) d t = K ( Z T ) − K ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T [ 2 β 0 J V ( Z t ) − K ( Z t ) ] d t . M_T^K=K(Z_T)-K(Z_0)-\int_0^T\mathcal{L}_{V,\beta_0}K(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t=K(Z_T)-K(Z_0)-\int_0^T[2\beta_0J_V(Z_t)-K(Z_t)]\,\mathrm{d}t. M T K = K ( Z T ) − K ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T L V , β 0 K ( Z t ) d t = K ( Z T ) − K ( Z 0 ) − ∫ 0 T [ 2 β 0 J V ( Z t ) − K ( Z t )] d t .
By rearranging terms and using 1 T ∫ 0 T K ( Z t ) d t = Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I \frac{1}{T}\int_0^T K(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t=\bar{Z}_T^{(2)}-I T 1 ∫ 0 T K ( Z t ) d t = Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I , we obtain
Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I − 2 β 0 T ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t = K ( Z 0 ) − K ( Z T ) T + M T K T . (51) \bar{Z}_T^{(2)}-I-\frac{2\beta_0}{T}\int_0^T J_V(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t=\frac{K(Z_0)-K(Z_T)}{T}+\frac{M_T^K}{T}. \tag*{(51)} Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I − T 2 β 0 ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t = T K ( Z 0 ) − K ( Z T ) + T M T K . (51)
Since ∥ K ( x ) ∥ o p ≤ N \lVert K(x)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\leq N ∥ K ( x ) ∥ op ≤ N for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N and T ≥ 1 T\geq1 T ≥ 1 , the endpoint term is at most 2 N / T 2N/T 2 N / T . Moreover, for every w ∈ S N − 1 w\in\mathcal{S}^{N-1} w ∈ S N − 1 , ∇ S N ( w ⊤ K w ) ( x ) = 2 ⟨ x , w ⟩ Q x w \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}(w^\top Kw)(x)=2\langle x,w\rangle Q_xw ∇ S N ( w ⊤ K w ) ( x ) = 2 ⟨ x , w ⟩ Q x w has norm at most 2 N 2\sqrt{N} 2 N . Thus, by Remark 3.14, applying Lemma 3.13 with m = n = N m=n=N m = n = N , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 :
∥ M T K ∥ o p T ≲ N N + log ( 1 / δ ) T . \frac{\lVert M_T^K\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}}{T}\lesssim\sqrt{N}\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}. T ∥ M T K ∥ op ≲ N T N + log ( 1/ δ ) .
Combining these estimates with Equation (51) , we conclude that, with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 ,
∥ Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I − 2 β 0 T ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t ∥ o p ≲ N N + log ( 1 / δ ) T . (52) \left\lVert\bar{Z}_T^{(2)}-I-\frac{2\beta_0}{T}\int_0^T J_V(Z_t)\,\mathrm{d}t\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim\sqrt{N}\sqrt{\frac{N+\log(1/\delta)}{T}}. \tag*{(52)} Z ˉ T ( 2 ) − I − T 2 β 0 ∫ 0 T J V ( Z t ) d t op ≲ N T N + log ( 1/ δ ) . (52)
The proof is concluded by combining Equations (49) and (52) via the triangle inequality and a union bound.
Proof of Theorem 5.1
Proof of Theorem 5.1 .
Let E = { ∥ H ∥ G 2 ≤ C k λ N } \mathcal{E}=\{\lVert H\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_2}\leq C_k\lambda N\} E = {∥ H ∥ G 2 ≤ C k λ N } . Since λ ≥ 1 \lambda\geq1 λ ≥ 1 , Remark 3.10 implies P [ E ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) \mathbb{P}[\mathcal{E}]\geq1-\exp(-c_kN) P [ E ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) . Since our assumptions imply T a v ≥ 1 T_{\mathrm{av}}\geq1 T av ≥ 1 , for every realization of H H H in E \mathcal{E} E , we may apply Theorems 5.5 and 5.6 with V = H V=H V = H , B ≍ k λ B\asymp_k\lambda B ≍ k λ , and δ = exp ( − N ) \delta=\exp(-N) δ = exp ( − N ) . Since κ N ≤ 1 \kappa_N\leq1 κ N ≤ 1 , taking a union bound, we obtain the following jointly with E \mathcal{E} E , with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) :
∥ κ N 2 β 0 X ˉ T a v − u H ∥ ≤ ε N , ∥ Σ ˉ T a v 2 β 0 − I − A H ∥ o p ≤ N ε N , \left\lVert\frac{\kappa_N}{2\beta_0}\bar{X}T_{\mathrm{av}}-u_H\right\rVert\leq\varepsilon_N,\qquad
\left\lVert\frac{\bar{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}{2\beta_0}-I-A_H\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\leq\sqrt{N}\varepsilon_N, 2 β 0 κ N X ˉ T av − u H ≤ ε N , 2 β 0 Σ ˉ T av − I − A H op ≤ N ε N ,
ε N ≔ C k ( β 0 − 1 + λ ) [ N T a v + β 0 λ 2 N ] . (53) \varepsilon_N\coloneqq C_k\left(\beta_0^{-1}+\lambda\right)\left[\sqrt{\frac{N}{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}+\beta_0\lambda^2\sqrt{N}\right]. \tag*{(53)} ε N : = C k ( β 0 − 1 + λ ) [ T av N + β 0 λ 2 N ] . (53)
Since λ ≤ β 0 − 1 \lambda\leq\beta_0^{-1} λ ≤ β 0 − 1 under our assumptions, the bounds on β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av imply
ε N ≤ 2 C k [ β 0 − 1 N T a v + β 0 λ 2 N ] ≤ c k λ N 1 / 2 − ⌊ k / 2 ⌋ − ϑ . (54) \varepsilon_N\leq2C_k\left[\beta_0^{-1}\sqrt{\frac{N}{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}+\beta_0\lambda^2\sqrt{N}\right]\leq c_k\lambda N^{1/2-\lfloor k/2\rfloor-\vartheta}. \tag*{(54)} ε N ≤ 2 C k [ β 0 − 1 T av N + β 0 λ 2 N ] ≤ c k λ N 1/2 − ⌊ k /2 ⌋ − ϑ . (54)
Here c k > 0 c_k > 0 c k > 0 can be made arbitrarily small by choosing the leading constant in the upper bound on β 0 \beta_0 β 0 sufficiently small and that in the lower bound on T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av sufficiently large.
For odd k k k , we have ⌊ k / 2 ⌋ = k − 1 2 \lfloor k/2 \rfloor= \frac{k-1}{2} ⌊ k /2 ⌋ = 2 k − 1 , so by Equation (54) we have ε N ≤ c k λ N − k − 2 2 − ϑ \varepsilon_N \le c_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta} ε N ≤ c k λ N − 2 k − 2 − ϑ . By Corollary 4.3, the following holds with probability at least 1 − C exp ( − c N ) 1-C\exp(-cN) 1 − C exp ( − c N ) :
∥ u H ∥ ≥ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) . (55) \lVert u_H\rVert\ge c(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N}). \tag*{(55)} ∥ u H ∥ ≥ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) . (55)
where α N \alpha_N α N and σ N \sigma_N σ N are as defined in Theorem 4.1 . Henceforth, we assume that both Equations (53) and (55) hold, which occurs with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) by a union bound.
Combining Equations (54) and (55) with α N ≍ k N − k / 2 \alpha_N \asymp_k N^{-k/2} α N ≍ k N − k /2 and σ N 2 = κ N N α N \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N σ N 2 = κ N N α N , we obtain
ε N ∥ u H ∥ ≤ c k λ N − k − 2 2 − ϑ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) ≲ k c k N − ϑ N λ α N N λ α N + σ N N ≤ c k N − ϑ min { 1 , N λ α N σ N N } = c k N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N κ N } . (56) \frac{\varepsilon_N}{\lVert u_H\rVert}
\le\frac{c_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta}}{c(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N})}
\lesssim_k \frac{c_kN^{-\vartheta}N\lambda\alpha_N}{N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N}}
\le c_kN^{-\vartheta}\min\left\{1,\frac{N\lambda\alpha_N}{\sigma_N\sqrt{N}}\right\}
=c_kN^{-\vartheta}\min\left\{1,\frac{\lambda\sigma_N}{\kappa_N}\right\}. \tag*{(56)} ∥ u H ∥ ε N ≤ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) c k λ N − 2 k − 2 − ϑ ≲ k N λ α N + σ N N c k N − ϑ N λ α N ≤ c k N − ϑ min { 1 , σ N N N λ α N } = c k N − ϑ min { 1 , κ N λ σ N } . (56)
where the implicit constant does not depend on c k c_k c k . In particular, since c k c_k c k can be made arbitrarily small, we have ε N < ∥ u H ∥ \varepsilon_N < \lVert u_H\rVert ε N < ∥ u H ∥ , and hence X ^ T a v ≠ 0 \widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\ne0 X T av = 0 by Equation (53) . Now, applying Lemma 3.4 to κ N 2 β 0 X ^ T a v \frac{\kappa_N}{2\beta_0}\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} 2 β 0 κ N X T av and u H u_H u H , we infer the following from Equations (53) and (56) :
1 N ∥ X ^ T a v − u ^ H ∥ = ∥ X ^ T a v ∥ X ^ T a v ∥ − u H ∥ u H ∥ ∥ ≤ 2 ε N ∥ u H ∥ ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N κ N } . \frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\left\lVert\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-\widehat{u}_H\right\rVert
=\left\lVert\frac{\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}{\lVert\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\rVert}-\frac{u_H}{\lVert u_H\rVert}\right\rVert
\le\frac{2\varepsilon_N}{\lVert u_H\rVert}
\lesssim_k c_kN^{-\vartheta}\min\left\{1,\frac{\lambda\sigma_N}{\kappa_N}\right\}. N 1 X T av − u H = ∥ X T av ∥ X T av − ∥ u H ∥ u H ≤ ∥ u H ∥ 2 ε N ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , κ N λ σ N } .
Since κ N ≥ 2 3 \kappa_N\ge\frac{2}{3} κ N ≥ 3 2 and c k c_k c k can be made arbitrarily small, squaring proves the claim for odd k k k .
For even k k k , we infer from Theorem 4.4 that
A H = A s i g + W N , A s i g = λ γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) T − I N ) , γ N ≍ k N k − 2 2 , (57) A_H=A_{\mathrm{sig}}+W_N,\qquad A_{\mathrm{sig}}=\lambda\gamma_N\left(\theta^\star(\theta^\star)^\mathsf{T}-\frac{I}{N}\right),\qquad\gamma_N\asymp_k N^{\frac{k-2}{2}}, \tag*{(57)} A H = A sig + W N , A sig = λ γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) T − N I ) , γ N ≍ k N 2 k − 2 , (57)
where ∥ W N ∥ o p ≤ C k N k − 2 4 \lVert W_N\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le C_kN^{\frac{k-2}{4}} ∥ W N ∥ op ≤ C k N 4 k − 2 with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c N ) 1-\exp(-cN) 1 − exp ( − c N ) . Since ⌊ k / 2 ⌋ = k 2 \lfloor k/2\rfloor=\frac{k}{2} ⌊ k /2 ⌋ = 2 k , Equation (54) implies N ε N ≤ c k λ N − k − 2 2 − ϑ \sqrt{N}\varepsilon_N\le c_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta} N ε N ≤ c k λ N − 2 k − 2 − ϑ . Combining Equations (53) and (57) and taking a union bound, we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) :
∥ Σ ˉ T a v − ( I + 2 β 0 A s i g ) ∥ o p 2 β 0 λ γ N ≤ N ε N + ∥ W N ∥ o p λ γ N ≲ k N − ϑ + N k − 2 4 λ . (58) \frac{\left\lVert\bar{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-(I+2\beta_0A_{\mathrm{sig}})\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}}{2\beta_0\lambda\gamma_N}
\le\frac{\sqrt{N}\varepsilon_N+\lVert W_N\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}}{\lambda\gamma_N}
\lesssim_k N^{-\vartheta}+\frac{N^{\frac{k-2}{4}}}{\lambda}. \tag*{(58)} 2 β 0 λ γ N Σ ˉ T av − ( I + 2 β 0 A sig ) op ≤ λ γ N N ε N + ∥ W N ∥ op ≲ k N − ϑ + λ N 4 k − 2 . (58)
The matrix I + 2 β 0 A s i g I+2\beta_0A_{\mathrm{sig}} I + 2 β 0 A sig has top eigenvector θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ and eigengap 2 β 0 λ γ N 2\beta_0\lambda\gamma_N 2 β 0 λ γ N . Applying the Davis–Kahan theorem [48 Theorem 4.5.5] to Σ ˉ T a v \bar{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} Σ ˉ T av and I + 2 β 0 A s i g I+2\beta_0A_{\mathrm{sig}} I + 2 β 0 A sig , and using Equation (58) , we obtain
min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ v ^ − s θ ⋆ ∥ ≲ ∥ Σ ˉ T a v − ( I + 2 β 0 A s i g ) ∥ o p 2 β 0 λ γ N ≲ k N − ϑ + N k − 2 4 λ . \min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\lVert\widehat{v}-s\theta^\star\rVert
\lesssim\frac{\left\lVert\bar{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-(I+2\beta_0A_{\mathrm{sig}})\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}}{2\beta_0\lambda\gamma_N}
\lesssim_k N^{-\vartheta}+\frac{N^{\frac{k-2}{4}}}{\lambda}. s ∈ { ± 1 } min ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ ≲ 2 β 0 λ γ N Σ ˉ T av − ( I + 2 β 0 A sig ) op ≲ k N − ϑ + λ N 4 k − 2 .
Since m ( N v ^ ) = ⟨ θ ⋆ , v ^ ⟩ m(\sqrt{N}\widehat{v})=\langle\theta^\star,\widehat{v}\rangle m ( N v ) = ⟨ θ ⋆ , v ⟩ and ∥ v ^ − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 = 2 − 2 s ⟨ θ ⋆ , v ^ ⟩ \lVert\widehat{v}-s\theta^\star\rVert^2=2-2s\langle\theta^\star,\widehat{v}\rangle ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 = 2 − 2 s ⟨ θ ⋆ , v ⟩ for every s ∈ { ± 1 } s\in\{\pm1\} s ∈ { ± 1 } , we conclude that
1 − ∣ m ( N v ^ ) ∣ = 1 2 min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ v ^ − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 ≲ k N k − 2 2 λ 2 + N − 2 ϑ , 1-\left|m(\sqrt{N}\widehat{v})\right|
=\frac{1}{2}\min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\lVert\widehat{v}-s\theta^\star\rVert^2
\lesssim_k \frac{N^{\frac{k-2}{2}}}{\lambda^2}+N^{-2\vartheta}, 1 − m ( N v ) = 2 1 s ∈ { ± 1 } min ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 ≲ k λ 2 N 2 k − 2 + N − 2 ϑ ,
which proves the claim for even k k k .
Strong Recovery at the Algorithmic Threshold for Odd k k k
Throughout this section, we assume that k k k is odd. We use ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 to denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics for the tensor PCA Hamiltonian H H H at a constant inverse temperature β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , and assume that the signal strength satisfies λ ≥ C β , k N γ \lambda\ge C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma λ ≥ C β , k N γ , where γ ≥ k − 2 4 \gamma\ge\frac{k-2}{4} γ ≥ 4 k − 2 and C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is a sufficiently large constant.
Our goal in this section is to prove the following theorem, which is a formal version of Theorem 1.1 .
Theorem 6.1 (Persistent Strong Recovery above the Algorithmic Threshold). Let k ≥ 3 k\ge3 k ≥ 3 be odd, let β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , and assume λ ≥ C β , k N k − 2 4 \lambda\ge C_{\beta,k}N^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C β , k N 4 k − 2 , where C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is a sufficiently large constant. Fix ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and η ∈ ( 0 , min { 1 2 , k − 2 4 } ) \eta\in(0,\min\{\frac{1}{2},\frac{k-2}{4}\}) η ∈ ( 0 , min { 2 1 , 4 k − 2 }) , and let ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of the second phase of Algorithm 1, initialized at X ~ 0 ∼ π \widetilde X_0\sim\pi X 0 ∼ π with inverse temperatures β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and β \beta β for the two respective phases, where β 0 ≍ k λ − 1 N − k − 1 2 − ϑ \beta_0\asymp_k \lambda^{-1}N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}-\vartheta} β 0 ≍ k λ − 1 N − 2 k − 1 − ϑ and T a v ≍ k N 2 k − 2 + 4 ϑ T_{\mathrm{av}}\asymp_k N^{2k-2+4\vartheta} T av ≍ k N 2 k − 2 + 4 ϑ , with sufficiently small and large implicit constants, respectively. Then, there exists a constant T s t r > 0 T_{\mathrm{str}}>0 T str > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and k k k , such that the following holds for all sufficiently large N N N and every deterministic T T T satisfying T s t r ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) T_{\mathrm{str}}\le T\le\operatorname{poly}(N) T str ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) :
P [ inf t ∈ [ T s t r , T ] m ( X t ) ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c β , k N min { 1 2 , 1 − 2 η } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[T_{\mathrm{str}},T]}m(X_t)\ge1-N^{-\eta}\right]\ge1-\exp\left(-c_{\beta,k}N^{\min\{\frac{1}{2},1-2\eta\}}\right). P [ t ∈ [ T str , T ] inf m ( X t ) ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c β , k N m i n { 2 1 , 1 − 2 η } ) .
The behavior of the second phase depends on how warm its initialization is. Once the correlation exceeds a large constant multiple of the critical correlation λ − 1 k − 1 \lambda^{-\frac{1}{k-1}} λ − k − 1 1 , the signal drift dominates the disorder drift uniformly over S N \mathcal{S}_N S N , and the dynamics achieves persistent strong recovery within constant time, as we show in § 6.1 . However, for λ \lambda λ just above the algorithmic threshold, the warm start computed by the first phase of Algorithm 1 attains only subcritical correlation, at which the signal drift need not dominate the disorder drift uniformly. This subcritical regime is the topic of Sections 6.2 to § 6.5 , where we show that the warm start depends on the disorder only in a benign way, so that the signal drift still dominates the disorder drift along the trajectory until the dynamics achieves critical recovery. The complete proof is presented in § 6.6 .
Boosting Critical Recovery to Persistent Strong Recovery
Recall from § 2.4 that the signal drift dominates both the entropic and disorder drifts, even in the worst case, whenever the correlation exceeds a large constant multiple of the critical correlation λ − 1 k − 1 \lambda^{-\frac{1}{k-1}} λ − k − 1 1 . Indeed, the signal drift is of order λ m ( X t ) k − 1 \lambda m(X_t)^{k-1} λm ( X t ) k − 1 , whereas the disorder drift is of order one uniformly over S N \mathcal{S}_N S N . We formalize this worst-case argument in Theorem 6.2 below, which shows that, once the process has attained critical correlation, running spherical Langevin dynamics for an additional constant time suffices to achieve 1 − poly ( N ) 1-\operatorname{poly}(N) 1 − poly ( N ) correlation with high probability. Beyond that, the correlation stays above this level throughout any poly ( N ) \operatorname{poly}(N) poly ( N ) time horizon.
Theorem 6.2 (Persistent Strong Recovery after Critical Correlation). Fix η ∈ ( 0 , min { 1 2 , k − 2 4 } ) \eta\in(0,\min\{\frac{1}{2},\frac{k-2}{4}\}) η ∈ ( 0 , min { 2 1 , 4 k − 2 }) and s ∈ ( 0 , 1 2 ) s\in(0,\frac{1}{2}) s ∈ ( 0 , 2 1 ) , define r ˉ N = N − s \bar r_N=N^{-s} r ˉ N = N − s , and assume that λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k \lambda\bar r_N^{k-1}\ge C_{\beta,k} λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k . Define the stopping time
τ C r ˉ N ≔ inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≥ C r ˉ N } , \tau_{C\bar r_N}\coloneqq\inf\{t\ge0:m(X_t)\ge C\bar r_N\}, τ C r ˉ N : = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≥ C r ˉ N } ,
where C ≥ 1 C \ge1 C ≥ 1 is a constant. Then, the following holds for all sufficiently large N N N , every deterministic T T T satisfying 2 ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) 2 \le T \le\operatorname{poly}(N) 2 ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) , and any initial state X 0 X_0 X 0 , possibly depending on H H H ,
P [ inf t ∈ [ 2 , T ] m ( X τ C r ˉ N + t ) ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) − 2 exp ( − c N min { r ˉ N , N − 2 η } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[2,T]}m\left(X_{\tau_{C\bar r_N}+t}\right)\ge1-N^{-\eta}\right]\ge1-\exp(-c_kN)-2\exp\left(-cN\min\{\bar r_N,N^{-2\eta}\}\right). P [ t ∈ [ 2 , T ] inf m ( X τ C r ˉ N + t ) ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) − 2 exp ( − c N min { r ˉ N , N − 2 η } ) .
Proof. Write q N ≔ N − η q_N \coloneqq N^{-\eta} q N : = N − η and ε N ≔ 1 32 min { r ˉ N , q N } \varepsilon_N \coloneqq\frac{1}{32}\min\{\bar r_N,q_N\} ε N : = 32 1 min { r ˉ N , q N } . Throughout the proof, we assume that N N N is sufficiently large and C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is a sufficiently large constant. Since S N \mathcal{S}_N S N is a compact manifold and spherical Langevin dynamics is a Markov diffusion process, τ C r ˉ N < ∞ \tau_{C\bar r_N}<\infty τ C r ˉ N < ∞ holds almost surely by the support theorem [40 ] . Hence, by the strong Markov property [47 Theorem 6.2.2] applied at τ C r ˉ N \tau_{C\bar r_N} τ C r ˉ N , it suffices to consider an initial state X 0 X_0 X 0 with m ( X 0 ) ≥ C r ˉ N m(X_0)\ge C\bar r_N m ( X 0 ) ≥ C r ˉ N , possibly depending on H H H .
Since m ( x ) m(x) m ( x ) is linear, Equation (8) implies ∇ S N m ( x ) = N − 1 / 2 Q x θ ⋆ \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)=N^{-1/2}Q_x\theta^\star ∇ S N m ( x ) = N − 1/2 Q x θ ⋆ and Δ S N m = − κ N m \Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}m=-\kappa_Nm Δ S N m = − κ N m , and hence N ∥ ∇ S N m ( x ) ∥ 2 = ∥ Q x θ ⋆ ∥ 2 = 1 − m ( x ) 2 N\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\rVert^2=\lVert Q_x\theta^\star\rVert^2=1-m(x)^2 N ∥ ∇ S N m ( x ) ∥ 2 = ∥ Q x θ ⋆ ∥ 2 = 1 − m ( x ) 2 . Thus, we obtain the following from Equation (19) :
L H , β m ( x ) = 1 2 Δ S N m ( x ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N H ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x ) ⟩ = − κ N 2 m ( x ) + β ⟨ N λ k m ( x ) k − 1 ∇ S N m ( x ) + ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x ) ⟩ = − κ N 2 m ( x ) + β λ k m ( x ) k − 1 ( 1 − m ( x ) 2 ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x ) ⟩ = ν ( x ) ( 1 − m ( x ) ) − b ( x ) , (59) \begin{aligned}
\mathcal{L}_{H,\beta}m(x)&=\frac{1}{2}\Delta_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)+\beta\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H(x),\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\rangle\\
&=-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}m(x)+\beta\left\langle N\lambda_km(x)^{k-1}\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)+\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_0(x),\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\right\rangle\\
&=-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}m(x)+\beta\lambda_km(x)^{k-1}\left(1-m(x)^2\right)+\beta\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_0(x),\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\rangle\\
&=\nu(x)\left(1-m(x)\right)-b(x), \tag*{(59)}
\end{aligned} L H , β m ( x ) = 2 1 Δ S N m ( x ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N H ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x )⟩ = − 2 κ N m ( x ) + β ⟨ N λ k m ( x ) k − 1 ∇ S N m ( x ) + ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x ) ⟩ = − 2 κ N m ( x ) + β λ k m ( x ) k − 1 ( 1 − m ( x ) 2 ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x )⟩ = ν ( x ) ( 1 − m ( x ) ) − b ( x ) , (59)
where ν ( x ) \nu(x) ν ( x ) and b ( x ) b(x) b ( x ) are defined as follows:
ν ( x ) ≔ β λ k m ( x ) k − 1 ( 1 + m ( x ) ) , b ( x ) ≔ κ N 2 m ( x ) − β ⟨ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x ) ⟩ . \nu(x)\coloneqq\beta\lambda_km(x)^{k-1}\left(1+m(x)\right),\qquad b(x)\coloneqq\frac{\kappa_N}{2}m(x)-\beta\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_0(x),\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\rangle. ν ( x ) : = β λ k m ( x ) k − 1 ( 1 + m ( x ) ) , b ( x ) : = 2 κ N m ( x ) − β ⟨ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x )⟩ .
Let M t m M_t^m M t m denote the Dynkin martingale associated with m m m . By Lemma 3.11 ,
M t m = m ( X t ) − m ( X 0 ) − ∫ 0 t L H , β m ( X s ) d s . (60) M_t^m=m(X_t)-m(X_0)-\int_0^t\mathcal{L}_{H,\beta}m(X_s)\,ds. \tag*{(60)} M t m = m ( X t ) − m ( X 0 ) − ∫ 0 t L H , β m ( X s ) d s . (60)
Consider the events
E ≔ { max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) ∥ ≤ C 1 N } , M j ≔ { sup j ≤ t ≤ j + 1 ∣ M t m − M j m ∣ ≤ ε N } , \mathcal{E}\coloneqq\left\{\max_{x\in\mathcal{S}_N}\lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_0(x)\rVert\le C_1\sqrt{N}\right\},\qquad
\mathcal{M}_j\coloneqq\left\{\sup_{j\le t\le j+1}\left|M_t^m-M_j^m\right|\le\varepsilon_N\right\}, E : = { x ∈ S N max ∥ ∇ S N H 0 ( x )∥ ≤ C 1 N } , M j : = { j ≤ t ≤ j + 1 sup M t m − M j m ≤ ε N } ,
and let M ≔ ⋂ j = 0 ⌈ T ⌉ − 1 M j \mathcal{M}\coloneqq\bigcap_{j=0}^{\lceil T\rceil-1}\mathcal{M}_j M : = ⋂ j = 0 ⌈ T ⌉ − 1 M j . By Lemma 3.7 with n = 1 n=1 n = 1 and r = N r=N r = N , together with Definition 3.5 , we can choose C 1 C_1 C 1 such that P [ E c ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) \mathbb{P}[\mathcal{E}^c]\ge1-\exp(-c_kN) P [ E c ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) . Moreover, since ∥ ∇ S N m ( x ) ∥ ≤ N − 1 / 2 \lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\rVert\le N^{-1/2} ∥ ∇ S N m ( x )∥ ≤ N − 1/2 , we infer from the Markov property, Lemma 3.12 , and a union bound that
P [ M c ] ≤ ∑ j = 0 ⌈ T ⌉ − 1 P [ M j c ] ≤ 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − N ε N 2 2 ) . (61) \mathbb{P}[\mathcal{M}^c]\le\sum_{j=0}^{\lceil T\rceil-1}\mathbb{P}[\mathcal{M}_j^c]\le2\lceil T\rceil\exp\left(-\frac{N\varepsilon_N^2}{2}\right). \tag*{(61)} P [ M c ] ≤ j = 0 ∑ ⌈ T ⌉ − 1 P [ M j c ] ≤ 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − 2 N ε N 2 ) . (61)
Henceforth, we work on the event E ∩ M \mathcal{E}\cap\mathcal{M} E ∩ M .
We first express the deficit 1 − m ( X t ) 1-m(X_t) 1 − m ( X t ) in terms of b ( X t ) b(X_t) b ( X t ) . To this end, we define the integrating factor R t ≔ ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) d s R_t\coloneqq\int_0^t\nu(X_s)\,ds R t : = ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) d s . By Equations (59) and (60) ,
1 − m ( X t ) + M t m = 1 − m ( X 0 ) − ∫ 0 t [ ν ( X s ) ( 1 − m ( X s ) ) − b ( X s ) ] d s . 1-m(X_t)+M_t^m=1-m(X_0)-\int_0^t\left[\nu(X_s)\left(1-m(X_s)\right)-b(X_s)\right]\,ds. 1 − m ( X t ) + M t m = 1 − m ( X 0 ) − ∫ 0 t [ ν ( X s ) ( 1 − m ( X s ) ) − b ( X s ) ] d s .
By the continuity of Brownian sample paths, the integrand is continuous in s s s and thus, the right-hand side is continuously differentiable in t t t . It follows that,
d d t [ e R t ( 1 − m ( X t ) + M t m ) ] = e R t ν ( X t ) ( 1 − m ( X t ) + M t m ) − e R t [ ν ( X t ) ( 1 − m ( X t ) ) − b ( X t ) ] = e R t [ ν ( X t ) M t m + b ( X t ) ] . (62) \begin{aligned}
\frac{d}{dt}\left[e^{R_t}\left(1-m(X_t)+M_t^m\right)\right]
&=e^{R_t}\nu(X_t)\left(1-m(X_t)+M_t^m\right)-e^{R_t}\left[\nu(X_t)\left(1-m(X_t)\right)-b(X_t)\right]\\
&=e^{R_t}\left[\nu(X_t)M_t^m+b(X_t)\right]. \tag*{(62)}
\end{aligned} d t d [ e R t ( 1 − m ( X t ) + M t m ) ] = e R t ν ( X t ) ( 1 − m ( X t ) + M t m ) − e R t [ ν ( X t ) ( 1 − m ( X t ) ) − b ( X t ) ] = e R t [ ν ( X t ) M t m + b ( X t ) ] . (62)
Integrating Equation (62) from 0 0 0 to t t t , using M 0 m = 0 M_0^m=0 M 0 m = 0 , and multiplying both sides by e − R t e^{-R_t} e − R t , we obtain
1 − m ( X t ) = e − R t ( 1 − m ( X 0 ) ) + ∫ 0 t e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s + ξ t , 0 ≤ t ≤ T , (63) 1-m(X_t)=e^{-R_t}\left(1-m(X_0)\right)+\int_0^t e^{-(R_t-R_s)}b(X_s)\,ds+\xi_t,\qquad0\le t\le T, \tag*{(63)} 1 − m ( X t ) = e − R t ( 1 − m ( X 0 ) ) + ∫ 0 t e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s + ξ t , 0 ≤ t ≤ T , (63)
where the martingale error term ξ t \xi_t ξ t is given by
ξ t = ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) M s m d s − M t m . (64) \xi_t=\int_0^t \nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}M_s^m\,ds-M_t^m. \tag*{(64)} ξ t = ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) M s m d s − M t m . (64)
To control the integral involving b b b and the martingale error term ξ t \xi_t ξ t in Equation (63) , we shall repeatedly use the following identity, which holds since R 0 = 0 R_0=0 R 0 = 0 and d d s e − ( R t − R s ) = ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) \frac{d}{ds}e^{-(R_t-R_s)}=\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)} d s d e − ( R t − R s ) = ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) .
∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = 1 − e − R t . (65) \int_0^t \nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}\,ds=1-e^{-R_t}. \tag*{(65)} ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = 1 − e − R t . (65)
Multiplying Equation (65) by M t m M_t^m M t m , we can write
M t m = ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) M t m d s + e − R t M t m . (66) M_t^m=\int_0^t \nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}M_t^m\,ds+e^{-R_t}M_t^m. \tag*{(66)} M t m = ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) M t m d s + e − R t M t m . (66)
Substituting Equation (66) into Equation (64) and using M 0 m = 0 M_0^m=0 M 0 m = 0 , we express the martingale error term in terms of the increments of M m M^m M m :
ξ t = ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) ( M s m − M t m ) d s − e − R t ( M t m − M 0 m ) . (67) \xi_t=\int_0^t \nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}\left(M_s^m-M_t^m\right)\,ds-e^{-R_t}\left(M_t^m-M_0^m\right). \tag*{(67)} ξ t = ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) ( M s m − M t m ) d s − e − R t ( M t m − M 0 m ) . (67)
Since we work on M \mathcal{M} M , we infer from the triangle inequality that
∣ M t m − M s m ∣ ≤ ∣ M t m − M ⌊ t ⌋ m ∣ + ∑ l = ⌊ s ⌋ + 1 ⌊ t ⌋ ∣ M l m − M l − 1 m ∣ + ∣ M s m − M ⌊ s ⌋ m ∣ ≤ ( ⌊ t ⌋ − ⌊ s ⌋ + 2 ) ϵ N ≤ ( t − s + 3 ) ϵ N , 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T . (68) \begin{aligned}
\left|M_t^m-M_s^m\right|
&\le\left|M_t^m-M_{\lfloor t\rfloor}^m\right|+\sum_{l=\lfloor s\rfloor+1}^{\lfloor t\rfloor}\left|M_l^m-M_{l-1}^m\right|+\left|M_s^m-M_{\lfloor s\rfloor}^m\right|\\
&\le\left(\lfloor t\rfloor-\lfloor s\rfloor+2\right)\epsilon_N\le(t-s+3)\epsilon_N,\qquad0\le s\le t\le T. \tag*{(68)}
\end{aligned} ∣ M t m − M s m ∣ ≤ M t m − M ⌊ t ⌋ m + l = ⌊ s ⌋ + 1 ∑ ⌊ t ⌋ M l m − M l − 1 m + M s m − M ⌊ s ⌋ m ≤ ( ⌊ t ⌋ − ⌊ s ⌋ + 2 ) ϵ N ≤ ( t − s + 3 ) ϵ N , 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T . (68)
We now bound ν ( x ) \nu(x) ν ( x ) and b ( x ) b(x) b ( x ) in terms of the correlation m ( x ) m(x) m ( x ) . Since we work on E \mathcal{E} E , κ N ≤ 1 \kappa_N\le1 κ N ≤ 1 , and ∥ ∇ S N m ( x ) ∥ ≤ N − 1 / 2 \|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\|\le N^{-1/2} ∥ ∇ S N m ( x ) ∥ ≤ N − 1/2 , the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality implies
b ( x ) ≤ κ N 2 + β ∥ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) ∥ ∥ ∇ S N m ( x ) ∥ ≤ 1 2 + β C 1 , x ∈ S N . (69) b(x)\le\frac{\kappa_N}{2}+\beta\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_0(x)\|\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m(x)\|\le\frac{1}{2}+\beta C_1,\qquad x\in\mathcal{S}_N. \tag*{(69)} b ( x ) ≤ 2 κ N + β ∥ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) ∥∥ ∇ S N m ( x ) ∥ ≤ 2 1 + β C 1 , x ∈ S N . (69)
Moreover, ν ( x ) ≥ β λ k m ( x ) k − 1 \nu(x)\ge\beta\lambda_km(x)^{k-1} ν ( x ) ≥ β λ k m ( x ) k − 1 whenever m ( x ) > 0 m(x)>0 m ( x ) > 0 . Hence, if m ( x ) ≥ C r ˉ N / 2 m(x)\ge C\bar r_N/2 m ( x ) ≥ C r ˉ N /2 , we infer from λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k \lambda_{\bar r_N}^{k-1}\ge C_{\beta,k} λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k and C ≥ 1 C\ge1 C ≥ 1 that
ν ( x ) ≥ β λ k ( C r ˉ N 2 ) k − 1 ≥ β κ 2 k − 1 C β , k ≥ max { 1 , 16 ( 1 2 + β C 1 ) } . (70) \nu(x)\ge\beta\lambda_k\left(\frac{C\bar r_N}{2}\right)^{k-1}\ge\frac{\beta\kappa}{2^{k-1}}C_{\beta,k}\ge\max\left\{1,16\left(\frac{1}{2}+\beta C_1\right)\right\}. \tag*{(70)} ν ( x ) ≥ β λ k ( 2 C r ˉ N ) k − 1 ≥ 2 k − 1 β κ C β , k ≥ max { 1 , 16 ( 2 1 + β C 1 ) } . (70)
and if m ( x ) ≥ 1 3 m(x) \ge\frac{1}{3} m ( x ) ≥ 3 1 , we infer from λ ≥ C β , k N γ \lambda\ge C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma λ ≥ C β , k N γ that
ν ( x ) ≥ ν ⋆ = β λ k 3 k − 1 ≥ β k 3 k − 1 C β , k N γ ≥ max { 1 , 64 q N ( 1 2 + β C 1 ) } . (71) \nu(x) \ge\nu_\star= \frac{\beta\lambda k}{3^{k-1}} \ge\frac{\beta k}{3^{k-1}} C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma\ge\max\left\{1,\frac{64}{q_N}\left(\frac{1}{2}+\beta C_1\right)\right\}. \tag*{(71)} ν ( x ) ≥ ν ⋆ = 3 k − 1 β λk ≥ 3 k − 1 β k C β , k N γ ≥ max { 1 , q N 64 ( 2 1 + β C 1 ) } . (71)
Here, the last inequalities in Equations (70) and (71) hold since C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is sufficiently large and, for Equation (71) , since q N 2 = N η q_N^2=N^\eta q N 2 = N η with η < k − 2 4 ≤ γ \eta<\frac{k-2}{4}\le\gamma η < 4 k − 2 ≤ γ and N N N is sufficiently large. Combining Equations (70) and (71) with Equation (69) , we conclude that
ν ( x ) ≥ 1 and b ( x ) ≤ 1 16 ν ( x ) whenever m ( x ) ≥ C r ˉ N 2 , ν ( x ) ≥ ν ⋆ ≥ 1 and b ( x ) ≤ q N 64 ν ( x ) whenever m ( x ) ≥ 1 3 . (72) \begin{aligned}
\nu(x)&\ge1 &&\text{and}&& b(x)\le\frac{1}{16}\nu(x) &&\text{whenever }m(x)\ge\frac{C\bar r_N}{2},\\
\nu(x)&\ge\nu_\star\ge1 &&\text{and}&& b(x)\le\frac{q_N}{64}\nu(x) &&\text{whenever }m(x)\ge\frac{1}{3}. \tag*{(72)}
\end{aligned} ν ( x ) ν ( x ) ≥ 1 ≥ ν ⋆ ≥ 1 and and b ( x ) ≤ 16 1 ν ( x ) b ( x ) ≤ 64 q N ν ( x ) whenever m ( x ) ≥ 2 C r ˉ N , whenever m ( x ) ≥ 3 1 . (72)
We now show that the correlation stays above C r ˉ N / 2 C\bar r_N/2 C r ˉ N /2 throughout [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] . Let ρ = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≤ C r ˉ N / 2 } \rho=\inf\{t\ge0:m(X_t)\le C\bar r_N/2\} ρ = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≤ C r ˉ N /2 } , and note that ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 since m ( X 0 ) ≥ C r ˉ N m(X_0)\ge C\bar r_N m ( X 0 ) ≥ C r ˉ N . Fix t ≤ ρ ∧ T t\le\rho\wedge T t ≤ ρ ∧ T . Then m ( X s ) ≥ C r ˉ N / 2 m(X_s)\ge C\bar r_N/2 m ( X s ) ≥ C r ˉ N /2 for all s ∈ [ 0 , t ] s\in[0,t] s ∈ [ 0 , t ] , and hence, by Equation (72) ,
ν ( X s ) ≥ 1 and b ( X s ) ≤ 1 16 ν ( X s ) , 0 ≤ s ≤ t . (73) \nu(X_s)\ge1\qquad\text{and}\qquad b(X_s)\le\frac{1}{16}\nu(X_s),\qquad0\le s\le t. \tag*{(73)} ν ( X s ) ≥ 1 and b ( X s ) ≤ 16 1 ν ( X s ) , 0 ≤ s ≤ t . (73)
We use the two bounds in Equation (73) to control the martingale error term and the integral in Equation (63) , respectively. First, since ν ( X s ) ≥ 1 \nu(X_s)\ge1 ν ( X s ) ≥ 1 for s ∈ [ 0 , t ] s\in[0,t] s ∈ [ 0 , t ] , we have R t − R s ≥ t − s R_t-R_s\ge t-s R t − R s ≥ t − s , and hence Equation (68) implies
∣ M t m − M s m ∣ ≤ ( R t − R s + 3 ) ε N , 0 ≤ s ≤ t . (74) \left|M_t^m-M_s^m\right|\le(R_t-R_s+3)\varepsilon_N,\qquad0\le s\le t. \tag*{(74)} ∣ M t m − M s m ∣ ≤ ( R t − R s + 3 ) ε N , 0 ≤ s ≤ t . (74)
Substituting Equation (74) into Equation (67) and changing variables to u = R t − R s u=R_t-R_s u = R t − R s , for which d u = − ν ( X s ) d s \mathrm{d}u=-\nu(X_s)\mathrm{d}s d u = − ν ( X s ) d s , we obtain
∣ ξ t ∣ ≤ ε N ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) ( R t − R s + 3 ) d s + ε N e − R t ( R t + 3 ) = ε N ∫ 0 R t e − u ( u + 3 ) d u + ε N e − R t ( R t + 3 ) ≤ ε N ∫ 0 ∞ e − u ( u + 3 ) d u + ε N sup v ≥ 0 e − v ( v + 3 ) = 4 ε N + 3 ε N = 7 ε N . (75) \begin{aligned}
|\xi_t|&\le\varepsilon_N\int_0^t\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}(R_t-R_s+3)\,\mathrm{d}s+\varepsilon_N e^{-R_t}(R_t+3)\\
&=\varepsilon_N\int_0^{R_t}e^{-u}(u+3)\,\mathrm{d}u+\varepsilon_N e^{-R_t}(R_t+3)\\
&\le\varepsilon_N\int_0^\infty e^{-u}(u+3)\,\mathrm{d}u+\varepsilon_N\sup_{v\ge0}e^{-v}(v+3)=4\varepsilon_N+3\varepsilon_N=7\varepsilon_N. \tag*{(75)}
\end{aligned} ∣ ξ t ∣ ≤ ε N ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) ( R t − R s + 3 ) d s + ε N e − R t ( R t + 3 ) = ε N ∫ 0 R t e − u ( u + 3 ) d u + ε N e − R t ( R t + 3 ) ≤ ε N ∫ 0 ∞ e − u ( u + 3 ) d u + ε N v ≥ 0 sup e − v ( v + 3 ) = 4 ε N + 3 ε N = 7 ε N . (75)
The bound on b b b in Equation (73) , together with Equation (65) , implies the following
∫ 0 t e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s ≤ 1 16 ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = 1 16 ( 1 − e − R t ) . (76) \int_0^t e^{-(R_t-R_s)}b(X_s)\,\mathrm{d}s\le\frac{1}{16}\int_0^t\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}\,\mathrm{d}s=\frac{1}{16}(1-e^{-R_t}). \tag*{(76)} ∫ 0 t e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s ≤ 16 1 ∫ 0 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = 16 1 ( 1 − e − R t ) . (76)
Substituting Equations (75) and (76) into Equation (63) , we obtain the following for every t ≤ ρ ∧ T t\le\rho\wedge T t ≤ ρ ∧ T :
1 − m ( X t ) ≤ e − R t ( 1 − m ( X 0 ) ) + 1 16 ( 1 − e − R t ) + 7 ε N (77) 1-m(X_t)\le e^{-R_t}(1-m(X_0))+\frac{1}{16}(1-e^{-R_t})+7\varepsilon_N \tag*{(77)} 1 − m ( X t ) ≤ e − R t ( 1 − m ( X 0 )) + 16 1 ( 1 − e − R t ) + 7 ε N (77)
≤ 1 − C r ˉ N + 7 ε N < 1 − C r ˉ N 2 , (78) \le1-C\bar r_N+7\varepsilon_N<1-\frac{C\bar r_N}{2}, \tag*{(78)} ≤ 1 − C r ˉ N + 7 ε N < 1 − 2 C r ˉ N , (78)
where the second inequality uses 1 − m ( X 0 ) ≤ 1 − C r ˉ N 1-m(X_0)\le1-C\bar r_N 1 − m ( X 0 ) ≤ 1 − C r ˉ N and 1 16 ≤ 1 − C r ˉ N \frac{1}{16}\le1-C\bar r_N 16 1 ≤ 1 − C r ˉ N , and the last inequality uses 7 ε N ≤ 7 32 r ˉ N < C r ˉ N 2 7\varepsilon_N\le\frac{7}{32}\bar r_N<\frac{C\bar r_N}{2} 7 ε N ≤ 32 7 r ˉ N < 2 C r ˉ N . If ρ ≤ T \rho\le T ρ ≤ T , then m ( X ρ ) = C r ˉ N / 2 m(X_\rho)=C\bar r_N/2 m ( X ρ ) = C r ˉ N /2 by continuity, which contradicts Equation (78) at t = ρ t=\rho t = ρ . Hence ρ > T \rho>T ρ > T , and Equations (73) , (75) and (77) hold for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . In particular, R t ≥ t R_t\ge t R t ≥ t , and Equation (77) implies the following:
1 − m ( X t ) ≤ e − 1 + 1 16 + 7 ϵ N ≤ 2 3 , 1 ≤ t ≤ T . (79) 1-m(X_t)\le e^{-1}+\frac{1}{16}+7\epsilon_N\le\frac{2}{3},\qquad1\le t\le T. \tag*{(79)} 1 − m ( X t ) ≤ e − 1 + 16 1 + 7 ϵ N ≤ 3 2 , 1 ≤ t ≤ T . (79)
Consequently, m ( X t ) > 1 / 3 m(X_t)>1/3 m ( X t ) > 1/3 for every t ∈ [ 1 , T ] t\in[1,T] t ∈ [ 1 , T ] .
Finally, we show that the deficit falls below q N q_N q N by time t = 2 t=2 t = 2 and stays below q N q_N q N up to time T T T . Let t ∈ [ 2 , T ] t\in[2,T] t ∈ [ 2 , T ] . Since m ( X s ) > 1 / 3 m(X_s)>1/3 m ( X s ) > 1/3 for all s ∈ [ 1 , t ] s\in[1,t] s ∈ [ 1 , t ] by Equation (79) , we infer from Equation (72) that
ν ( X s ) ≥ ν ⋆ and b ( X s ) ≤ q N 64 ν ( X s ) , 1 ≤ s ≤ t . (80) \nu(X_s)\ge\nu_\star\qquad\text{and}\qquad b(X_s)\le\frac{q_N}{64}\nu(X_s),\qquad1\le s\le t. \tag*{(80)} ν ( X s ) ≥ ν ⋆ and b ( X s ) ≤ 64 q N ν ( X s ) , 1 ≤ s ≤ t . (80)
In particular, R t − R 1 = ∫ 1 t ν ( X s ) d s ≥ ν ⋆ ( t − 1 ) ≥ ν ⋆ R_t-R_1=\int_1^t\nu(X_s)\,ds\ge\nu_\star(t-1)\ge\nu_\star R t − R 1 = ∫ 1 t ν ( X s ) d s ≥ ν ⋆ ( t − 1 ) ≥ ν ⋆ , since t ≥ 2 t\ge2 t ≥ 2 . To use the bound on b b b in Equation (80) , we split the integral in Equation (63) at s = 1 s=1 s = 1 . As in Equation (65) , the identity d d s e − ( R t − R s ) = ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) \frac{d}{ds}e^{-(R_t-R_s)}=\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)} d s d e − ( R t − R s ) = ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) implies
∫ 0 1 ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = e − ( R t − R 1 ) − e − R t , ∫ 1 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = 1 − e − ( R t − R 1 ) . (81) \int_0^1\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}\,ds=e^{-(R_t-R_1)}-e^{-R_t},\qquad
\int_1^t\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}\,ds=1-e^{-(R_t-R_1)}. \tag*{(81)} ∫ 0 1 ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = e − ( R t − R 1 ) − e − R t , ∫ 1 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s = 1 − e − ( R t − R 1 ) . (81)
Combining Equation (63) with the bounds on b b b in Equations (73) and (80) , 1 − m ( X 0 ) ≤ 1 1-m(X_0)\le1 1 − m ( X 0 ) ≤ 1 , and ∣ ξ t ∣ ≤ 7 ϵ N ≤ 7 q N 32 |\xi_t|\le7\epsilon_N\le\frac{7q_N}{32} ∣ ξ t ∣ ≤ 7 ϵ N ≤ 32 7 q N from Equation (75) , we obtain
1 − m ( X t ) = e − R t ( 1 − m ( X 0 ) ) + ∫ 0 1 e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s + ∫ 1 t e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s + ξ t ≤ e − R t + 1 16 ∫ 0 1 ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s + q N 64 ∫ 1 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s + 7 q N 32 = 15 16 e − R t + 1 16 e − ( R t − R 1 ) + q N 64 ( 1 − e − ( R t − R 1 ) ) + 7 q N 32 ≤ e − ν ⋆ + q N 64 + 7 q N 32 < q N . (82) \begin{aligned}
1-m(X_t)&=e^{-R_t}(1-m(X_0))+\int_0^1e^{-(R_t-R_s)}b(X_s)\,ds+\int_1^te^{-(R_t-R_s)}b(X_s)\,ds+\xi_t\\
&\le e^{-R_t}+\frac{1}{16}\int_0^1\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}\,ds+\frac{q_N}{64}\int_1^t\nu(X_s)e^{-(R_t-R_s)}\,ds+\frac{7q_N}{32}\\
&=\frac{15}{16}e^{-R_t}+\frac{1}{16}e^{-(R_t-R_1)}+\frac{q_N}{64}\left(1-e^{-(R_t-R_1)}\right)+\frac{7q_N}{32}\\
&\le e^{-\nu_\star}+\frac{q_N}{64}+\frac{7q_N}{32}<q_N. \tag*{(82)}
\end{aligned} 1 − m ( X t ) = e − R t ( 1 − m ( X 0 )) + ∫ 0 1 e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s + ∫ 1 t e − ( R t − R s ) b ( X s ) d s + ξ t ≤ e − R t + 16 1 ∫ 0 1 ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s + 64 q N ∫ 1 t ν ( X s ) e − ( R t − R s ) d s + 32 7 q N = 16 15 e − R t + 16 1 e − ( R t − R 1 ) + 64 q N ( 1 − e − ( R t − R 1 ) ) + 32 7 q N ≤ e − ν ⋆ + 64 q N + 32 7 q N < q N . (82)
Here, the second equality follows from Equation (81) , the second inequality uses e − R t ≤ e − ( R t − R 1 ) ≤ e − ν ⋆ e^{-R_t}\le e^{-(R_t-R_1)}\le e^{-\nu_\star} e − R t ≤ e − ( R t − R 1 ) ≤ e − ν ⋆ , and the last inequality holds for all sufficiently large N N N , since ν ⋆ ≥ β k 3 1 − k C β , k N γ \nu_\star\ge\beta k 3^{1-k}C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma ν ⋆ ≥ β k 3 1 − k C β , k N γ implies e − ν ⋆ = o ( N − η ) e^{-\nu_\star}=o(N^{-\eta}) e − ν ⋆ = o ( N − η ) .
By Equation (82) , we have m ( X t ) > 1 − q N m(X_t)>1-q_N m ( X t ) > 1 − q N for every t ∈ [ 2 , T ] t\in[2,T] t ∈ [ 2 , T ] on E ∩ M \mathcal E\cap\mathcal M E ∩ M . Taking a union bound and using Equation (61) , we obtain
P [ inf t ∈ [ 2 , T ] m ( X t ) < 1 − q N ] ≤ P [ E c ] + P [ M c ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) + 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − c N min { r ˉ N 2 , q N 2 } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[2,T]}m(X_t)<1-q_N\right]\le\mathbb{P}[\mathcal E^c]+\mathbb{P}[\mathcal M^c]\le\exp(-c_kN)+2\lceil T\rceil\exp\left(-cN\min\{\bar r_N^2,q_N^2\}\right). P [ t ∈ [ 2 , T ] inf m ( X t ) < 1 − q N ] ≤ P [ E c ] + P [ M c ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) + 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − c N min { r ˉ N 2 , q N 2 } ) .
Since T ≤ poly ( N ) T\le\operatorname{poly}(N) T ≤ poly ( N ) and N min { r ˉ N 2 , q N 2 } / log N → ∞ N\min\{\bar r_N^2,q_N^2\}/\log N\to\infty N min { r ˉ N 2 , q N 2 } / log N → ∞ for s , η < 1 / 2 s,\eta<1/2 s , η < 1/2 , the proof is concluded by absorbing the factor ⌈ T ⌉ \lceil T\rceil ⌈ T ⌉ after adjusting constants appropriately. □
Remark 6.3. Although this section assumes that k k k is odd, the proof of Theorem 6.2 does not use this assumption. In § 7.2 , we use this fact to show that, for even k k k , spherical Langevin dynamics boosts weak recovery of the planted signal, up to a global sign, to persistent strong recovery.
A direct application of Theorems 5.1 and 6.2 establishes persistent strong recovery for Algorithm 1 in the regime λ ≳ N k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \lambda\gtrsim N^{\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k}} λ ≳ N 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 , which is above the algorithmic threshold by a factor of N 1 4 k N^{\frac{1}{4k}} N 4 k 1 . Specifically, we prove the following.
Corollary 6.4 (Persistent Strong Recovery Slightly above the Algorithmic Threshold). Suppose γ ≥ k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \gamma\ge\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k} γ ≥ 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 . Fix ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and η ∈ ( 0 , min { 1 2 , k − 2 4 } ) \eta\in(0,\min\{\frac{1}{2},\frac{k-2}{4}\}) η ∈ ( 0 , min { 2 1 , 4 k − 2 }) . Let ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of the second phase of Algorithm 1, initialized at X ~ 0 ∼ π \widetilde{X}_0 \sim\pi X 0 ∼ π with inverse temperatures β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and β \beta β for the two respective phases, where β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av are chosen as in Theorem 5.1 for this choice of ϑ \vartheta ϑ . Then, for all sufficiently large N N N and every deterministic T T T satisfying 2 ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) 2 \le T \le\operatorname{poly}(N) 2 ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) ,
P [ inf t ∈ [ 2 , T ] m ( X t ) ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N min { ( k + 1 ) / ( 2 k ) , 1 − 2 η } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[2,T]}m(X_t)\ge1-N^{-\eta}\right]\ge1-\exp\left(-c_kN^{\min\{(k+1)/(2k),1-2\eta\}}\right). P [ t ∈ [ 2 , T ] inf m ( X t ) ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N m i n {( k + 1 ) / ( 2 k ) , 1 − 2 η } ) . Proof. Define α ≔ k − 1 4 k \alpha\coloneqq\frac{k-1}{4k} α : = 4 k k − 1 . Since k − 2 4 + 1 4 k = ( k − 1 ) α \frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k}=(k-1)\alpha 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 = ( k − 1 ) α , we have γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) α \gamma\ge(k-1)\alpha γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) α , and in particular γ − k − 1 4 k ≥ − α \gamma-\frac{k-1}{4k}\ge-\alpha γ − 4 k k − 1 ≥ − α .
Since λ ≥ C β , k N γ \lambda\ge C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma λ ≥ C β , k N γ and σ N ≍ k N − k − 1 4 \sigma_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} σ N ≍ k N − 4 k − 1 by Theorem 4.1 , it follows that λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N γ − k − 1 4 ≥ C β , k N − α \lambda\sigma_N\gtrsim_k C_{\beta,k}N^{\gamma-\frac{k-1}{4}}\ge C_{\beta,k}N^{-\alpha} λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N γ − 4 k − 1 ≥ C β , k N − α .
On the event of Theorem 5.1 , we have X ^ T a v ≠ 0 \widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\ne0 X T av = 0 , and the initial state of the second phase is X 0 = X ^ T a v X_0=\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} X 0 = X T av . Moreover, ∣ m ( x ) − m ( y ) ∣ ≤ N − 1 / 2 ∥ x − y ∥ |m(x)-m(y)|\le N^{-1/2}\|x-y\| ∣ m ( x ) − m ( y ) ∣ ≤ N − 1/2 ∥ x − y ∥ for all x , y ∈ R N x,y\in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. Hence, we infer from Theorem 5.1 and Corollary 4.3 and a union bound that the following holds with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ( k + 1 ) / ( 2 k ) ) 1-\exp(-c_kN^{(k+1)/(2k)}) 1 − exp ( − c k N ( k + 1 ) / ( 2 k ) ) , after choosing C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k sufficiently large:
m ( X 0 ) ≥ m ( u ^ H ) − 1 N ∥ X ^ T a v − u ^ H ∥ ≥ ( c k − N − ϑ ) min { 1 , λ σ N } ≥ N − α . (83) m(X_0)\ge m(\widehat{u}_H)-\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\|\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-\widehat{u}_H\|\ge(c_k-N^{-\vartheta})\min\{1,\lambda\sigma_N\}\ge N^{-\alpha}. \tag*{(83)} m ( X 0 ) ≥ m ( u H ) − N 1 ∥ X T av − u H ∥ ≥ ( c k − N − ϑ ) min { 1 , λ σ N } ≥ N − α . (83) Here, the second inequality combines the lower bound on m ( u ^ H ) m(\widehat{u}_H) m ( u H ) from Corollary 4.3, where we use σ N ≍ k N − k − 1 4 \sigma_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} σ N ≍ k N − 4 k − 1 , with the bound on ∥ X ^ T a v − u ^ H ∥ \|\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-\widehat{u}_H\| ∥ X T av − u H ∥ from Theorem 5.1 , and the last inequality uses λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N − α \lambda\sigma_N\gtrsim_k C_{\beta,k}N^{-\alpha} λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N − α .
By construction, ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 is spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H at inverse temperature β \beta β , started from X 0 = X ^ T a v X_0=\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} X 0 = X T av . As Theorem 6.2 allows the initial state to depend on H H H , we may apply it with s = α s=\alpha s = α and C = 1 C=1 C = 1 . Since γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) α \gamma\ge(k-1)\alpha γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) α , the correlation level r ‾ N = N − α \overline{r}_N=N^{-\alpha} r N = N − α satisfies λ r ‾ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k \lambda\overline{r}_N^{k-1}\ge C_{\beta,k} λ r N k − 1 ≥ C β , k , and τ ‾ r ‾ N = 0 \overline{\tau}_{\overline{r}_N}=0 τ r N = 0 on the event in Equation (83) . Finally, since N r ‾ N 2 = N 1 − 2 α = N k + 1 2 k N\overline{r}_N^2=N^{1-2\alpha}=N^{\frac{k+1}{2k}} N r N 2 = N 1 − 2 α = N 2 k k + 1 , the proof is concluded via a union bound after adjusting constants appropriately. □ \square □
Achieving Critical Recovery above the Algorithmic Threshold from a Sufficiently Warm Start We now focus our attention on strong recovery in the regime N k − 2 4 ≲ λ ≲ N k − 2 4 + 1 4 k N^{\frac{k-2}{4}}\lesssim\lambda\lesssim N^{\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k}} N 4 k − 2 ≲ λ ≲ N 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 . Specifically, we set λ = C β , k N γ \lambda=C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma λ = C β , k N γ with k − 2 4 ≤ γ < k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \frac{k-2}{4}\le\gamma<\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k} 4 k − 2 ≤ γ < 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 , and let r N ≔ λ − 1 k − 1 ≍ N − γ k − 1 r_N\coloneqq\lambda^{-\frac{1}{k-1}}\asymp N^{-\frac{\gamma}{k-1}} r N : = λ − k − 1 1 ≍ N − k − 1 γ denote the critical correlation parameter. In this regime, Corollary 4.3 suggests that the warm start computed by the first phase of Algorithm 1 attains only subcritical correlation, of order λ N − k − 1 4 ≪ r N \lambda N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}}\ll r_N λ N − 4 k − 1 ≪ r N .
In view of Theorem 6.2 , it suffices to show that the second phase of Algorithm 1 attains critical correlation in polynomial time. To this end, we prove a stronger guarantee in Theorem 6.5 , which establishes that, for any initialization sufficiently close to the normalized average gradient, possibly depending on the disorder, spherical Langevin dynamics attains critical correlation within O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) time.
For e ∈ S N e\in\mathbb{S}_N e ∈ S N , let ( X t ( e ) ) t ≥ 0 (X_t(e))_{t\ge0} ( X t ( e ) ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H at inverse temperature β \beta β , initialized at X 0 ( e ) = e X_0(e)=e X 0 ( e ) = e . As noted in § 3.3 , this trajectory is a deterministic function of its initial point and its driving Brownian motion, and hence this definition extends
to any random initial state e e e , possibly depending on H H H . Since k k k is odd, we recall from Theorem 4.1 that the average spherical gradient u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] u_H = \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H] u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] is distributed as N ( N λ α N θ ⋆ , σ N 2 I ) \mathcal{N}(N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star,\sigma_N^2 I) N ( N λ α N θ ⋆ , σ N 2 I ) , where σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N − k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2 = \kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N \asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N − 2 k − 1 .
Theorem 6.5 (Critical Recovery from a Sufficiently Warm Start). Suppose k − 2 4 ≤ γ ≤ k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \frac{k-2}{4} \le\gamma\le\frac{k-2}{4} + \frac{1}{4k} 4 k − 2 ≤ γ ≤ 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 . Fix ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , let u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] u_H = \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H] u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] denote the average spherical gradient, and let u ^ H = N u H ∥ u H ∥ \widehat{u}_H = \frac{\sqrt{N}u_H}{\lVert u_H\rVert} u H = ∥ u H ∥ N u H denote its normalization. For every e ∈ S N e \in\mathcal{S}_N e ∈ S N , define the stopping time
T ⋆ ( e ) ≔ inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ( e ) ) ≥ C R N } , T_\star(e) \coloneqq\inf\{t \ge0 : m(X_t(e)) \ge C R_N\}, T ⋆ ( e ) : = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ( e )) ≥ C R N } , where C > 0 C > 0 C > 0 is a constant. Then, the following holds for all sufficiently large N N N and any initial state e e e , possibly depending on H H H :
P [ 1 N ∥ e − u ^ H ∥ ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ and T ⋆ ( e ) > C 1 N − ( k − 1 ) ( γ − k − 2 4 ) ] ≤ exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) , \mathbb{P}\left[\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\lVert e-\widehat{u}_H\rVert\le\lambda\sigma_N N^{-\vartheta}\ \text{and}\ T_\star(e)>C_1N^{-(k-1)\left(\gamma-\frac{k-2}{4}\right)}\right]\le\exp(-cN\lambda^2\sigma_N^2), P [ N 1 ∥ e − u H ∥ ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ and T ⋆ ( e ) > C 1 N − ( k − 1 ) ( γ − 4 k − 2 ) ] ≤ exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) , where C 1 , c > 0 C_1,c>0 C 1 , c > 0 are constants depending only on β \beta β and k k k .
The key challenge in establishing Theorem 6.5 is that the initialization may depend nontrivially on the disorder H 0 H_0 H 0 . For k − 2 4 ≤ γ < k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \frac{k-2}{4}\le\gamma<\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k} 4 k − 2 ≤ γ < 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 , this dependence can significantly complicate the analysis, since the correlation attained by the warm start is too weak to ensure that the contribution of the signal term N λ m k N\lambda m^k N λ m k uniformly dominates that of H 0 H_0 H 0 . Indeed, as we already discuss in § 2.4 , one can imagine a potentially dangerous initialization with nontrivial but subcritical correlation that lies close to one of the exponentially many local maxima of H 0 H_0 H 0 [ABČ13; Ben+19; Ros+19]. In the local neighborhood of such an initialization, the drift induced by H 0 H_0 H 0 could dominate that of the signal, thereby trapping the dynamics at polynomial timescales.
Our analysis rules out such a scenario for any initialization sufficiently close to u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H by proving that the dependence of u H u_H u H on the disorder is benign. Indeed, by Stein’s lemma (Lemma 3.1 ), u H u_H u H depends on H 0 H_0 H 0 only through the linear component of H 0 H_0 H 0 , i.e., its degree-one spherical harmonic projection. Since H 0 H_0 H 0 is an isotropic Gaussian process, a Gaussian conditioning argument shows that u H u_H u H is independent of the higher order spherical harmonic projections of H H H , which carry the bulk of the disorder. Our proof exploits this independence through an intricate dynamical change of measure argument, which proves that for any initialization sufficiently close to u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H , the drift contribution of the signal term dominates that of the disorder until the dynamics achieves critical recovery. In § 6.3 , we formalize the independence of u H u_H u H from the higher order spherical harmonic projections of H H H via Gaussian conditioning. § 6.4 develops the dynamical change of measure argument which we call the reverse planting trick. Finally, we prove Theorem 6.5 in § 6.5 .
Our proof of Theorem 6.5 extends the techniques that Part I [21 Section 6] develops to prove the analogous critical recovery guarantee for Glauber dynamics for Ising tensor PCA [21 Theorem 6.4] . As in Part I, we combine Gaussian conditioning, a gauge transformation of the warm start, and a reverse planting argument based on adaptive contiguity. The key differences stem from the Riemannian geometry of S N \mathcal{S}_N S N and the fact that Langevin dynamics is a Markov diffusion process rather than a jump process. To this end, the coordinatewise sign flips of Part I are replaced by random rotations, and the dynamical change of measure is performed by Girsanov’s theorem.
The Average Gradient Gauge Transformation
The following lemma, which is a straightforward consequence of Gaussian conditioning, allows us to control the dependence of u H u_H u H on the disorder.
Lemma 6.6 (Decomposition of the Spherical k k k -Spin Hamiltonian). Let k ≥ 3 k \ge3 k ≥ 3 be odd, and let ζ ≔ E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ] \zeta\coloneqq\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_0] ζ : = E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ] . Then, H 0 ( x ) = κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ + H 0 ⊥ ( x ) H_0(x)=\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle+H_0^{\perp}(x) H 0 ( x ) = κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ + H 0 ⊥ ( x ) , where H 0 ⊥ : S N → R H_0^{\perp}:\mathbb{S}_N\to\mathbb{R} H 0 ⊥ : S N → R is a centered Gaussian process independent of ζ \zeta ζ with
E [ H 0 ⊥ ( x ) H 0 ⊥ ( y ) ] = N ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k − σ N 2 κ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ , \mathbb{E}[H_0^{\perp}(x)H_0^{\perp}(y)]=N\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k-\frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\langle x,y\rangle, E [ H 0 ⊥ ( x ) H 0 ⊥ ( y )] = N ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k − κ N 2 σ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ , where σ N ≍ k N k − 1 4 \sigma_N\asymp_k N^{\frac{k-1}{4}} σ N ≍ k N 4 k − 1 is as defined in Theorem 4.1 .
Proof. By Stein’s lemma (Lemma 3.1 ), ζ = κ N E y ∼ π [ y H 0 ( y ) ] \zeta=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}[yH_0(y)] ζ = κ N E y ∼ π [ y H 0 ( y )] . Fix x ∈ S N x\in\mathbb{S}_N x ∈ S N . For every v ∈ S N − 1 v\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} v ∈ S N − 1 orthogonal to x x x , the second claim of Lemma 3.3 , applied with ( w , z ) = ( v , x / N ) (w,z)=(v,x/\sqrt{N}) ( w , z ) = ( v , x / N ) , g ( t ) = t g(t)=t g ( t ) = t , and h ( t ) = t k h(t)=t^k h ( t ) = t k , yields E y ∼ π [ ⟨ v , y ⟩ ⟨ x , y ⟩ k ] = 0 \mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}[\langle v,y\rangle\langle x,y\rangle^k]=0 E y ∼ π [⟨ v , y ⟩ ⟨ x , y ⟩ k ] = 0 . Hence, E y ∼ π [ y ⟨ x , y ⟩ k ] \mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}[y\langle x,y\rangle^k] E y ∼ π [ y ⟨ x , y ⟩ k ] is parallel to x x x . Taking the inner product with x x x , we obtain the following from Equation (3) and Equations (22) and (24) in the proof of Theorem 4.1 :
E [ H 0 ( x ) ζ ] = κ N E y ∼ π [ y E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y ) ] ] = κ N N E y ∼ π [ y ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k ] = κ N N E y ∼ π [ ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k + 1 ] x = κ N N E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] x = N α N x = σ N 2 κ N x , \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}[H_0(x)\zeta]=\kappa_N\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}[y\mathbb{E}[H_0(x)H_0(y)]]=\kappa_NN\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}\left[y\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k\right] \\
&=\kappa_NN\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}\left[\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^{k+1}\right]x=\kappa_NN\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}[m(y)^{k+1}]x=\sqrt{N}\alpha_Nx=\frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N}x,
\end{aligned} E [ H 0 ( x ) ζ ] = κ N E y ∼ π [ y E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y )]] = κ N N E y ∼ π [ y ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k ] = κ N N E y ∼ π [ ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k + 1 ] x = κ N N E y ∼ π [ m ( y ) k + 1 ] x = N α N x = κ N σ N 2 x ,
where the last equality uses σ N 2 = κ N N α N \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N σ N 2 = κ N N α N , as stated in Theorem 4.1 .
Since k k k is odd, Theorem 4.1 implies that σ N 2 > 0 \sigma_N^2>0 σ N 2 > 0 . Since ( H 0 ( x ) ) x ∈ S N (H_0(x))_{x\in\mathcal{S}_N} ( H 0 ( x ) ) x ∈ S N and ζ \zeta ζ are jointly Gaussian and E [ ζ ζ ⊤ ] = σ N 2 I \mathbb{E}[\zeta\zeta^\top]=\sigma_N^2I E [ ζ ζ ⊤ ] = σ N 2 I , the Gaussian conditioning formula [28 Chapter 9] implies that, for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N , E [ H 0 ( x ) ∣ ζ ] = κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ \mathbb{E}[H_0(x)\mid\zeta]=\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle E [ H 0 ( x ) ∣ ζ ] = κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ , and that H 0 ⊥ ( x ) = H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ H_0^{\perp}(x)=H_0(x)-\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle H 0 ⊥ ( x ) = H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ is a centered Gaussian process independent of ζ \zeta ζ . Moreover, since H 0 ⊥ ( x ) = H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ H_0^{\perp}(x)=H_0(x)-\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle H 0 ⊥ ( x ) = H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ , we obtain the following:
E [ H 0 ⊥ ( x ) H 0 ⊥ ( y ) ] = E [ ( H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ ) ( H 0 ( y ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , y ⟩ ) ] = E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y ) ] − ⟨ y , E [ H 0 ( x ) ζ ] ⟩ κ N − ⟨ x , E [ H 0 ( y ) ζ ] ⟩ κ N + x ⊤ E [ ζ ζ ⊤ ] y κ N 2 = N ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k − 2 σ N 2 κ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ + σ N 2 κ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ = N ( ⟨ x , y ⟩ N ) k − σ N 2 κ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ , \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}[H_0^{\perp}(x)H_0^{\perp}(y)]=\mathbb{E}\left[(H_0(x)-\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle)(H_0(y)-\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,y\rangle)\right] \\
&=\mathbb{E}[H_0(x)H_0(y)]-\frac{\langle y,\mathbb{E}[H_0(x)\zeta]\rangle}{\kappa_N}-\frac{\langle x,\mathbb{E}[H_0(y)\zeta]\rangle}{\kappa_N}+\frac{x^\top\mathbb{E}[\zeta\zeta^\top]y}{\kappa_N^2} \\
&=N\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k-\frac{2\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\langle x,y\rangle+\frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\langle x,y\rangle\\
&=N\left(\frac{\langle x,y\rangle}{N}\right)^k-\frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\langle x,y\rangle,
\end{aligned} E [ H 0 ⊥ ( x ) H 0 ⊥ ( y )] = E [ ( H 0 ( x ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩) ( H 0 ( y ) − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , y ⟩) ] = E [ H 0 ( x ) H 0 ( y )] − κ N ⟨ y , E [ H 0 ( x ) ζ ]⟩ − κ N ⟨ x , E [ H 0 ( y ) ζ ]⟩ + κ N 2 x ⊤ E [ ζ ζ ⊤ ] y = N ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k − κ N 2 2 σ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ + κ N 2 σ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ = N ( N ⟨ x , y ⟩ ) k − κ N 2 σ N 2 ⟨ x , y ⟩ ,
which concludes the proof.
Since E π [ x x ⊤ ] = I \mathbb{E}_{\pi}[xx^\top]=I E π [ x x ⊤ ] = I , Stein’s lemma (Lemma 3.1 ) shows that κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ = ⟨ E y ∼ π [ y H 0 ( y ) ] , x ⟩ \kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle=\langle\mathbb{E}_{y\sim\pi}[yH_0(y)],x\rangle κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ = ⟨ E y ∼ π [ y H 0 ( y )] , x ⟩ is the linear component of H 0 H_0 H 0 , i.e., its degree-one spherical harmonic projection. By Theorem 4.1 , we have u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ u_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H]=N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star+\zeta u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ , and hence Lemma 6.6 shows that u H u_H u H is independent of H 0 ⊥ H_0^{\perp} H 0 ⊥ , which collects the higher order spherical harmonic projections of H 0 H_0 H 0 and comprises the bulk of the disorder.
However, the initialization considered in Theorem 6.5 still depends on the disorder through u H u_H u H . To simplify the analysis, we apply a randomized gauge transformation, which we call the average gradient gauge transformation . This transformation maps the normalized average gradient u ^ H = N u H ∥ u H ∥ \widehat{u}_H = \frac{\sqrt{N}u_H}{\lVert u_H\rVert} u H = ∥ u H ∥ N u H to the fixed state N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 , so that the disorder dependence of the initialization is transferred to the gauge-transformed Hamiltonian. Our approach is motivated by the Nishimori gauge transformation in the spin glass literature [41 ] , except that we map the initial state of Langevin dynamics, rather than the planted signal, to N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 . Precisely, we define the following random variables:
R ≔ ∥ u H ∥ , Φ ≔ Ψ Λ ( u H ) , ϕ ≔ Φ θ ⋆ , (84) R \coloneqq\lVert u_H\rVert,\qquad\Phi\coloneqq\Psi\Lambda(u_H),\qquad\phi\coloneqq\Phi\theta^\star, \tag*{(84)} R : = ∥ u H ∥ , Φ : = ΨΛ ( u H ) , ϕ : = Φ θ ⋆ , (84)
where Ψ \Psi Ψ is distributed according to the Haar measure [cf. Mec19, Theorem 1.4] on the subgroup { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } ≅ O ( N − 1 , R ) \{S \in O(N,\mathbb{R}) : Se_1 = e_1\} \cong O(N-1,\mathbb{R}) { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } ≅ O ( N − 1 , R ) , independently of all other randomness, and Λ ( u ) \Lambda(u) Λ ( u ) is the Householder reflection map, defined as follows for every u ∈ R N ∖ { 0 } u \in\mathbb{R}^N \setminus\{0\} u ∈ R N ∖ { 0 } :
Λ ( u ) ≔ { I − 2 ( u − ∥ u ∥ e 1 ) ( u − ∥ u ∥ e 1 ) T ∥ u − ∥ u ∥ e 1 ∥ 2 , if u ≠ ∥ u ∥ e 1 , I , if u = ∥ u ∥ e 1 . \Lambda(u) \coloneqq
\begin{cases}
I - \dfrac{2(u-\lVert u\rVert e_1)(u-\lVert u\rVert e_1)^{\mathsf T}}{\lVert u-\lVert u\rVert e_1\rVert^2}, & \text{if }u \ne\lVert u\rVert e_1,\\
I, & \text{if }u = \lVert u\rVert e_1.
\end{cases} Λ ( u ) : = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ I − ∥ u − ∥ u ∥ e 1 ∥ 2 2 ( u − ∥ u ∥ e 1 ) ( u − ∥ u ∥ e 1 ) T , I , if u = ∥ u ∥ e 1 , if u = ∥ u ∥ e 1 .
By definition, Ψ e 1 = e 1 \Psi e_1=e_1 Ψ e 1 = e 1 and the Householder reflection map satisfies Λ ( u ) u = ∥ u ∥ e 1 \Lambda(u)u=\lVert u\rVert e_1 Λ ( u ) u = ∥ u ∥ e 1 for every nonzero u ∈ R N u\in\mathbb{R}^N u ∈ R N . Replacing u u u with c u cu c u for any c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , we note that Λ ( u ) \Lambda(u) Λ ( u ) depends on u u u only through its direction u / ∥ u ∥ u/\lVert u\rVert u / ∥ u ∥ . Consequently, Φ u H = R e 1 \Phi u_H=Re_1 Φ u H = R e 1 and Φ u ^ H = N e 1 ∈ S N \Phi\widehat{u}_H=\sqrt{N}e_1\in\mathcal{S}_N Φ u H = N e 1 ∈ S N . Furthermore, since ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \zeta\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I) ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) with σ N 2 > 0 \sigma_N^2>0 σ N 2 > 0 , u H u_H u H is almost surely nonzero, and hence these random variables are almost surely well defined. As we shall see in § 6.4 , the randomization over orthogonal transformations fixing e 1 e_1 e 1 ensures that, when λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , ϕ \phi ϕ is uniformly distributed on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 and independent of R R R . Finally, we formally define the average gradient gauge transformation and the associated gauge-transformed dynamics as follows:
y = y ( x ) ≔ Φ x , Y t ( e ) ≔ Φ X t ( Φ T e ) . (85) y=y(x)\coloneqq\Phi x,\qquad Y_t(e)\coloneqq\Phi X_t(\Phi^{\mathsf T}e). \tag*{(85)} y = y ( x ) : = Φ x , Y t ( e ) : = Φ X t ( Φ T e ) . (85)
Observe that y ( u ^ H ) = N e 1 y(\widehat{u}_H)=\sqrt{N}e_1 y ( u H ) = N e 1 and Y t ( N e 1 ) = Φ X t ( u ^ H ) Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1)=\Phi X_t(\widehat{u}_H) Y t ( N e 1 ) = Φ X t ( u H ) . The following lemma analyzes the effect of the gauge transformation on the tensor PCA Hamiltonian.
Lemma 6.7 (Gauge-Transformed Hamiltonian). Let m ϕ ( y ) ≔ m ( Φ T y ) m_\phi(y)\coloneqq m(\Phi^{\mathsf T}y) m ϕ ( y ) : = m ( Φ T y ) and H ϕ ( y ) ≔ H ( Φ T y ) H_\phi(y)\coloneqq H(\Phi^{\mathsf T}y) H ϕ ( y ) : = H ( Φ T y ) denote the gauge-transformed correlation and the gauge-transformed tensor PCA Hamiltonian, respectively. Then, m ϕ ( y ) = 1 N ⟨ ϕ , y ⟩ m_\phi(y)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle\phi,y\rangle m ϕ ( y ) = N 1 ⟨ ϕ , y ⟩ and H ϕ = H n u l l + H s i g H_\phi=H_{\mathrm{null}}+H_{\mathrm{sig}} H ϕ = H null + H sig , where
H n u l l ( y ) ≔ R κ N ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + W ( y ) , W ( y ) ≔ H 0 ⊥ ( Φ T y ) , H_{\mathrm{null}}(y)\coloneqq\frac{R}{\kappa_N}\langle e_1,y\rangle+W(y),\qquad W(y)\coloneqq H_0^\perp(\Phi^{\mathsf T}y), H null ( y ) : = κ N R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + W ( y ) , W ( y ) : = H 0 ⊥ ( Φ T y ) , H s i g ( y ) ≔ N λ m ϕ ( y ) k − N λ σ N 2 κ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) . H_{\mathrm{sig}}(y)\coloneqq N\lambda m_\phi(y)^k-\frac{N\lambda\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}m_\phi(y). H sig ( y ) : = N λ m ϕ ( y ) k − κ N 2 N λ σ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) . Moreover, the following hold:
The Gaussian process W W W is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) and has the same law as H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ .
For any initial state e ∈ S N e\in\mathcal{S}_N e ∈ S N , possibly depending on ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) , the trajectory ( Y t ( e ) ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t(e))_{t\ge0} ( Y t ( e ) ) t ≥ 0 is spherical Langevin dynamics for the gauge-transformed Hamiltonian H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ at inverse temperature β \beta β , initialized at Y 0 ( e ) = e Y_0(e)=e Y 0 ( e ) = e .
Proof. Since Φ \Phi Φ is orthogonal and ϕ = Φ θ ⋆ \phi=\Phi\theta^\star ϕ = Φ θ ⋆ , by direct computation,
m ϕ ( y ) = m ( Φ ⊤ y ) = 1 N ⟨ θ ⋆ , Φ ⊤ y ⟩ = 1 N ⟨ Φ θ ⋆ , y ⟩ = 1 N ⟨ ϕ , y ⟩ . m_\phi(y)=m(\Phi^\top y)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle\theta^\star,\Phi^\top y\rangle=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle\Phi\theta^\star,y\rangle=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle\phi,y\rangle. m ϕ ( y ) = m ( Φ ⊤ y ) = N 1 ⟨ θ ⋆ , Φ ⊤ y ⟩ = N 1 ⟨ Φ θ ⋆ , y ⟩ = N 1 ⟨ ϕ , y ⟩ .
Since k k k is odd, we recall from Theorem 4.1 that u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ u_H=N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star+\zeta u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ , where σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N\asymp_k N^{\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N 2 k − 1 . Using ⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ = N m ( x ) \langle\theta^\star,x\rangle=\sqrt{N}m(x) ⟨ θ ⋆ , x ⟩ = N m ( x ) , we then infer from Equation (2) and Lemma 6.6 that
H ( x ) = N λ m ( x ) k + κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ + H 0 ⊥ ( x ) = κ N − 1 ⟨ u H , x ⟩ + N λ m ( x ) k − N λ σ N 2 κ N 2 m ( x ) + H 0 ⊥ ( x ) . \begin{aligned}
H(x)=N\lambda m(x)^k+\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,x\rangle+H_0^\perp(x) \\
&=\kappa_N^{-1}\langle u_H,x\rangle+N\lambda m(x)^k-\frac{N\lambda\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}m(x)+H_0^\perp(x).
\end{aligned} H ( x ) = N λm ( x ) k + κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ + H 0 ⊥ ( x ) = κ N − 1 ⟨ u H , x ⟩ + N λm ( x ) k − κ N 2 N λ σ N 2 m ( x ) + H 0 ⊥ ( x ) .
Moreover, since Φ u H = R e 1 \Phi u_H=Re_1 Φ u H = R e 1 ,
κ N − 1 ⟨ u H , Φ ⊤ y ⟩ = κ N − 1 ⟨ Φ u H , y ⟩ = R κ N ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ . \kappa_N^{-1}\langle u_H,\Phi^\top y\rangle=\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\Phi u_H,y\rangle=\frac{R}{\kappa_N}\langle e_1,y\rangle. κ N − 1 ⟨ u H , Φ ⊤ y ⟩ = κ N − 1 ⟨ Φ u H , y ⟩ = κ N R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ .
Consequently,
H ϕ ( y ) = H ( Φ ⊤ y ) = R κ N ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + H 0 ⊥ ( Φ ⊤ y ) + N λ m ϕ ( y ) k − N λ σ N 2 κ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) = H n u l l ( y ) + H s i g ( y ) . \begin{aligned}
H_\phi(y)=H(\Phi^\top y)=\frac{R}{\kappa_N}\langle e_1,y\rangle+H_0^\perp(\Phi^\top y)+N\lambda m_\phi(y)^k-\frac{N\lambda\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}m_\phi(y) \\
&=H_{\mathrm{null}}(y)+H_{\mathrm{sig}}(y).
\end{aligned} H ϕ ( y ) = H ( Φ ⊤ y ) = κ N R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + H 0 ⊥ ( Φ ⊤ y ) + N λ m ϕ ( y ) k − κ N 2 N λ σ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) = H null ( y ) + H sig ( y ) .
We now prove the first claim. Since θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ is fixed, Equation (84) shows that ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) is a measurable function of ( ζ , Ψ ) (\zeta,\Psi) ( ζ , Ψ ) . Moreover, by Lemma 6.6 , H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ is a centered Gaussian process independent of ζ \zeta ζ , and Ψ \Psi Ψ is independent of ( ζ , H 0 ⊥ ) (\zeta,H_0^\perp) ( ζ , H 0 ⊥ ) by construction. Since the map y ↦ Φ ⊤ y y\mapsto\Phi^\top y y ↦ Φ ⊤ y is an isometry of S N \mathbb{S}_N S N for every fixed Φ ∈ O ( N , R ) \Phi\in O(N,\mathbb{R}) Φ ∈ O ( N , R ) and the covariance of H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ depends only on ⟨ x , y ⟩ \langle x,y\rangle ⟨ x , y ⟩ , the law of H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ is invariant under this transformation. Hence,
Law ( W ∣ Φ , R ) = Law ( H 0 ⊥ ( Φ ⊤ ⋅ ) ∣ Φ , R ) = Law ( H 0 ⊥ ∣ Φ , R ) = Law ( H 0 ⊥ ) . \operatorname{Law}(W\mid\Phi,R)=\operatorname{Law}(H_0^\perp(\Phi^\top\cdot)\mid\Phi,R)=\operatorname{Law}(H_0^\perp\mid\Phi,R)=\operatorname{Law}(H_0^\perp). Law ( W ∣ Φ , R ) = Law ( H 0 ⊥ ( Φ ⊤ ⋅ ) ∣ Φ , R ) = Law ( H 0 ⊥ ∣ Φ , R ) = Law ( H 0 ⊥ ) .
Thus, W W W is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) and has the same law as H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ .
The second claim is a consequence of the rotation invariance of spherical Langevin dynamics. Let ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\geq0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 denote the driving Brownian motion of the trajectories ( X t ( ⋅ ) ) t ≥ 0 (X_t(\cdot))_{t\geq0} ( X t ( ⋅ ) ) t ≥ 0 , and write X t = X t ( Φ ⊤ e ) X_t=X_t(\Phi^\top e) X t = X t ( Φ ⊤ e ) and Y t = Y t ( e ) = Φ X t Y_t=Y_t(e)=\Phi X_t Y t = Y t ( e ) = Φ X t . Recall that X t X_t X t solves Equation (18) for the Hamiltonian H H H with initial point X 0 = Φ ⊤ e X_0=\Phi^\top e X 0 = Φ ⊤ e . Since Φ \Phi Φ is fixed at time zero, multiplying Equation (18) by Φ \Phi Φ and using X t = Φ ⊤ Y t X_t=\Phi^\top Y_t X t = Φ ⊤ Y t , we obtain the following:
d Y t = Φ d X t = ( β ⋅ Φ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − N − 1 2 N Φ X t ) d t + Φ Q X t d B t = ( β ⋅ ( Φ Q X t Φ ⊤ ) ( Φ ∇ H ( Φ ⊤ Y t ) ) − N − 1 2 N Y t ) d t + ( Φ Q X t Φ ⊤ ) Φ d B t = ( β ⋅ Q Y t ∇ H ϕ ( Y t ) − N − 1 2 N Y t ) d t + Q Y t d ( Φ B t ) , \begin{aligned}
dY_t&=\Phi\,dX_t=\left(\beta\cdot\Phi Q_{X_t}\nabla H(X_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}\Phi X_t\right)dt+\Phi Q_{X_t}\,dB_t\\
&=\left(\beta\cdot(\Phi Q_{X_t}\Phi^\top)(\Phi\nabla H(\Phi^\top Y_t))-\frac{N-1}{2N}Y_t\right)dt+(\Phi Q_{X_t}\Phi^\top)\Phi\,dB_t\\
&=\left(\beta\cdot Q_{Y_t}\nabla H_\phi(Y_t)-\frac{N-1}{2N}Y_t\right)dt+Q_{Y_t}\,d(\Phi B_t),
\end{aligned} d Y t = Φ d X t = ( β ⋅ Φ Q X t ∇ H ( X t ) − 2 N N − 1 Φ X t ) d t + Φ Q X t d B t = ( β ⋅ ( Φ Q X t Φ ⊤ ) ( Φ∇ H ( Φ ⊤ Y t )) − 2 N N − 1 Y t ) d t + ( Φ Q X t Φ ⊤ ) Φ d B t = ( β ⋅ Q Y t ∇ H ϕ ( Y t ) − 2 N N − 1 Y t ) d t + Q Y t d ( Φ B t ) ,
where the last equality uses Φ Q x Φ ⊤ = Q Φ x \Phi Q_x\Phi^\top=Q_{\Phi x} Φ Q x Φ ⊤ = Q Φ x for every x ∈ R N ∖ { 0 } x\in\mathbb{R}^N\setminus\{0\} x ∈ R N ∖ { 0 } , and ∇ H ϕ ( y ) = Φ ∇ H ( Φ ⊤ y ) \nabla H_\phi(y)=\Phi\nabla H(\Phi^\top y) ∇ H ϕ ( y ) = Φ∇ H ( Φ ⊤ y ) by the chain rule. Moreover, Y 0 = e Y_0=e Y 0 = e , and since ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\geq0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 is independent of ( Φ , R , W , e ) (\Phi,R,W,e) ( Φ , R , W , e ) , the rotation invariance of Brownian motion [cf. SV07, Theorem 4.1.1] implies that ( Φ B t ) t ≥ 0 (\Phi B_t)_{t\geq0} ( Φ B t ) t ≥ 0 is a standard Brownian motion independent of ( Φ , R , W , e ) (\Phi,R,W,e) ( Φ , R , W , e ) . Hence, ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t)_{t\geq0} ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 is spherical Langevin dynamics for H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ at inverse temperature β \beta β , initialized at Y 0 = e Y_0=e Y 0 = e , with driving Brownian motion ( Φ B t ) t ≥ 0 (\Phi B_t)_{t\geq0} ( Φ B t ) t ≥ 0 .
Lemma 6.7 shows that, modulo the lower order linear terms κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ \kappa_N^{-1}R\langle e_1,y\rangle κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ and − N λ κ N − 2 σ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) -N\lambda\kappa_N^{-2}\sigma_N^2m_\phi(y) − N λ κ N − 2 σ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) , the average gradient gauge transformation turns H H H into a tensor PCA Hamiltonian with planted vector N ϕ \sqrt{N}\phi N ϕ and disorder W W W , which is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) . The decomposition H ϕ = H n u l l + H s i g H_\phi=H_{\mathrm{null}}+H_{\mathrm{sig}} H ϕ = H null + H sig is constructed so that the entire dependence of H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ on ϕ \phi ϕ resides in H s i g H_{\mathrm{sig}} H sig . To this end, H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null contains the linear component of H H H (which takes the form κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ \kappa_N^{-1}R\langle e_1,y\rangle κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ after the gauge transformation), including that of the signal.
The Reverse Planting Trick and Adaptive Contiguity
We use L p l ≔ L H ϕ , β \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}\coloneqq\mathcal{L}_{H_\phi,\beta} L pl : = L H ϕ , β and L n u l l ≔ L H n u l l , β \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}\coloneqq\mathcal{L}_{H_{\mathrm{null}},\beta} L null : = L H null , β to denote the generators of spherical Langevin dynamics at inverse temperature β \beta β for H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ and H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null , respectively. By Dynkin’s formula, the quantity ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ( e ) ) (\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t(e)) ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ( e )) encapsulates the contribution of the disorder to the time evolution of the correlation m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ along the Langevin trajectory. Hence, in order to show that the signal contribution dominates that of the disorder until the dynamics achieves critical recovery, our analysis needs to control ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ( e ) ) (\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t(e)) ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ( e )) along the gauge-transformed trajectory. Explicitly, since m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ is linear, Equation (8) implies ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1 / 2 Q y ϕ \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}m_\phi(y)=N^{-1/2}Q_y\phi ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1/2 Q y ϕ and Δ S N m ϕ = − κ N m ϕ \Delta_{\mathbb{S}_N}m_\phi=-\kappa_Nm_\phi Δ S N m ϕ = − κ N m ϕ , and hence we obtain the following from Equation (19) for every y ∈ S N y\in\mathbb{S}_N y ∈ S N :
( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( y ) = − κ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N H n u l l ( y ) , ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) ⟩ = 1 N ⟨ ϕ , β ∇ S N H n u l l ( y ) − κ N 2 y ⟩ . (\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(y)=-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}m_\phi(y)+\beta\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(y),\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}m_\phi(y)\rangle=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\left\langle\phi,\beta\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(y)-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}y\right\rangle. ( L null m ϕ ) ( y ) = − 2 κ N m ϕ ( y ) + β ⟨ ∇ S N H null ( y ) , ∇ S N m ϕ ( y )⟩ = N 1 ⟨ ϕ , β ∇ S N H null ( y ) − 2 κ N y ⟩ .
Although the law of ϕ \phi ϕ is invariant under all rotations fixing e 1 e_1 e 1 , the above quantity is hard to control since ϕ \phi ϕ is correlated with ∇ S N H n u l l ( y ) = κ N − 1 R Q y e 1 + ∇ S N W ( y ) \nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(y)=\kappa_N^{-1}RQ_ye_1+\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}W(y) ∇ S N H null ( y ) = κ N − 1 R Q y e 1 + ∇ S N W ( y ) through R R R as per Equation (84) . Moreover, the trajectory Y t ( e ) Y_t(e) Y t ( e ) along which it is evaluated depends nontrivially on ϕ \phi ϕ through H s i g H_{\mathrm{sig}} H sig , and its initial state e e e may also depend on ϕ \phi ϕ .
We circumvent these difficulties via a change of measure to a carefully constructed null law, under which ϕ \phi ϕ is uniformly distributed on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 and independent of the dynamics initialized at N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 .
Since the initialization considered in Theorem 6.5 may depend on the disorder, we fix an initialization rule , i.e., a random initial state of the form e = e ( Φ , R , W , ω ) ∈ S N e=e(\Phi,R,W,\omega)\in\mathbb{S}_N e = e ( Φ , R , W , ω ) ∈ S N , where e e e is a measurable function and ω \omega ω is auxiliary randomness whose law is the same under the planted and null laws below, independent of ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) and of the driving Brownian motion of the dynamics.
We formally define both the law of the true dynamics (which we call the planted law) and this null law, representing them as laws of spherical Langevin dynamics in the random environment ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) .
Definition 6.8 (Planted Law). The planted law P \mathbb{P} P is the law of spherical Langevin dynamics in a random environment, which factorizes as P = P e n v ( Φ , R , W ) ⋅ P d y n ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) \mathbb{P}=\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{env}}(\Phi,R,W)\cdot\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{dyn}}(\cdot\mid\Phi,R,W) P = P env ( Φ , R , W ) ⋅ P dyn ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) , where P e n v \mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{env}} P env and P d y n \mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{dyn}} P dyn are defined as follows:
R = ∥ U ∥ R=\lVert U\rVert R = ∥ U ∥ and Φ = Ψ Λ ( U ) \Phi=\Psi\Lambda(U) Φ = ΨΛ ( U ) , where U ∼ N ( N λ α N θ ⋆ , σ N 2 I ) U\sim\mathcal{N}(N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star,\sigma_N^2I) U ∼ N ( N λ α N θ ⋆ , σ N 2 I ) , and Ψ \Psi Ψ is distributed according to the Haar measure on { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } \{S\in O(N,\mathbb{R}):Se_1=e_1\} { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } , independently of U U U .
W W W is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) and has the same law as H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ .
Conditional on the environment ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) , P d y n \mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{dyn}} P dyn is the law of spherical Langevin dynamics at inverse temperature β \beta β for the Hamiltonian
H ϕ ( y ) = κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + W ( y ) + N λ m ϕ ( y ) k − N λ κ N − 2 σ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) , ϕ = Φ Θ ⋆ , H_\phi(y)=\kappa_N^{-1}R\langle e_1,y\rangle+W(y)+N\lambda m_\phi(y)^k-N\lambda\kappa_N^{-2}\sigma_N^2m_\phi(y),\qquad\phi=\Phi\Theta^\star, H ϕ ( y ) = κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + W ( y ) + N λ m ϕ ( y ) k − N λ κ N − 2 σ N 2 m ϕ ( y ) , ϕ = Φ Θ ⋆ ,
initialized at Y 0 = e ( Φ , R , W , ω ) Y_0=e(\Phi,R,W,\omega) Y 0 = e ( Φ , R , W , ω ) . We use L p l \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}} L pl to denote its generator.
Definition 6.9 (Null Law). The null law Q \mathbb{Q} Q is the law of spherical Langevin dynamics in a random environment, which factorizes as Q = Q e n v ( Φ , R , W ) ⋅ Q d y n ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) \mathbb{Q}=\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{env}}(\Phi,R,W)\cdot\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}(\cdot\mid\Phi,R,W) Q = Q env ( Φ , R , W ) ⋅ Q dyn ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) , where Q e n v \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{env}} Q env and Q d y n \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}} Q dyn are defined as follows:
R = ∥ U ∥ R=\lVert U\rVert R = ∥ U ∥ and Φ = Ψ Λ ( U ) \Phi=\Psi\Lambda(U) Φ = ΨΛ ( U ) , where U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) U\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I) U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) , and Ψ \Psi Ψ is distributed according to the Haar measure on { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } \{S\in O(N,\mathbb{R}):Se_1=e_1\} { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } , independently of U U U .
W W W is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) and has the same law as H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ .
Conditional on the environment ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) , Q d y n \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}} Q dyn is the law of spherical Langevin dynamics at inverse temperature β \beta β for the Hamiltonian H n u l l ( y ) = κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + W ( y ) H_{\mathrm{null}}(y)=\kappa_N^{-1}R\langle e_1,y\rangle+W(y) H null ( y ) = κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , y ⟩ + W ( y ) , initialized at Y 0 = e ( Φ , R , W , ω ) Y_0=e(\Phi,R,W,\omega) Y 0 = e ( Φ , R , W , ω ) . We use L n u l l \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}} L null to denote its generator.
Under both laws, we write Y t = Y t ( e ) Y_t=Y_t(e) Y t = Y t ( e ) for the associated trajectory. By Theorem 4.1 and Lemma 6.7 , P \mathbb{P} P is the law of the true dynamics in the gauge-transformed coordinates. The two laws are best understood by inverting the gauge transformation, which, for simplicity, we do only for e = N e 1 e=\sqrt{N}e_1 e = N e 1 . Under P \mathbb{P} P , Φ ⊤ Y t ( N e 1 ) \Phi^\top Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1) Φ ⊤ Y t ( N e 1 ) is spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H initialized at its normalized average gradient u ˉ H = N Φ ⊤ e 1 \bar{u}_H=\sqrt{N}\Phi^\top e_1 u ˉ H = N Φ ⊤ e 1 . Similarly, under Q \mathbb{Q} Q , Φ ⊤ Y t ( N e 1 ) \Phi^\top Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1) Φ ⊤ Y t ( N e 1 ) is spherical Langevin dynamics for the Hamiltonian
H ~ ( x ) : = H n u l l ( Φ x ) = κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ ~ , x ⟩ + W ( Φ x ) , ζ ~ : = R Φ ⊤ e 1 , \widetilde{H}(x):=H_{\mathrm{null}}(\Phi x)=\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\widetilde{\zeta},x\rangle+W(\Phi x),\qquad\widetilde{\zeta}:=R\Phi^\top e_1, H ( x ) := H null ( Φ x ) = κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , x ⟩ + W ( Φ x ) , ζ := R Φ ⊤ e 1 ,
initialized at N Φ ⊤ e 1 = N ζ ~ / ∥ ζ ~ ∥ \sqrt{N}\Phi^\top e_1=\sqrt{N}\widetilde{\zeta}/\lVert\widetilde{\zeta}\rVert N Φ ⊤ e 1 = N ζ / ∥ ζ ∥ . Since Φ U = Ψ Λ ( U ) U = R e 1 \Phi U=\Psi\Lambda(U)U=Re_1 Φ U = ΨΛ ( U ) U = R e 1 , we have ζ ~ = U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \widetilde{\zeta}=U\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2I) ζ = U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) under Q \mathbb{Q} Q . Moreover, since W W W is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) , W ( Φ ⋅ ) W(\Phi\cdot) W ( Φ ⋅ ) is independent of ζ ~ \widetilde{\zeta} ζ , and is identically distributed as H 0 ⊥ H_0^\perp H 0 ⊥ by isotropy. Applying Lemma 6.6 , we observe that Law ( H ~ , ζ ~ ) = Law ( H 0 , ζ ) \operatorname{Law}(\widetilde{H},\widetilde{\zeta})=\operatorname{Law}(H_0,\zeta) Law ( H , ζ ) = Law ( H 0 , ζ ) , where ζ = E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ] \zeta=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_0] ζ = E π [ ∇ S N H 0 ] , and consequently, ζ ~ \widetilde{\zeta} ζ is the average spherical gradient of H ~ \widetilde{H} H .
Thus, we conclude that both the planted and null laws describe spherical Langevin dynamics initialized at the normalized average gradient of their respective underlying Hamiltonians, which correspond to the true tensor PCA Hamiltonian under P \mathbb{P} P and the pure disorder Hamiltonian under Q \mathbb{Q} Q . Under this setup, Q \mathbb{Q} Q corresponds precisely to P \mathbb{P} P with λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , as U U U is then centered and H s i g H_{\mathrm{sig}} H sig vanishes. In particular, the null dynamics carries no information about θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ .
Moreover, the randomization over Ψ \Psi Ψ decouples the null environment, in the sense that under the null law, the gauge rotation Φ \Phi Φ is independent of ( R , W ) (R,W) ( R , W ) , which determine the null Hamiltonian H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null . This removes the first difficulty discussed above, namely the correlation between ϕ \phi ϕ and ∇ S N H n u l l \nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_{\mathrm{null}} ∇ S N H null through R R R under the planted law.
Lemma 6.10 (Decoupling of the Null Environment). Under the null law Q \mathbb{Q} Q , Φ \Phi Φ is distributed according to the Haar measure on O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) , and the random variables Φ \Phi Φ , R R R and W W W are independent. In particular, ϕ = Φ θ ⋆ \phi=\Phi\theta^\star ϕ = Φ θ ⋆ is uniformly distributed on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 and independent of ( R , W ) (R,W) ( R , W ) .
Proof. Throughout, we work under Q \mathbb{Q} Q . Since U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) U\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2I) U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) , its direction U / R U/R U / R is uniformly distributed on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 and independent of R R R [48 Exercise 3.3.7] . Moreover, as noted in § 6.3 , Λ ( U ) \Lambda(U) Λ ( U ) depends on U U U only through U / R U/R U / R , and hence Φ = Ψ Λ ( U ) \Phi=\Psi\Lambda(U) Φ = ΨΛ ( U ) is a function of ( Ψ , U / R ) (\Psi,U/R) ( Ψ , U / R ) , which is independent of R R R since Ψ \Psi Ψ is independent of U U U . Since Λ ( U ) \Lambda(U) Λ ( U ) is symmetric and orthogonal with Λ ( U ) ( U / R ) = e 1 \Lambda(U)(U/R)=e_1 Λ ( U ) ( U / R ) = e 1 , its first column is Λ ( U ) e 1 = U / R \Lambda(U)e_1=U/R Λ ( U ) e 1 = U / R . Consequently, Φ ⊤ = Λ ( U ) Ψ ⊤ \Phi^\top=\Lambda(U)\Psi^\top Φ ⊤ = Λ ( U ) Ψ ⊤ is the product of a random orthogonal matrix whose first column is uniformly distributed on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 , and an independent matrix Ψ T \Psi^{\mathsf{T}} Ψ T distributed according to the Haar measure on { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } ≅ O ( N − 1 , R ) \{S \in O(N,\mathbb{R}) : Se_1=e_1\} \cong O(N-1,\mathbb{R}) { S ∈ O ( N , R ) : S e 1 = e 1 } ≅ O ( N − 1 , R ) . By the inductive construction of the Haar measure on O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) [cf. Mec19, Section 1.2], Φ \Phi Φ is distributed according to the Haar measure on O ( N , R ) O(N,\mathbb{R}) O ( N , R ) .
Hence, we conclude that Φ \Phi Φ is Haar distributed and independent of R R R , and since W W W is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) by Definition 6.9 , the random variables Φ \Phi Φ , R R R and W W W are independent. Finally, since θ ⋆ ∈ S N − 1 \theta^\star\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} θ ⋆ ∈ S N − 1 is a fixed vector, ϕ = Φ θ ⋆ \phi=\Phi\theta^\star ϕ = Φ θ ⋆ is uniformly distributed on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 [cf. Mec19, Section 1.2]. Moreover, since Φ \Phi Φ is independent of ( R , W ) (R,W) ( R , W ) , so is ϕ \phi ϕ .
By Lemma 6.10 , ϕ \phi ϕ is independent of the null dynamics initialized at N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 , which depends on the environment only through H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null . This independence yields the following uniform concentration guarantee for L n u l l m ϕ \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi L null m ϕ , which extends to nearby initializations by driving the null trajectories with common random rotations.
Lemma 6.11 (Uniform Concentration along the Null Trajectory). For every C 0 > 0 C_0>0 C 0 > 0 , there exist constants c ⋆ , C ⋆ > 0 c_\star,C_\star>0 c ⋆ , C ⋆ > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and C 0 C_0 C 0 , such that the following holds for every T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , every δ ≥ 0 \delta\geq0 δ ≥ 0 , and every initialization rule e e e , possibly randomized:
E Q [ exp ( c ⋆ N sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ( e ) ) ∣ 2 ) 1 { ∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N , ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } ] ≤ C ⋆ exp ( C ⋆ N δ 2 ) . \mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(c_\star N\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t(e))\right|^2\right)\mathbf{1}\left\{\lVert H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\leq C_0N,\ \lVert e-\sqrt{N}e_1\rVert\leq\delta\sqrt{N}\right\}\right]\leq C_\star\exp(C_\star N\delta^2). E Q [ exp ( c ⋆ N t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ( e )) ∣ 2 ) 1 { ∥ H null ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N , ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } ] ≤ C ⋆ exp ( C ⋆ N δ 2 ) .
Proof. Throughout, we work under Q \mathbb{Q} Q and write E r e g = { ∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N } \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}=\{\lVert H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\leq C_0N\} E reg = {∥ H null ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N } . The proof proceeds in two steps. The first step establishes the bound for the null trajectory initialized at N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 , which is independent of the uniformly random direction ϕ \phi ϕ . The second step transfers this bound to the null trajectory initialized at e e e , which may depend on ϕ \phi ϕ , by coupling the two trajectories through common random rotations.
We begin with uniform bounds on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg , which are used in both steps.
Since ∥ β H n u l l ∥ G 4 ≤ β C 0 N \lVert\beta H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\leq\beta C_0N ∥ β H null ∥ G 4 ≤ β C 0 N on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg , Lemma 3.6 with g 1 = β H n u l l g_1=\beta H_{\mathrm{null}} g 1 = β H null , together with Lemma 3.9 applied to m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ , implies that ∥ L n u l l m ϕ ∥ G 1 ≤ K \lVert\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_1}\leq K ∥ L null m ϕ ∥ G 1 ≤ K and ∥ L n u l l 2 m ϕ ∥ G 0 ≤ K \lVert\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^2m_\phi\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_0}\leq K ∥ L null 2 m ϕ ∥ G 0 ≤ K on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg for some constant K > 0 K>0 K > 0 depending only on β \beta β and C 0 C_0 C 0 .
Moreover, as m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ is linear and L n u l l \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}} L null acts entrywise on vector-valued observables, we infer from Equations (8) and (19) that the following holds for every y ∈ S N y\in\mathbb{S}_N y ∈ S N :
( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( y ) = 1 N ⟨ ϕ , F ( y ) ⟩ , F ( y ) = β ∇ S N H n u l l ( y ) − κ N 2 y , ( L n u l l 2 m ϕ ) ( y ) = 1 N ⟨ ϕ , ( L n u l l F ) ( y ) ⟩ , ∇ S N ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( y ) = 1 N ∇ S N F ( y ) ϕ . (86) \begin{aligned}
(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(y)&=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle\phi,F(y)\rangle,\qquad F(y)=\beta\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(y)-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}y,\\
(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^2m_\phi)(y)&=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\langle\phi,(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}F)(y)\rangle,\qquad\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(y)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F(y)\phi. \tag*{(86)}
\end{aligned} ( L null m ϕ ) ( y ) ( L null 2 m ϕ ) ( y ) = N 1 ⟨ ϕ , F ( y )⟩ , F ( y ) = β ∇ S N H null ( y ) − 2 κ N y , = N 1 ⟨ ϕ , ( L null F ) ( y )⟩ , ∇ S N ( L null m ϕ ) ( y ) = N 1 ∇ S N F ( y ) ϕ . (86)
Since the above bounds hold with any unit vector in place of ϕ \phi ϕ , taking the supremum over ϕ ∈ S N − 1 \phi\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} ϕ ∈ S N − 1 in Equation (86) and using Definition 3.5 , we obtain the following on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg for every y ∈ S N y\in\mathbb{S}_N y ∈ S N :
∥ F ( y ) ∥ ≤ K N , ∥ ( L n u l l F ) ( y ) ∥ ≤ K N , ∥ ∇ S N F ( y ) ∥ o p ≤ K . (87) \lVert F(y)\rVert\leq K\sqrt{N},\qquad\lVert(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}F)(y)\rVert\leq K\sqrt{N},\qquad\lVert\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}F(y)\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\leq K. \tag*{(87)} ∥ F ( y )∥ ≤ K N , ∥( L null F ) ( y )∥ ≤ K N , ∥ ∇ S N F ( y ) ∥ op ≤ K . (87)
For the first step, consider the null trajectory ( Y t ( N e 1 ) ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1))_{t\geq0} ( Y t ( N e 1 ) ) t ≥ 0 initialized at N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 , and let ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\geq0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 denote its driving Brownian motion, which is independent of the environment. By Lemma 6.10 , ϕ \phi ϕ is uniformly distributed on S N − 1 \mathbb{S}^{N-1} S N − 1 and independent of ( R , W , B ) (R,W,B) ( R , W , B ) , whereas E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg and ( Y t ( N e 1 ) ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1))_{t\geq0} ( Y t ( N e 1 ) ) t ≥ 0 are determined by ( R , W , B ) (R,W,B) ( R , W , B ) , since H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null depends on the environment only through ( R , W ) (R,W) ( R , W ) . Since the one-dimensional marginals of N ϕ ∼ π \sqrt{N}\phi\sim\pi N ϕ ∼ π are uniformly subgaussian [cf. Ver18, Theorem 3.4.6], this independence yields the following for every ( R , W , B ) (R,W,B) ( R , W , B ) -measurable random vector v ∈ R N v \in\mathbb{R}^{N} v ∈ R N satisfying ∥ v ∥ ≤ K N \lVert v\rVert\le K\sqrt{N} ∥ v ∥ ≤ K N on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg , where c > 0 c>0 c > 0 is a sufficiently small universal constant:
E Φ [ exp ( c ⟨ ϕ , v ⟩ 2 K 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ] ≤ 2. (88) \mathbb{E}_{\Phi}\left[\exp\left(\frac{c\langle\phi,v\rangle^{2}}{K^{2}}\right)\mathbf{1}\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}\right]\le2. \tag*{(88)} E Φ [ exp ( K 2 c ⟨ ϕ , v ⟩ 2 ) 1 { E reg } ] ≤ 2. (88)
To control the supremum over t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , let M t M_t M t denote the Dynkin martingale of L n u l l m ϕ \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_{\phi} L null m ϕ along Y t ( N e 1 ) Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1) Y t ( N e 1 ) . Applying Lemma 3.11 conditionally on the environment, we obtain the following for every t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 :
( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ( N e 1 ) ) = ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( N e 1 ) + ∫ 0 t ( L n u l l 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) d s + M t , (\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_{\phi})(Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1))=(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_{\phi})(\sqrt{N}e_1)+\int_{0}^{t}(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^{2}m_{\phi})(Y_s(\sqrt{N}e_1))\,\mathrm{d}s+M_t, ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ( N e 1 )) = ( L null m ϕ ) ( N e 1 ) + ∫ 0 t ( L null 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 )) d s + M t ,
sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ ≤ ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( N e 1 ) ∣ + ∫ 0 T ∣ ( L n u l l 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ d s + sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ M t ∣ . (89) \sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_{\phi})(Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right|\leq\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_{\phi})(\sqrt{N}e_1)\right|+\int_{0}^{T}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^{2}m_{\phi})(Y_s(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right|\,\mathrm{d}s+\sup_{t\in[0,T]}|M_t|. \tag*{(89)} t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ( N e 1 )) ≤ ( L null m ϕ ) ( N e 1 ) + ∫ 0 T ( L null 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 )) d s + t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∣ M t ∣. (89)
By Equation (86) , the first term and the integrand of the second term on the right-hand side of Equation (89) are projections of vectors that are determined by ( R , W , B ) (R,W,B) ( R , W , B ) onto the uniformly random direction ϕ \phi ϕ , modulo the normalizing factor N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 . Moreover, the last term is the supremum of a martingale with quadratic variation at most K 2 T / N K^{2}T/N K 2 T / N on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg . Hence, all three terms are of order N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 . For the first term, we apply Equation (88) with v = F ( N e 1 ) v=F(\sqrt{N}e_1) v = F ( N e 1 ) to conclude
E Φ [ exp ( c N K 2 ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( N e 1 ) ∣ 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ] ≤ 2. (90) \mathbb{E}_{\Phi}\left[\exp\left(\frac{cN}{K^{2}}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_{\phi})(\sqrt{N}e_1)\right|^{2}\right)\mathbf{1}\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}\right]\leq2. \tag*{(90)} E Φ [ exp ( K 2 c N ( L null m ϕ ) ( N e 1 ) 2 ) 1 { E reg } ] ≤ 2. (90)
For the second term, the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and Jensen’s inequality imply
exp ( c N K 2 ( ∫ 0 T ∣ ( L n u l l 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ d s ) 2 ) ≤ exp ( c N T K 2 ∫ 0 T ∣ ( L n u l l 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ 2 d s ) ≤ 1 T ∫ 0 T exp ( c N T 2 K 2 ( L n u l l 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) 2 ) d s . (91) \begin{aligned}
\exp\left(\frac{cN}{K^{2}}\left(\int_{0}^{T}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^{2}m_{\phi})(Y_s(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right|\,\mathrm{d}s\right)^{2}\right)
\leq\exp\left(\frac{cNT}{K^{2}}\int_{0}^{T}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^{2}m_{\phi})(Y_s(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right|^{2}\,\mathrm{d}s\right) \\
&\leq\frac{1}{T}\int_{0}^{T}\exp\left(\frac{cNT^{2}}{K^{2}}\left(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^{2}m_{\phi}\right)(Y_s(\sqrt{N}e_1))^{2}\right)\,\mathrm{d}s. \tag*{(91)}
\end{aligned} exp K 2 c N ( ∫ 0 T ( L null 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 )) d s ) 2 ≤ exp ( K 2 c N T ∫ 0 T ( L null 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 )) 2 d s ) ≤ T 1 ∫ 0 T exp ( K 2 c N T 2 ( L null 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) 2 ) d s . (91)
Taking expectations on both sides and applying Equation (88) with v = ( L n u l l F ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) v=(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}F)(Y_s(\sqrt{N}e_1)) v = ( L null F ) ( Y s ( N e 1 )) for each s ∈ [ 0 , T ] s\in[0,T] s ∈ [ 0 , T ] and using T ≤ 1 T\leq1 T ≤ 1 , we conclude:
E Φ [ exp ( c N K 2 ( ∫ 0 T ∣ ( L n u l l 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ d s ) 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ] ≤ 2. (92) \mathbb{E}_{\Phi}\left[\exp\left(\frac{cN}{K^{2}}\left(\int_{0}^{T}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}^{2}m_{\phi})(Y_s(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right|\,\mathrm{d}s\right)^{2}\right)\mathbf{1}\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}\right]\leq2. \tag*{(92)} E Φ exp K 2 c N ( ∫ 0 T ( L null 2 m ϕ ) ( Y s ( N e 1 )) d s ) 2 1 { E reg } ≤ 2. (92)
For the third term, since ∥ ∇ S N ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ∥ ≤ K / N \lVert\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_{N}}(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_{\phi})\rVert\leq K/\sqrt{N} ∥ ∇ S N ( L null m ϕ )∥ ≤ K / N on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg , Lemma 3.12 applied conditionally on the environment implies the following for every r > 0 r>0 r > 0 on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg :
Q [ sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ M t ∣ ≥ r | Φ , R , W ] ≤ 2 exp ( − N r 2 2 K 2 T ) . (93) \mathbb{Q}\left[\sup_{t\in[0,T]}|M_t|\geq r\;\middle|\;\Phi,R,W\right]\leq2\exp\left(-\frac{Nr^{2}}{2K^{2}T}\right). \tag*{(93)} Q [ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∣ M t ∣ ≥ r Φ , R , W ] ≤ 2 exp ( − 2 K 2 T N r 2 ) . (93)
Since T ≤ 1 T\leq1 T ≤ 1 and c c c is sufficiently small, integrating the tail bound in Equation (93) conditionally on the environment [cf. Ver18, Proposition 2.5.2], we conclude:
E Φ [ exp ( c N K 2 sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ M t ∣ 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ] ≤ 2. (94) \mathbb{E}_{\Phi}\left[\exp\left(\frac{cN}{K^{2}}\sup_{t\in[0,T]}|M_t|^{2}\right)\mathbf{1}\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}\right]\leq2. \tag*{(94)} E Φ [ exp ( K 2 c N t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∣ M t ∣ 2 ) 1 { E reg } ] ≤ 2. (94)
Let a 1 a_1 a 1 , a 2 a_2 a 2 and a 3 a_3 a 3 denote the three terms on the right-hand side of Equation (89) . Then
E Q [ exp ( c N 9 K 2 sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ] ≤ E Q [ ∏ i = 1 3 ( exp ( c N 3 K 2 a i 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ) ] ≤ ∏ i = 1 3 E Q [ exp ( c N K 2 a i 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ] 1 / 3 ≤ 2. (95) \mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(\frac{cN}{9K^2}\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right|^2\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}}\right]
\leq\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\prod_{i=1}^{3}\left(\exp\left(\frac{cN}{3K^2}a_i^2\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}}\right)\right]
\leq\prod_{i=1}^{3}\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(\frac{cN}{K^2}a_i^2\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}}\right]^{1/3}\leq2. \tag*{(95)} E Q [ exp ( 9 K 2 c N t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ( N e 1 )) 2 ) 1 { E reg } ] ≤ E Q [ i = 1 ∏ 3 ( exp ( 3 K 2 c N a i 2 ) 1 { E reg } ) ] ≤ i = 1 ∏ 3 E Q [ exp ( K 2 c N a i 2 ) 1 { E reg } ] 1/3 ≤ 2. (95)
where the first inequality follows from Equation (89) and ( a 1 + a 2 + a 3 ) 2 ≤ 3 ( a 1 2 + a 2 2 + a 3 2 ) (a_1+a_2+a_3)^2\leq3(a_1^2+a_2^2+a_3^2) ( a 1 + a 2 + a 3 ) 2 ≤ 3 ( a 1 2 + a 2 2 + a 3 2 ) , the second follows from Hölder’s inequality, and the last follows from Equations (90) , (92) and (94) .
It remains to transfer Equation (95) to the initial state e e e . By Equations (9) , (86) and (87) , the following holds on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg for all y , y ′ ∈ S N y,y'\in\mathcal{S}_N y , y ′ ∈ S N , where C > 0 C>0 C > 0 is a universal constant:
∥ F ( y ) − F ( y ′ ) ∥ ≤ C K ∥ y − y ′ ∥ , ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( y ) − ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( y ′ ) ∣ ≤ C K N ∥ y − y ′ ∥ . (96) \left\|F(y)-F(y')\right\|\leq CK\left\|y-y'\right\|,\qquad\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(y)-(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(y')\right|\leq\frac{CK}{\sqrt{N}}\left\|y-y'\right\|. \tag*{(96)} ∥ F ( y ) − F ( y ′ ) ∥ ≤ C K ∥ y − y ′ ∥ , ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( y ) − ( L null m ϕ ) ( y ′ ) ∣ ≤ N C K ∥ y − y ′ ∥ . (96)
By the second bound in Equation (96) , the following holds on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg for any two paths ( y t ) t ∈ [ 0 , T ] (y_t)_{t\in[0,T]} ( y t ) t ∈ [ 0 , T ] and ( y t ′ ) t ∈ [ 0 , T ] (y'_t)_{t\in[0,T]} ( y t ′ ) t ∈ [ 0 , T ] in S N \mathcal{S}_N S N :
sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( y t ) ∣ ≤ sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( y t ′ ) ∣ + C K N sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∥ y t − y t ′ ∥ . (97) \sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(y_t)\right|\leq\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(y'_t)\right|+\frac{CK}{\sqrt{N}}\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left\|y_t-y'_t\right\|. \tag*{(97)} t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( y t ) ∣ ≤ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( y t ′ ) ∣ + N C K t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∥ y t − y t ′ ∥ . (97)
Hence, to transfer Equation (95) to e e e , it suffices to couple two copies of the null trajectory, initialized at e e e and at N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 respectively, with each having the same joint law with the environment, such that their distance remains of order ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ \left\|e-\sqrt{N}e_1\right\| e − N e 1 up to time T T T . This ensures that the last term in Equation (97) is of order δ \delta δ on { ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } \{\left\|e-\sqrt{N}e_1\right\|\leq\delta\sqrt{N}\} { e − N e 1 ≤ δ N } .
For constructing such a coupling, driving both trajectories by the same Brownian motion in Equation (18) is inconvenient. This is because their noise terms are projections of a common increment d B t dB_t d B t onto different tangent spaces, which leads to the Brownian term itself perturbing the distance between them. To alleviate this, we realize the projected Brownian increments Q Y t d B t Q_{Y_t}dB_t Q Y t d B t by infinitesimal random rotations of Y t Y_t Y t . Both realizations produce a centered Gaussian displacement of Y t Y_t Y t in its tangent space, with covariance Q Y t d t Q_{Y_t}\,dt Q Y t d t , and hence yield the same law for each trajectory. However, a common random rotation moves all states in a distance-preserving fashion, and thus does not perturb the distance between trajectories driven by it.
Precisely, let B \mathcal{B} B be a Brownian motion on the space of antisymmetric N × N N\times N N × N matrices, i.e., B j i = − B i j \mathcal{B}_{ji}=-\mathcal{B}_{ij} B j i = − B ij , where ( B i j ) i < j (\mathcal{B}_{ij})_{i<j} ( B ij ) i < j are independent standard Brownian motions on R \mathbb{R} R , and let B 0 B^0 B 0 be a standard Brownian motion on R \mathbb{R} R , such that B \mathcal{B} B , B 0 B^0 B 0 , the environment and the auxiliary randomness of the initialization rule are independent. By the antisymmetry of B \mathcal{B} B , we have the following for every v ∈ R N v\in\mathbb{R}^N v ∈ R N :
d B t v = ∑ i , j = 1 N v j ( d B t ) i j e i = ∑ i < j ( v j e i − v i e j ) ( d B t ) i j . d\mathcal{B}_t v=\sum_{i,j=1}^{N}v_j(d\mathcal{B}_t)_{ij}e_i=\sum_{i<j}(v_je_i-v_ie_j)(d\mathcal{B}_t)_{ij}. d B t v = i , j = 1 ∑ N v j ( d B t ) ij e i = i < j ∑ ( v j e i − v i e j ) ( d B t ) ij .
Consequently, since the entries ( B i j ) i < j (\mathcal{B}_{ij})_{i<j} ( B ij ) i < j are independent standard Brownian motions, we obtain the following for every v ∈ R N v\in\mathbb{R}^N v ∈ R N :
⟨ v , d B t v ⟩ = ∑ i < j ( v j v i − v i v j ) ( d B t ) i j = 0 , \langle v,d\mathcal{B}_t v\rangle=\sum_{i<j}(v_jv_i-v_iv_j)(d\mathcal{B}_t)_{ij}=0, ⟨ v , d B t v ⟩ = i < j ∑ ( v j v i − v i v j ) ( d B t ) ij = 0 ,
( d B t v ) ( d B t v ) T = ∑ i < j ( v j e i − v i e j ) ( v j e i − v i e j ) T d t = 1 2 ∑ i , j = 1 N ( v j 2 e i e i T + v i 2 e j e j T − v i v j e i e j T − v i v j e j e i T ) d t = ( ∥ v ∥ 2 I − v v T ) d t . (98) (d\mathcal{B}_t v)(d\mathcal{B}_t v)^{\mathsf{T}}=\sum_{i<j}(v_je_i-v_ie_j)(v_je_i-v_ie_j)^{\mathsf{T}}dt
=\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i,j=1}^{N}\left(v_j^2e_ie_i^{\mathsf{T}}+v_i^2e_je_j^{\mathsf{T}}-v_iv_je_ie_j^{\mathsf{T}}-v_iv_je_je_i^{\mathsf{T}}\right)dt
=\left(\|v\|^2I-vv^{\mathsf{T}}\right)dt. \tag*{(98)} ( d B t v ) ( d B t v ) T = i < j ∑ ( v j e i − v i e j ) ( v j e i − v i e j ) T d t = 2 1 i , j = 1 ∑ N ( v j 2 e i e i T + v i 2 e j e j T − v i v j e i e j T − v i v j e j e i T ) d t = ( ∥ v ∥ 2 I − v v T ) d t . (98)
For every initial state y ∈ S N y \in\mathcal{S}_N y ∈ S N determined by the environment and the auxiliary randomness, let ( Y t r o t ( y ) ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(y))_{t\geq0} ( Y t rot ( y ) ) t ≥ 0 denote the solution of
d Y t r o t ( y ) = F ( Y t r o t ( y ) ) d t + 1 N d B t Y t r o t ( y ) , Y 0 r o t ( y ) = y . (99) dY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(y) = F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(y))dt + \frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(y), \qquad Y_0^{\mathrm{rot}}(y)=y. \tag*{(99)} d Y t rot ( y ) = F ( Y t rot ( y )) d t + N 1 d B t Y t rot ( y ) , Y 0 rot ( y ) = y . (99)
Since F F F is the drift of Equation (18) for H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null , Equation (99) differs from Equation (18) only in its noise term. We now verify that Y r o t ( y ) Y^{\mathrm{rot}}(y) Y rot ( y ) is a copy of the null dynamics initialized at y y y , and throughout this verification, we write Y t r o t ≔ Y t r o t ( y ) Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}} \coloneqq Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(y) Y t rot : = Y t rot ( y ) . We first show that Y t r o t Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}} Y t rot remains on S N \mathcal{S}_N S N . By Itô’s formula and Equation (99) , we have
d ∥ Y t r o t ∥ 2 = 2 ⟨ Y t r o t , F ( Y t r o t ) ⟩ d t + 2 N ⟨ Y t r o t , d B t Y t r o t ⟩ + 1 N Tr ( ( d B t Y t r o t ) ( d B t Y t r o t ) T ) = − κ N ∥ Y t r o t ∥ 2 d t + κ N ∥ Y t r o t ∥ 2 d t = 0 , \begin{aligned}
d\left\|Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\right\|^2
&=2\langle Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}},F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}})\rangle dt+\frac{2}{\sqrt{N}}\langle Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}},d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\rangle+\frac{1}{N}\operatorname{Tr}\left((d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}})(d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}})^\mathsf{T}\right)\\
&=-\kappa_N\left\|Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\right\|^2dt+\kappa_N\left\|Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\right\|^2dt=0,
\end{aligned} d Y t rot 2 = 2 ⟨ Y t rot , F ( Y t rot )⟩ d t + N 2 ⟨ Y t rot , d B t Y t rot ⟩ + N 1 Tr ( ( d B t Y t rot ) ( d B t Y t rot ) T ) = − κ N Y t rot 2 d t + κ N Y t rot 2 d t = 0 ,
where the second equality follows from Equation (98) and ⟨ x , F ( x ) ⟩ = − κ N 2 ∥ x ∥ 2 \langle x,F(x)\rangle=-\frac{\kappa_N}{2}\|x\|^2 ⟨ x , F ( x )⟩ = − 2 κ N ∥ x ∥ 2 , which holds since Q x x = 0 Q_xx=0 Q x x = 0 . Hence, ∥ Y t r o t ∥ 2 = N \left\|Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\right\|^2=N ∥ Y t rot ∥ 2 = N for all t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 .
We then identify the driving Brownian motion. Consider the process
B ^ t ≔ 1 N ∫ 0 t ( d B s Y s r o t + Y s r o t d B s 0 ) , \widehat{B}_t \coloneqq\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\int_0^t\left(d\mathcal{B}_sY_s^{\mathrm{rot}}+Y_s^{\mathrm{rot}}dB_s^0\right), B t : = N 1 ∫ 0 t ( d B s Y s rot + Y s rot d B s 0 ) ,
which is a continuous martingale with respect to the filtration generated by the environment, the auxiliary randomness, B \mathcal{B} B and B 0 B^0 B 0 . Since B \mathcal{B} B and B 0 B^0 B 0 are independent, Equation (98) and ∥ Y t r o t ∥ 2 = N \|Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\|^2=N ∥ Y t rot ∥ 2 = N imply that
d ⟨ B ^ ⟩ t = 1 N ( ( d B t Y t r o t ) ( d B t Y t r o t ) T + Y t r o t ( Y t r o t ) T d t ) = 1 N ( ∥ Y t r o t ∥ 2 I − Y t r o t ( Y t r o t ) T + Y t r o t ( Y t r o t ) T ) d t = I d t . \begin{aligned}
d\langle\widehat{B}\rangle_t
&=\frac{1}{N}\left((d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}})(d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}})^\mathsf{T}+Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}})^\mathsf{T}dt\right)\\
&=\frac{1}{N}\left(\|Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\|^2I-Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}})^\mathsf{T}+Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}})^\mathsf{T}\right)dt=I\,dt.
\end{aligned} d ⟨ B ⟩ t = N 1 ( ( d B t Y t rot ) ( d B t Y t rot ) T + Y t rot ( Y t rot ) T d t ) = N 1 ( ∥ Y t rot ∥ 2 I − Y t rot ( Y t rot ) T + Y t rot ( Y t rot ) T ) d t = I d t .
Hence, by Lévy’s characterization of Brownian motion [cf. SV07, Theorem 4.1.1], B ^ \widehat{B} B is a standard Brownian motion with respect to this filtration. In particular, B ^ \widehat{B} B is independent of the environment and of the auxiliary randomness.
Lastly, we show that the noise term in Equation (99) is the projected Brownian increment Q Y t r o t d B ^ t Q_{Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}}d\widehat{B}_t Q Y t rot d B t . Since Q Y t r o t Y t r o t = 0 Q_{Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}}Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}=0 Q Y t rot Y t rot = 0 and Q Y t r o t = I − 1 N Y t r o t ( Y t r o t ) T Q_{Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}}=I-\frac{1}{N}Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}})^\mathsf{T} Q Y t rot = I − N 1 Y t rot ( Y t rot ) T , we infer from Equation (98) that
Q Y t r o t d B ^ t = 1 N ( Q Y t r o t d B t Y t r o t + Q Y t r o t Y t r o t d B t 0 ) = 1 N ( d B t Y t r o t − 1 N Y t r o t ⟨ Y t r o t , d B t Y t r o t ⟩ ) = 1 N d B t Y t r o t . \begin{aligned}
Q_{Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}}d\widehat{B}_t
&=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\left(Q_{Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}}d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}+Q_{Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}}Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}dB_t^0\right)\\
&=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\left(d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}-\frac{1}{N}Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\langle Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}},d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}\rangle\right)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}d\mathcal{B}_tY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}.
\end{aligned} Q Y t rot d B t = N 1 ( Q Y t rot d B t Y t rot + Q Y t rot Y t rot d B t 0 ) = N 1 ( d B t Y t rot − N 1 Y t rot ⟨ Y t rot , d B t Y t rot ⟩ ) = N 1 d B t Y t rot .
Substituting this into Equation (99) , we obtain
d Y t r o t = F ( Y t r o t ) d t + Q Y t r o t d B ^ t , Y 0 r o t = y , dY_t^{\mathrm{rot}}=F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}})dt+Q_{Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}}d\widehat{B}_t,\qquad Y_0^{\mathrm{rot}}=y, d Y t rot = F ( Y t rot ) d t + Q Y t rot d B t , Y 0 rot = y ,
so that Y r o t Y^{\mathrm{rot}} Y rot solves Equation (18) for H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null , initialized at y y y and driven by B ^ \widehat{B} B . For a given Hamiltonian, the solution of Equation (18) is a deterministic function of its initial point and its driving Brownian motion (§ 3.3 ). Moreover, both B ^ \widehat{B} B and the driving Brownian motion of Y ( y ) Y(y) Y ( y ) are independent of the environment and of the auxiliary randomness, which determine H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null and y y y . Consequently, the following holds jointly with the environment and the auxiliary randomness:
( Y t r o t ( y ) ) t ≥ 0 = d ( Y t ( y ) ) t ≥ 0 . (100) \left(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(y)\right)_{t\geq0}\mathrel{\overset{\mathrm{d}}{=}}\left(Y_t(y)\right)_{t\geq0}. \tag*{(100)} ( Y t rot ( y ) ) t ≥ 0 = d ( Y t ( y ) ) t ≥ 0 . (100)
We now show that the trajectories initialized at e e e and at N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 remain close under this coupling.
Let D t = Y t r o t ( e ) − Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) D_t=Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e)-Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1) D t = Y t rot ( e ) − Y t rot ( N e 1 ) , and note that D 0 = e − N e 1 D_0=e-\sqrt{N}e_1 D 0 = e − N e 1 . Since the Brownian term in Equation (99) is linear in Y t r o t ( y ) Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(y) Y t rot ( y ) , we have
d D t = ( F ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) − F ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ) d t + 1 N d B t D t . \mathrm{d}D_t=\left(F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))-F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right)\mathrm{d}t+\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\mathrm{d}\mathcal{B}_tD_t. d D t = ( F ( Y t rot ( e )) − F ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) ) d t + N 1 d B t D t .
Consequently, by Itô’s formula, we obtain
d ∥ D t ∥ 2 = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) − F ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ⟩ d t + 2 N ⟨ D t , d B t D t ⟩ + 1 N Tr ( ( d B t D t ) ( d B t D t ) T ) = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) − F ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ⟩ d t + 1 N Tr ( ∥ D t ∥ 2 I − D t D t T ) d t = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) − F ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ⟩ d t + κ N ∥ D t ∥ 2 d t = 2 β ⟨ D t , ∇ S N H n u l l ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) − ∇ S N H n u l l ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ⟩ d t , (101) \begin{aligned}
\mathrm{d}\lVert D_t\rVert^2
&=2\left\langle D_t,F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))-F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right\rangle\mathrm{d}t+\frac{2}{\sqrt{N}}\left\langle D_t,\mathrm{d}\mathcal{B}_tD_t\right\rangle\\
&\quad+\frac{1}{N}\operatorname{Tr}\left((\mathrm{d}\mathcal{B}_tD_t)(\mathrm{d}\mathcal{B}_tD_t)^{\mathsf{T}}\right)\\
&=2\left\langle D_t,F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))-F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right\rangle\mathrm{d}t+\frac{1}{N}\operatorname{Tr}\left(\lVert D_t\rVert^2I-D_tD_t^{\mathsf{T}}\right)\mathrm{d}t\\
&=2\left\langle D_t,F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))-F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right\rangle\mathrm{d}t+\kappa_N\lVert D_t\rVert^2\mathrm{d}t\\
&=2\beta\left\langle D_t,\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))-\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right\rangle\mathrm{d}t, \tag*{(101)}
\end{aligned} d ∥ D t ∥ 2 = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t rot ( e )) − F ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) ⟩ d t + N 2 ⟨ D t , d B t D t ⟩ + N 1 Tr ( ( d B t D t ) ( d B t D t ) T ) = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t rot ( e )) − F ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) ⟩ d t + N 1 Tr ( ∥ D t ∥ 2 I − D t D t T ) d t = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t rot ( e )) − F ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) ⟩ d t + κ N ∥ D t ∥ 2 d t = 2 β ⟨ D t , ∇ S N H null ( Y t rot ( e )) − ∇ S N H null ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) ⟩ d t , (101)
where the second equality follows from Equation (98) , and the last equality follows from the definition of F F F in Equation (86) . As anticipated, the same infinitesimal rotation is applied to both trajectories and preserves the distance between them, so that only the difference of the gradient drifts controls their separation.
Since Equation (101) contains no martingale term, t ↦ ∥ D t ∥ 2 t\mapsto\lVert D_t\rVert^2 t ↦ ∥ D t ∥ 2 is continuously differentiable, with derivative given by Equation (101) . Hence, by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, Equation (96) and κ N ≤ 1 \kappa_N\leq1 κ N ≤ 1 , the following holds on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg for every t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 :
d d t ∥ D t ∥ 2 = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) − F ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ⟩ + κ N ∥ D t ∥ 2 ≤ 2 ∥ D t ∥ ∥ F ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) − F ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ∥ + ∥ D t ∥ 2 ≤ ( 2 C K + 1 ) ∥ D t ∥ 2 . (102) \begin{aligned}
\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\lVert D_t\rVert^2
&=2\left\langle D_t,F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))-F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right\rangle+\kappa_N\lVert D_t\rVert^2\\
&\leq2\lVert D_t\rVert\left\lVert F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))-F(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right\rVert+\lVert D_t\rVert^2\leq(2CK+1)\lVert D_t\rVert^2. \tag*{(102)}
\end{aligned} d t d ∥ D t ∥ 2 = 2 ⟨ D t , F ( Y t rot ( e )) − F ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) ⟩ + κ N ∥ D t ∥ 2 ≤ 2 ∥ D t ∥ F ( Y t rot ( e )) − F ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) + ∥ D t ∥ 2 ≤ ( 2 C K + 1 ) ∥ D t ∥ 2 . (102)
Applying Grönwall’s inequality to Equation (102) and using T ≤ 1 T\leq1 T ≤ 1 , we obtain the following on E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg :
sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∥ D t ∥ ≤ e C K + 1 / 2 ∥ D 0 ∥ = e C K + 1 / 2 ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ . (103) \sup_{t\in[0,T]}\lVert D_t\rVert\leq e^{CK+1/2}\lVert D_0\rVert=e^{CK+1/2}\lVert e-\sqrt{N}e_1\rVert. \tag*{(103)} t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∥ D t ∥ ≤ e C K + 1/2 ∥ D 0 ∥ = e C K + 1/2 ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ . (103)
Finally, we combine the two steps. By Equation (100) with y = N e 1 y=\sqrt{N}e_1 y = N e 1 , the bound Equation (95) also holds with Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1) Y t rot ( N e 1 ) in place of Y t ( N e 1 ) Y_t(\sqrt{N}e_1) Y t ( N e 1 ) , since the expectation therein depends only on the joint law of the environment and the trajectory. Let c ⋆ ≔ c 18 K 2 c_\star\coloneqq\frac{c}{18K^2} c ⋆ : = 18 K 2 c and C ⋆ ≔ max { 2 , c C 2 9 e 2 C K + 1 } C_\star\coloneqq\max\left\{2,\frac{cC^2}{9}e^{2CK+1}\right\} C ⋆ : = max { 2 , 9 c C 2 e 2 C K + 1 } .
On E r e g ∩ { ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\cap\{\lVert e-\sqrt{N}e_1\rVert\leq\delta\sqrt{N}\} E reg ∩ {∥ e − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } , Equations (97) and (103) imply that
sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) ∣ ≤ sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ + C K e C K + 1 / 2 δ . \sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e))\right|
\leq\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1))\right|+CKe^{CK+1/2}\delta. t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t rot ( e )) ≤ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t rot ( N e 1 )) + C K e C K + 1/2 δ .
Hence, the inequality ( a + b ) 2 ≤ 2 a 2 + 2 b 2 (a+b)^2 \le2a^2+2b^2 ( a + b ) 2 ≤ 2 a 2 + 2 b 2 and Equation (95) for Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1) Y t rot ( N e 1 ) yields the following
E Q [ exp ( c ∗ N sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ L n u l l m ϕ ( Y t r o t ( e ) ) ∣ 2 ) 1 { E r e g } 1 { ∥ e − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } ] ≤ e C ∗ N δ 2 E Q [ exp ( c N 9 K N 2 sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ L n u l l m ϕ ( Y t r o t ( N e 1 ) ) ∣ 2 ) 1 { E r e g } ] ≤ 2 e C ∗ N δ 2 ≤ C ∗ e C ∗ N δ 2 . \mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(c_*N\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi\left(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e)\right)\right|^2\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}}\mathbf{1}_{\{\lVert e-\sqrt{N}e_1\rVert\le\delta\sqrt{N}\}}\right]
\le e^{C_*N\delta^2}\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(\frac{cN}{9K_N^2}\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\left|\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi\left(Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(\sqrt{N}e_1)\right)\right|^2\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\}}\right]\le2e^{C_*N\delta^2}\le C_*e^{C_*N\delta^2}. E Q [ exp ( c ∗ N t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup L null m ϕ ( Y t rot ( e ) ) 2 ) 1 { E reg } 1 {∥ e − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } ] ≤ e C ∗ N δ 2 E Q [ exp ( 9 K N 2 c N t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup L null m ϕ ( Y t rot ( N e 1 ) ) 2 ) 1 { E reg } ] ≤ 2 e C ∗ N δ 2 ≤ C ∗ e C ∗ N δ 2 .
By Equation (100) with y = e y=e y = e , the left-hand side is unchanged if Y t r o t ( e ) Y_t^{\mathrm{rot}}(e) Y t rot ( e ) is replaced by Y t ( e ) Y_t(e) Y t ( e ) , which concludes the proof.
By Markov’s inequality, Lemma 6.11 implies sharp subgaussian-style concentration for L n u l l m ϕ \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi L null m ϕ along the entire Langevin trajectory under the null law, provided that the null Hamiltonian is regular and the initialization is sufficiently close to N e 1 \sqrt{N}e_1 N e 1 . We wish to use this estimate to control the influence of the disorder along the true Langevin trajectory, which requires transferring it from the null law to the planted law. We call this approach the reverse planting trick , as it runs in the direction opposite to canonical applications of the planting trick [2 ] , where the null model is the true distribution of interest, and statements proved under the planted model are transferred to it via contiguity.
However, the planted and null laws are far from contiguous, as their Hamiltonians differ by the signal term H s i g H_{\mathrm{sig}} H sig , whose leading order term is N λ m ϕ k N\lambda m_\phi^k N λ m ϕ k . The discrepancy between the two laws is thus governed by the strength of the signal. Since we only need to transfer the uniform concentration of L n u l l m ϕ \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi L null m ϕ to the planted law until the dynamics achieves critical recovery, we instead prove the following fine-grained contiguity estimate, which adapts to the signal strength along the trajectory, and applies to any stopping time.
Theorem 6.12 (Adaptive Contiguity Estimate). Fix an initialization rule e e e and T > 0 T>0 T > 0 . Let ( F t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (\mathcal{F}_t)_{0\le t\le T} ( F t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T denote the joint filtration of the environment ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) and of the trajectory ( Y t ( e ) ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (Y_t(e))_{0\le t\le T} ( Y t ( e ) ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T . Let τ \tau τ be an ( F t ) (\mathcal{F}_t) ( F t ) -adapted stopping time satisfying τ ≤ T \tau\le T τ ≤ T almost surely. Then, for every E ∈ F τ E\in\mathcal{F}_\tau E ∈ F τ ,
P ( E ) ≤ exp ( N λ 2 σ N 2 2 κ N 2 ) E Q [ exp ( β 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ( e ) ) ∥ 2 d t ) 1 { E } ] 1 / 2 . \mathbb{P}(E)\le\exp\left(\frac{N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2}{2\kappa_N^2}\right)\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(\beta^2\int_0^\tau\left\|\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t(e))\right\|^2\,dt\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{E\}}\right]^{1/2}. P ( E ) ≤ exp ( 2 κ N 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ) E Q [ exp ( β 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ( e )) ∥ 2 d t ) 1 { E } ] 1/2 .
Proof. Throughout, we write Y t = Y t ( e ) Y_t=Y_t(e) Y t = Y t ( e ) . For t ≤ T t\le T t ≤ T , let P t \mathbb{P}^t P t and Q t \mathbb{Q}^t Q t denote the joint laws of the environment ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) and of the trajectory ( Y s ) 0 ≤ s ≤ t (Y_s)_{0\le s\le t} ( Y s ) 0 ≤ s ≤ t under the planted and null laws, respectively. By Definitions 6.8 and 6.9 , these laws factorize as P t = P e n v ⋅ P d y n t \mathbb{P}^t=\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{env}}\cdot\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^t P t = P env ⋅ P dyn t and Q t = Q e n v ⋅ Q d y n t \mathbb{Q}^t=\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{env}}\cdot\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^t Q t = Q env ⋅ Q dyn t , where the superscript t t t denotes the restriction to the trajectory up to time t t t . Hence, the likelihood ratio Z ( t ) Z(t) Z ( t ) factorizes as follows:
Z ( t ) = Z e n v Z d y n ( t ) , Z e n v ≔ d P e n v d Q e n v , Z d y n ( t ) ≔ d P d y n t ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) d Q d y n t ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) . Z(t)=Z_{\mathrm{env}}Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t),\qquad Z_{\mathrm{env}}\coloneqq\frac{d\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{env}}}{d\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{env}}},\qquad Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t)\coloneqq\frac{d\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^t(\,\cdot\mid\Phi,R,W)}{d\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^t(\,\cdot\mid\Phi,R,W)}. Z ( t ) = Z env Z dyn ( t ) , Z env : = d Q env d P env , Z dyn ( t ) : = d Q dyn t ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) d P dyn t ( ⋅ ∣ Φ , R , W ) .
We begin by analyzing Z e n v Z_{\mathrm{env}} Z env . By Definitions 6.8 and 6.9 , W W W is independent of ( Φ , R ) (\Phi,R) ( Φ , R ) and has the same law under P e n v \mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{env}} P env and Q e n v \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{env}} Q env . Moreover, ( Φ , R ) = ( Ψ A ( U ) , ∥ U ∥ ) (\Phi,R)=(\Psi A(U),\lVert U\rVert) ( Φ , R ) = ( Ψ A ( U ) , ∥ U ∥) , where U ∼ N ( N λ m ϕ k θ ∗ , σ N 2 I ) U\sim\mathcal{N}(N\lambda m_\phi^k\theta^*,\sigma_N^2I) U ∼ N ( N λ m ϕ k θ ∗ , σ N 2 I ) under P e n v \mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{env}} P env and U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) U\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2I) U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) under Q e n v \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{env}} Q env , and U = R Φ T e 1 U=R\Phi^\mathsf{T}e_1 U = R Φ T e 1 since Ψ A ( U ) U = ∥ U ∥ e 1 \Psi A(U)U=\lVert U\rVert e_1 Ψ A ( U ) U = ∥ U ∥ e 1 . Hence, Z e n v Z_{\mathrm{env}} Z env is the likelihood ratio of these Gaussian laws evaluated at R Φ T e 1 R\Phi^\mathsf{T}e_1 R Φ T e 1 , and we obtain the following via a standard
Gaussian MGF computation.
E Q [ Z e n v 2 ] = E U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) [ exp ( − 1 σ N 2 ( ∥ U − N λ α N θ ∗ ∥ 2 − ∥ U ∥ 2 ) ) ] = exp ( − N 2 λ 2 α N 2 σ N 2 ) E U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) [ exp ( 2 N λ α N σ N 2 ⟨ θ ∗ , U ⟩ ) ] = exp ( N 2 λ 2 α N 2 σ N 2 ) = exp ( N λ 2 σ N 2 κ N 2 ) , (104) \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z_{\mathrm{env}}^2]
&=\mathbb{E}_{U\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I)}\left[\exp\left(-\frac{1}{\sigma_N^2}\left(\left\|U-N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^*\right\|^2-\|U\|^2\right)\right)\right]\\
&=\exp\left(-\frac{N^2\lambda^2\alpha_N^2}{\sigma_N^2}\right)\mathbb{E}_{U\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I)}\left[\exp\left(\frac{2N\lambda\alpha_N}{\sigma_N^2}\langle\theta^*,U\rangle\right)\right]\\
&=\exp\left(\frac{N^2\lambda^2\alpha_N^2}{\sigma_N^2}\right)=\exp\left(\frac{N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\right), \tag*{(104)}
\end{aligned} E Q [ Z env 2 ] = E U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) [ exp ( − σ N 2 1 ( ∥ U − N λ α N θ ∗ ∥ 2 − ∥ U ∥ 2 ) ) ] = exp ( − σ N 2 N 2 λ 2 α N 2 ) E U ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) [ exp ( σ N 2 2 N λ α N ⟨ θ ∗ , U ⟩ ) ] = exp ( σ N 2 N 2 λ 2 α N 2 ) = exp ( κ N 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ) , (104)
where the last equality uses σ N 2 = κ N N α N \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N σ N 2 = κ N N α N .
We now analyze Z d y n Z_{\mathrm{dyn}} Z dyn . By Definitions 6.8 and 6.9 , conditional on the environment, P d y n \mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{dyn}} P dyn and Q d y n \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}} Q dyn are the laws of spherical Langevin dynamics at inverse temperature β \beta β for H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ and H n u l l H_{\mathrm{null}} H null , respectively, initialized at Y 0 = e Y_0=e Y 0 = e , and we let ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (B_t)_{0\le t\le T} ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T denote the driving Brownian motion under Q d y n \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}} Q dyn . Since m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ is linear, Equation (8) implies ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1 / 2 Q y ϕ \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}m_\phi(y)=N^{-1/2}Q_y\phi ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1/2 Q y ϕ , and hence, for every y ∈ S N y\in\mathcal{S}_N y ∈ S N ,
∇ S N H s i g ( y ) = N λ ( k m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 − σ N 2 κ N 2 ) Q y ϕ . (105) \nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(y)=\sqrt{N}\lambda\left(km_\phi(y)^{k-1}-\frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\right)Q_y\phi. \tag*{(105)} ∇ S N H sig ( y ) = N λ ( k m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 − κ N 2 σ N 2 ) Q y ϕ . (105)
For t ≤ T t\le T t ≤ T , define θ t = β ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ) \theta_t=\beta\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t) θ t = β ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ) . Observe that, conditional on the environment, θ t \theta_t θ t is progressively measurable with respect to the joint filtration of the initial point and the driving Brownian motion. Moreover, since ∣ m ϕ ∣ ≤ 1 |m_\phi|\le1 ∣ m ϕ ∣ ≤ 1 and ∥ Q y ϕ ∥ ≤ 1 \|Q_y\phi\|\le1 ∥ Q y ϕ ∥ ≤ 1 , Equation (105) implies that ∥ θ t ∥ ≤ β N λ ( k + κ N − 2 σ N 2 ) \|\theta_t\|\le\beta\sqrt{N}\lambda(k+\kappa_N^{-2}\sigma_N^2) ∥ θ t ∥ ≤ β N λ ( k + κ N − 2 σ N 2 ) , which is deterministic. We define the stochastic process ( L t θ ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (L_t^\theta)_{0\le t\le T} ( L t θ ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T and the tilted law Q d y n T , θ \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^{T,\theta} Q dyn T , θ as follows:
L t θ ≔ exp ( ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d B s ⟩ − 1 2 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) , d Q d y n T , θ d Q d y n T = L T θ . (106) L_t^\theta\coloneqq\exp\left(\int_0^t\langle\theta_s,dB_s\rangle-\frac{1}{2}\int_0^t\|\theta_s\|^2\,ds\right),\qquad\frac{d\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^{T,\theta}}{d\mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^T}=L_T^\theta. \tag*{(106)} L t θ : = exp ( ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d B s ⟩ − 2 1 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) , d Q dyn T d Q dyn T , θ = L T θ . (106)
Then, by Lemma 3.15 applied conditionally on the environment, L t θ L_t^\theta L t θ is a mean-one martingale under Q d y n \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}} Q dyn , and thus Q d y n T , θ \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^{T,\theta} Q dyn T , θ is a well-defined probability measure. Moreover, by Lemma 3.15 with ( V , U ) = ( H n u l l , H s i g ) (V,U)=(H_{\mathrm{null}},H_{\mathrm{sig}}) ( V , U ) = ( H null , H sig ) , the trajectory ( Y t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T (Y_t)_{0\le t\le T} ( Y t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T under Q d y n T , θ \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^{T,\theta} Q dyn T , θ is spherical Langevin dynamics at inverse temperature β \beta β for H n u l l + H s i g = H ϕ H_{\mathrm{null}}+H_{\mathrm{sig}}=H_\phi H null + H sig = H ϕ , initialized at Y 0 = e Y_0=e Y 0 = e . Hence, the law of the trajectory under Q d y n T , θ \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^{T,\theta} Q dyn T , θ is P d y n T \mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{dyn}}^T P dyn T . Finally, since θ t ∈ T Y t S N \theta_t\in T_{Y_t}\mathcal{S}_N θ t ∈ T Y t S N , we infer the following from Equation (18) :
⟨ θ t , d B t ⟩ = ⟨ θ t , Q Y t d B t ⟩ = ⟨ θ t , d Y t ⟩ − β ⟨ θ t , ∇ S N H n u l l ( Y t ) ⟩ d t . \langle\theta_t,dB_t\rangle=\langle\theta_t,Q_{Y_t}dB_t\rangle=\langle\theta_t,dY_t\rangle-\beta\langle\theta_t,\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(Y_t)\rangle\,dt. ⟨ θ t , d B t ⟩ = ⟨ θ t , Q Y t d B t ⟩ = ⟨ θ t , d Y t ⟩ − β ⟨ θ t , ∇ S N H null ( Y t )⟩ d t .
Hence L t θ L_t^\theta L t θ is determined by the environment and the trajectory up to time t t t . Consequently,
Z d y n ( t ) = L t θ = exp ( ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d Y s ⟩ − β ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , ∇ S N H n u l l ( Y s ) ⟩ d s − 1 2 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) , t ≤ T . (107) Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t)=L_t^\theta=\exp\left(\int_0^t\langle\theta_s,dY_s\rangle-\beta\int_0^t\langle\theta_s,\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{null}}(Y_s)\rangle\,ds-\frac{1}{2}\int_0^t\|\theta_s\|^2\,ds\right),\qquad t\le T. \tag*{(107)} Z dyn ( t ) = L t θ = exp ( ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d Y s ⟩ − β ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , ∇ S N H null ( Y s )⟩ d s − 2 1 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) , t ≤ T . (107)
Since L t θ L_t^\theta L t θ is a mean-one martingale under Q d y n \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}} Q dyn , so is Z d y n ( t ) Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t) Z dyn ( t ) .
We now control Z d y n ( t ) 2 Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t)^2 Z dyn ( t ) 2 . Since 2 θ t 2\theta_t 2 θ t is also bounded by a deterministic constant, using Equation (107) and applying Lemma 3.15 with 2 θ 2\theta 2 θ in place of θ \theta θ , we conclude that the following process is a mean-one martingale under Q d y n \mathbb{Q}_{\mathrm{dyn}} Q dyn :
L t ≔ L t 2 θ = exp ( 2 ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d B s ⟩ − 2 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) = Z d y n ( t ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) . (108) L_t\coloneqq L_t^{2\theta}=\exp\left(2\int_0^t\langle\theta_s,dB_s\rangle-2\int_0^t\|\theta_s\|^2\,ds\right)=Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t)^2\exp\left(-\int_0^t\|\theta_s\|^2\,ds\right). \tag*{(108)} L t : = L t 2 θ = exp ( 2 ∫ 0 t ⟨ θ s , d B s ⟩ − 2 ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) = Z dyn ( t ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 t ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) . (108)
Finally, we combine the two factors via an optional stopping argument. Since Z e n v Z_{\mathrm{env}} Z env is a function of the environment, it is F 0 \mathcal{F}_0 F 0 -measurable. Moreover, recall that conditional on the environment, Z d y n ( t ) Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t) Z dyn ( t ) and L t L_t L t are mean-one martingales with respect to the filtration of the trajectory. Hence, for any $0 \le s \le t \le T$,
E Q [ Z ( t ) ∣ F s ] = Z e n v E Q [ Z d y n ( t ) ∣ F s ] = Z e n v Z d y n ( s ) = Z ( s ) , E Q [ L t ∣ F s ] = L s . \mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z(t)\mid\mathcal{F}_s]=Z_{\mathrm{env}}\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(t)\mid\mathcal{F}_s]=Z_{\mathrm{env}}Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(s)=Z(s),\qquad\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[L_t\mid\mathcal{F}_s]=L_s. E Q [ Z ( t ) ∣ F s ] = Z env E Q [ Z dyn ( t ) ∣ F s ] = Z env Z dyn ( s ) = Z ( s ) , E Q [ L t ∣ F s ] = L s .
and thus, Z ( t ) Z(t) Z ( t ) and L t L_t L t are martingales with respect to ( F t ) (\mathcal{F}_t) ( F t ) under Q \mathbb{Q} Q . Since τ ≤ T \tau\le T τ ≤ T is an ( F t ) (\mathcal{F}_t) ( F t ) -adapted stopping time, Doob’s optional stopping theorem [47 Theorem 1.2.5] implies that E Q [ Z ( T ) ∣ F τ ] = Z ( τ ) \mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z(T)\mid\mathcal{F}_\tau]=Z(\tau) E Q [ Z ( T ) ∣ F τ ] = Z ( τ ) and E Q [ L τ ∣ F 0 ] = L 0 = 1 \mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[L_\tau\mid\mathcal{F}_0]=L_0=1 E Q [ L τ ∣ F 0 ] = L 0 = 1 . Consequently, for any E ∈ F τ E\in\mathcal{F}_\tau E ∈ F τ ,
E Q [ Z ( τ ) 1 { E } ] = E Q [ E Q [ Z ( T ) ∣ F τ ] 1 { E } ] = E Q [ E Q [ Z ( T ) 1 { E } ∣ F τ ] ] = E Q [ Z ( T ) 1 { E } ] = E Q [ d P d Q 1 { E } ] = P ( E ) . (109) \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z(\tau)\mathbf{1}\{E\}]&=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z(T)\mid\mathcal{F}_\tau]\mathbf{1}\{E\}\right]=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z(T)\mathbf{1}\{E\}\mid\mathcal{F}_\tau]\right]\\
&=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z(T)\mathbf{1}\{E\}]=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\frac{\mathrm{d}\mathbb{P}}{\mathrm{d}\mathbb{Q}}\mathbf{1}\{E\}\right]=\mathbb{P}(E). \tag*{(109)}
\end{aligned} E Q [ Z ( τ ) 1 { E }] = E Q [ E Q [ Z ( T ) ∣ F τ ] 1 { E } ] = E Q [ E Q [ Z ( T ) 1 { E } ∣ F τ ] ] = E Q [ Z ( T ) 1 { E }] = E Q [ d Q d P 1 { E } ] = P ( E ) . (109)
By Equation (109) and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, we obtain
P ( E ) = E Q [ Z ( τ ) exp ( − 1 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) ⋅ exp ( 1 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) 1 { E } ] ≤ E Q [ Z ( τ ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) ] 1 / 2 E Q [ exp ( ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) 1 { E } ] 1 / 2 . (110) \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{P}(E)&=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[Z(\tau)\exp\left(-\frac{1}{2}\int_0^\tau\|\theta_s\|^2\,\mathrm{d}s\right)\cdot\exp\left(\frac{1}{2}\int_0^\tau\|\theta_s\|^2\,\mathrm{d}s\right)\mathbf{1}\{E\}\right]\\
&\le\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[Z(\tau)^2\exp\left(-\int_0^\tau\|\theta_s\|^2\,\mathrm{d}s\right)\right]^{1/2}\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(\int_0^\tau\|\theta_s\|^2\,\mathrm{d}s\right)\mathbf{1}\{E\}\right]^{1/2}. \tag*{(110)}
\end{aligned} P ( E ) = E Q [ Z ( τ ) exp ( − 2 1 ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) ⋅ exp ( 2 1 ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) 1 { E } ] ≤ E Q [ Z ( τ ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) ] 1/2 E Q [ exp ( ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) 1 { E } ] 1/2 . (110)
For the first expectation on the right-hand side, since Z ( τ ) = Z e n v Z d y n ( τ ) Z(\tau)=Z_{\mathrm{env}}Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(\tau) Z ( τ ) = Z env Z dyn ( τ ) and Z e n v Z_{\mathrm{env}} Z env is F 0 \mathcal{F}_0 F 0 -measurable, we infer from Equations (104) and (108) that
E Q [ Z ( τ ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) ] = E Q [ Z e n v 2 E Q [ Z d y n ( τ ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) | F 0 ] ] = E Q [ Z e n v 2 E Q [ L τ ∣ F 0 ] ] = E Q [ Z e n v 2 ] = exp ( N λ 2 σ N 2 κ N 2 ) , (111) \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[Z(\tau)^2\exp\left(-\int_0^\tau\|\theta_s\|^2\,\mathrm{d}s\right)\right]
&=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[Z_{\mathrm{env}}^2\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[Z_{\mathrm{dyn}}(\tau)^2\exp\left(-\int_0^\tau\|\theta_s\|^2\,\mathrm{d}s\right)\middle|\mathcal{F}_0\right]\right]\\
&=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[Z_{\mathrm{env}}^2\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[L_\tau\mid\mathcal{F}_0]\right]=\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[Z_{\mathrm{env}}^2]=\exp\left(\frac{N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\right), \tag*{(111)}
\end{aligned} E Q [ Z ( τ ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) ] = E Q [ Z env 2 E Q [ Z dyn ( τ ) 2 exp ( − ∫ 0 τ ∥ θ s ∥ 2 d s ) F 0 ] ] = E Q [ Z env 2 E Q [ L τ ∣ F 0 ] ] = E Q [ Z env 2 ] = exp ( κ N 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ) , (111)
where the third equality uses E Q [ L τ ∣ F 0 ] = 1 \mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}[L_\tau\mid\mathcal{F}_0]=1 E Q [ L τ ∣ F 0 ] = 1 . Substituting Equation (111) into Equation (110) and recalling that ∥ θ s ∥ 2 = β 2 ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y s ) ∥ 2 \|\theta_s\|^2=\beta^2\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_s)\|^2 ∥ θ s ∥ 2 = β 2 ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y s ) ∥ 2 , we conclude the proof. □ \square □
Remark 6.13. If ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ( e ) ) ∥ 2 d t ≤ Γ \int_0^\tau\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t(e))\|^2\,\mathrm{d}t\le\Gamma ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ( e )) ∥ 2 d t ≤ Γ holds on E E E for some deterministic Γ ≥ 0 \Gamma\ge0 Γ ≥ 0 , then Theorem 6.12 implies that P ( E ) ≤ exp ( N λ 2 σ N 2 2 κ N 2 + 1 2 β 2 Γ ) Q ( E ) 1 / 2 \mathbb{P}(E)\le\exp\left(\frac{N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2}{2\kappa_N^2}+\frac{1}{2}\beta^2\Gamma\right)\mathbb{Q}(E)^{1/2} P ( E ) ≤ exp ( 2 κ N 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 + 2 1 β 2 Γ ) Q ( E ) 1/2 . Thus, events that are (sufficiently) exponentially unlikely under the null law remain so under the planted law, albeit at an exponential cost due to the change in environment and the accumulated signal contribution along the trajectory.
Critical Recovery via the Reverse Planting Trick
In this subsection, we use the reverse planting trick to establish Theorem 6.5 . Our proof makes use of the following regularity estimate for the null Hamiltonian.
Lemma 6.14 (Regularity of the Null Hamiltonian). Suppose that λ σ N ≤ 1 \lambda\sigma_N\le1 λ σ N ≤ 1 . There exist constants C 0 , c > 0 C_0,c>0 C 0 , c > 0 , depending only on k k k , such that the following holds under the planted law for all sufficiently large N N N :
P ( ∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 > C 0 N ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) . \mathbb{P}\left(\|H_{\mathrm{null}}\|_{\mathcal{G}_4}>C_0N\right)\le\exp(-cN). P ( ∥ H null ∥ G 4 > C 0 N ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) .
Proof. Since σ N 2 ≍ k N − k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2 \asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 ≍ k N − 2 k − 1 and N N N is sufficiently large, we have σ N ≤ 1 \sigma_N \le1 σ N ≤ 1 . By Lemmas 6.6 and 6.7 and Definition 6.8 , the null Hamiltonian takes the form
H n u l l = κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , ⋅ ⟩ + W , R = ∥ U ∥ , W = d H 0 ⊥ = H 0 − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , ⋅ ⟩ . H_{\mathrm{null}}=\kappa_N^{-1}R\langle e_1,\cdot\rangle+W,\qquad R=\lVert U\rVert,\qquad W\overset{\mathrm{d}}{=}H_0^\perp=H_0-\kappa_N^{-1}\langle\zeta,\cdot\rangle. H null = κ N − 1 R ⟨ e 1 , ⋅ ⟩ + W , R = ∥ U ∥ , W = d H 0 ⊥ = H 0 − κ N − 1 ⟨ ζ , ⋅ ⟩ .
where U ∼ N ( N λ α N θ ⋆ , σ N 2 I ) U\sim\mathcal{N}(N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star,\sigma_N^2 I) U ∼ N ( N λ α N θ ⋆ , σ N 2 I ) and ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \zeta\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I) ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) . To bound the Sobolev norms of the linear terms, observe that, for every nonzero v ∈ R N v\in\mathbb{R}^N v ∈ R N , we have ∥ ⟨ v , ⋅ ⟩ ∥ G 4 ≲ N ∥ v ∥ \lVert\langle v,\cdot\rangle\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\lesssim\sqrt{N}\lVert v\rVert ∥⟨ v , ⋅ ⟩ ∥ G 4 ≲ N ∥ v ∥ by Lemma 3.9 applied to the unit vector v / ∥ v ∥ v/\lVert v\rVert v / ∥ v ∥ . Combining this bound with the triangle inequality and κ N ≥ 2 / 3 \kappa_N\ge2/3 κ N ≥ 2/3 , we obtain
∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 ≲ N R + ∥ W ∥ G 4 , ∥ H 0 ⊥ ∥ G 4 ≲ ∥ H 0 ∥ G 4 + N ∥ ζ ∥ . (112) \lVert H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\lesssim\sqrt{N}R+\lVert W\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4},\qquad\lVert H_0^\perp\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\lesssim\lVert H_0\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}+\sqrt{N}\lVert\zeta\rVert. \tag*{(112)} ∥ H null ∥ G 4 ≲ N R + ∥ W ∥ G 4 , ∥ H 0 ⊥ ∥ G 4 ≲ ∥ H 0 ∥ G 4 + N ∥ ζ ∥ . (112)
We now show that R ≲ N R\lesssim\sqrt{N} R ≲ N and ∥ W ∥ G 4 ≲ k N \lVert W\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\lesssim_k N ∥ W ∥ G 4 ≲ k N with high probability. Since σ N 2 = κ N N α N \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N σ N 2 = κ N N α N , κ N ≥ 2 / 3 \kappa_N\ge2/3 κ N ≥ 2/3 , λ σ N ≤ 1 \lambda\sigma_N\le1 λ σ N ≤ 1 and σ N ≤ 1 \sigma_N\le1 σ N ≤ 1 , the triangle inequality yields
R = ∥ U ∥ ≤ N λ α N + ∥ U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∥ = N λ σ N 2 κ N + ∥ U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∥ ≲ N + ∥ U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∥ . R=\lVert U\rVert\le N\lambda\alpha_N+\lVert U-N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star\rVert=\frac{\sqrt{N}\lambda\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N}+\lVert U-N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star\rVert\lesssim\sqrt{N}+\lVert U-N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star\rVert. R = ∥ U ∥ ≤ N λ α N + ∥ U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∥ = κ N N λ σ N 2 + ∥ U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∥ ≲ N + ∥ U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∥ .
Since U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) U-N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2I) U − N λ α N θ ⋆ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) with σ N ≤ 1 \sigma_N\le1 σ N ≤ 1 , we obtain the following via Gaussian concentration [cf. Ver18, Theorem 3.1.1]
P ( R > C N ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) . (113) \mathbb{P}(R>C\sqrt{N})\le\exp(-cN). \tag*{(113)} P ( R > C N ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) . (113)
We now bound ∥ W ∥ G 4 \lVert W\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4} ∥ W ∥ G 4 . Since ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \zeta\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2I) ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) with σ N ≤ 1 \sigma_N\le1 σ N ≤ 1 , Lemma 3.7 with n = 4 n=4 n = 4 and r = N r=N r = N , together with Gaussian concentration, implies that ∥ H 0 ∥ G 4 ≲ k N \lVert H_0\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\lesssim_k N ∥ H 0 ∥ G 4 ≲ k N and ∥ ζ ∥ ≲ N \lVert\zeta\rVert\lesssim\sqrt{N} ∥ ζ ∥ ≲ N with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) . Since W = d H 0 ⊥ W\overset{\mathrm{d}}{=}H_0^\perp W = d H 0 ⊥ , we infer the following from the second bound in Equation (112)
P ( ∥ W ∥ G 4 > C k N ) = P ( ∥ H 0 ⊥ ∥ G 4 > C k N ) ≤ exp ( − c k N ) . (114) \mathbb{P}(\lVert W\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}>C_kN)=\mathbb{P}(\lVert H_0^\perp\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}>C_kN)\le\exp(-c_kN). \tag*{(114)} P (∥ W ∥ G 4 > C k N ) = P (∥ H 0 ⊥ ∥ G 4 > C k N ) ≤ exp ( − c k N ) . (114)
On the event { R ≤ C N } ∩ { ∥ W ∥ G 4 ≤ C k N } \{R\le C\sqrt{N}\}\cap\{\lVert W\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\le C_kN\} { R ≤ C N } ∩ {∥ W ∥ G 4 ≤ C k N } , the first bound in Equation (112) yields ∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 ≲ k N \lVert H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\lesssim_k N ∥ H null ∥ G 4 ≲ k N . We now fix C 0 C_0 C 0 sufficiently large, depending only on k k k , so that ∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N \lVert H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\le C_0N ∥ H null ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N on this event. Hence, by a union bound, we conclude the following from Equations (113) and (114)
P ( ∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 > C 0 N ) ≤ P ( R > C N ) + P ( ∥ W ∥ G 4 > C k N ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) , \mathbb{P}(\lVert H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}>C_0N)\le\mathbb{P}(R>C\sqrt{N})+\mathbb{P}(\lVert W\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}>C_kN)\le\exp(-cN), P (∥ H null ∥ G 4 > C 0 N ) ≤ P ( R > C N ) + P (∥ W ∥ G 4 > C k N ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) ,
Our proof also makes use of the following Gronwall-type comparison inequality from Ben Arous, Gheissari, and Jagannath [10 ] .
Lemma 6.15 ([10 Lemma 5.1] ). Let a , c , T > 0 a,c,T>0 a , c , T > 0 , and let f : [ 0 , T ] → R f:[0,T]\to\mathbb{R} f : [ 0 , T ] → R be a continuous function which satisfies the following:
f ( t ) ≥ a + c ∫ 0 t f ( s ) k − 1 d s ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . f(t)\ge a+c\int_0^t f(s)^{k-1}\,ds\qquad\forall t\in[0,T]. f ( t ) ≥ a + c ∫ 0 t f ( s ) k − 1 d s ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . Then, the following holds for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] with ( k − 2 ) c a k − 2 t < 1 (k-2)ca^{k-2}t<1 ( k − 2 ) c a k − 2 t < 1 :
f ( t ) ≥ [ a − ( k − 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) c t ] − 1 k − 2 . f(t)\ge\left[a^{-(k-2)}-(k-2)ct\right]^{-\frac{1}{k-2}}. f ( t ) ≥ [ a − ( k − 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) c t ] − k − 2 1 .
Equipped with Lemmas 6.14 and 6.15 , we now establish Theorem 6.5 by applying the adaptive contiguity estimate up to a carefully chosen stopping time, thereby proving that the null drift is unlikely to overtake the signal drift before the dynamics achieves critical recovery.
Proof of Theorem 6.5
Proof. Throughout this proof, we work under the planted law. We assume N N N is sufficiently large and that C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is a sufficiently large constant, depending only on β \beta β and k k k . Since e e e may depend on H H H , we write e = e ( H , ω ) e=e(H,\omega) e = e ( H , ω ) , where e e e is a measurable function and ω \omega ω is auxiliary randomness with a fixed distribution, independent of H H H and of the driving Brownian motion ( B t ) t ≥ 0 (B_t)_{t\geq0} ( B t ) t ≥ 0 of the second phase. For instance, in Algorithms 1 and 2, ω \omega ω encapsulates the initialization X ~ 0 \widetilde{X}_0 X 0 and the driving Brownian motion ( B ~ t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T a v (\widetilde{B}_t)_{0\leq t\leq T_{\mathrm{av}}} ( B t ) 0 ≤ t ≤ T av of the first phase.
Consider the trajectory ( X t ( e ) ) t ≥ 0 (X_t(e))_{t\geq0} ( X t ( e ) ) t ≥ 0 of spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H initialized at e e e . Applying the gauge transformation in Equation (85) to this trajectory, we define
Y t ≔ Φ X t ( e ) , m t ≔ m ϕ ( Y t ) . (115) Y_t \coloneqq\Phi X_t(e), \qquad m_t \coloneqq m_\phi(Y_t). \tag*{(115)} Y t : = Φ X t ( e ) , m t : = m ϕ ( Y t ) . (115)
Since e = Φ T Φ e e=\Phi^\mathsf{T}\Phi e e = Φ T Φ e , Equation (85) implies that Y t = Y t ( Φ e ) Y_t=Y_t(\Phi e) Y t = Y t ( Φ e ) , and hence, by Lemma 6.7 , ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t)_{t\geq0} ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 is spherical Langevin dynamics for H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ initialized at Y 0 = Φ e Y_0=\Phi e Y 0 = Φ e . Since Lemma 6.7 defines m ϕ ( y ) = m ( Φ T y ) m_\phi(y)=m(\Phi^\mathsf{T}y) m ϕ ( y ) = m ( Φ T y ) , we also have m t = m ( X t ( e ) ) m_t=m(X_t(e)) m t = m ( X t ( e )) , i.e., m t m_t m t is the correlation along the actual trajectory of the algorithm. Moreover, since H ( x ) = H ϕ ( Φ x ) H(x)=H_\phi(\Phi x) H ( x ) = H ϕ ( Φ x ) , where H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ is determined by ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) as per Lemma 6.7 , the gauge-transformed initial state Φ e \Phi e Φ e is a measurable function of ( Φ , R , W , ω ) (\Phi,R,W,\omega) ( Φ , R , W , ω ) , and is therefore a valid initialization rule in the sense of § 6.4 . Now, let δ = λ σ N N − ϑ \delta=\lambda\sigma_NN^{-\vartheta} δ = λ σ N N − ϑ , and consider the event
A ≔ { ∥ Y 0 − N e 1 ∥ ≤ δ N } . \mathcal{A}\coloneqq\left\{\left\|Y_0-\sqrt{N}e_1\right\|\leq\delta\sqrt{N}\right\}. A : = { Y 0 − N e 1 ≤ δ N } .
Recall that u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] u_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H] u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] denotes the average spherical gradient, and u ^ H = N u H ∥ u H ∥ \widehat{u}_H=\frac{\sqrt{N}u_H}{\|u_H\|} u H = ∥ u H ∥ N u H denotes its normalization. Since Φ ∈ O ( N , R ) \Phi\in O(N,\mathbb{R}) Φ ∈ O ( N , R ) with Φ u ^ H = N e 1 \Phi\widehat{u}_H=\sqrt{N}e_1 Φ u H = N e 1 , we have A = { ∥ e − u ^ H ∥ ≤ δ N } \mathcal{A}=\{\|e-\widehat{u}_H\|\leq\delta\sqrt{N}\} A = { ∥ e − u H ∥ ≤ δ N } , which corresponds to the warm start event in Theorem 6.5 .
We begin by fixing some constants. Since σ N 2 ≍ k N k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2\asymp_k N^{\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 ≍ k N 2 k − 1 and k − 2 4 ≤ γ ≤ k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \frac{k-2}{4}\leq\gamma\leq\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k} 4 k − 2 ≤ γ ≤ 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 , we have
N − 1 / 4 ≲ k λ σ N ≲ N − 1 4 + 1 4 k , min { 1 , λ N − 1 / 4 } ≍ k λ σ N , min { N , λ 2 N k − 3 2 } ≍ k N λ 2 σ N 2 → ∞ . N^{-1/4}\lesssim_k\lambda\sigma_N\lesssim N^{-\frac14+\frac{1}{4k}},\qquad\min\left\{1,\lambda N^{-1/4}\right\}\asymp_k\lambda\sigma_N,\qquad\min\left\{N,\lambda^2N^{\frac{k-3}{2}}\right\}\asymp_k N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\to\infty. N − 1/4 ≲ k λ σ N ≲ N − 4 1 + 4 k 1 , min { 1 , λ N − 1/4 } ≍ k λ σ N , min { N , λ 2 N 2 k − 3 } ≍ k N λ 2 σ N 2 → ∞.
Moreover, since Φ u ^ H = N e 1 \Phi\widehat{u}_H=\sqrt{N}e_1 Φ u H = N e 1 , we have m ϕ ( N e 1 ) = m ( u ^ H ) m_\phi(\sqrt{N}e_1)=m(\widehat{u}_H) m ϕ ( N e 1 ) = m ( u H ) under the planted law. Adjusting constants appropriately, we infer from Corollary 4.3 that there exists a constant c 0 > 0 c_0>0 c 0 > 0 , depending only on k k k , such that
P [ m ϕ ( N e 1 ) ≥ 2 c 0 λ σ N ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (116) \mathbb{P}\left[m_\phi(\sqrt{N}e_1)\geq2c_0\lambda\sigma_N\right]\geq1-\exp\left(-cN\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\right). \tag*{(116)} P [ m ϕ ( N e 1 ) ≥ 2 c 0 λ σ N ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (116)
We now define
a 0 ≔ c 0 λ σ N , η ≔ 3 β k 16 , T λ ≔ C T λ a 0 k − 2 , C T ≔ 2 k − 1 ( k − 2 ) η . a_0\coloneqq c_0\lambda\sigma_N,\qquad\eta\coloneqq\frac{3\beta k}{16},\qquad T_\lambda\coloneqq\frac{C_T}{\lambda a_0^{k-2}},\qquad C_T\coloneqq\frac{2^{k-1}}{(k-2)\eta}. a 0 : = c 0 λ σ N , η : = 16 3 β k , T λ : = λ a 0 k − 2 C T , C T : = ( k − 2 ) η 2 k − 1 .
Since C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is sufficiently large and
λ a 0 k − 2 = c 0 k − 2 λ k − 1 σ N k − 2 ≍ k C β , k k − 1 N ( k − 1 ) ( γ − k − 2 4 ) , \lambda a_0^{k-2}=c_0^{k-2}\lambda^{k-1}\sigma_N^{k-2}\asymp_k C_{\beta,k}^{k-1}N^{(k-1)\left(\gamma-\frac{k-2}{4}\right)}, λ a 0 k − 2 = c 0 k − 2 λ k − 1 σ N k − 2 ≍ k C β , k k − 1 N ( k − 1 ) ( γ − 4 k − 2 ) ,
we may assume that λ a 0 k − 2 ≥ C T \lambda a_0^{k-2}\geq C_T λ a 0 k − 2 ≥ C T , and hence T λ ≤ 1 T_\lambda\leq1 T λ ≤ 1 .
We now compute the signal drift. Since m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ is linear, Equation (8) implies ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1 / 2 Q y ϕ \nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}m_\phi(y)=N^{-1/2}Q_y\phi ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1/2 Q y ϕ , and ∥ Q y ϕ ∥ 2 = 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 \lVert Q_y\phi\rVert^2=1-m_\phi(y)^2 ∥ Q y ϕ ∥ 2 = 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 . Since H ϕ = H n u l l + H s i g H_\phi=H_{\mathrm{null}}+H_{\mathrm{sig}} H ϕ = H null + H sig , where H s i g = N λ m ϕ k − N λ σ N 2 κ N 2 m ϕ H_{\mathrm{sig}}=N\lambda m_\phi^k-\frac{N\lambda\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}m_\phi H sig = N λ m ϕ k − κ N 2 N λ σ N 2 m ϕ by Lemma 6.7 , we obtain the following from Equations (19) and (105) for every y ∈ S N y\in\mathbb{S}^N y ∈ S N :
( L p l − L n u l l ) m ϕ ( y ) = β ⟨ ∇ S N H s i g ( y ) , ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) ⟩ = β λ ( k m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 − σ N 2 κ N 2 ) ( 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 ) , ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( y ) ∥ 2 = N λ 2 ( k m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 − σ N 2 κ N 2 ) 2 ( 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 ) . (117) \begin{aligned}
(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}-\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}})m_\phi(y)&=\beta\langle\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(y),\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}m_\phi(y)\rangle=\beta\lambda\left(km_\phi(y)^{k-1}-\frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\right)(1-m_\phi(y)^2),\\
\lVert\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(y)\rVert^2&=N\lambda^2\left(km_\phi(y)^{k-1}-\frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\right)^2(1-m_\phi(y)^2). \tag*{(117)}
\end{aligned} ( L pl − L null ) m ϕ ( y ) ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( y ) ∥ 2 = β ⟨ ∇ S N H sig ( y ) , ∇ S N m ϕ ( y )⟩ = β λ ( k m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 − κ N 2 σ N 2 ) ( 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 ) , = N λ 2 ( k m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 − κ N 2 σ N 2 ) 2 ( 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 ) . (117)
Since λ σ N ≳ N − 1 / 4 \lambda\sigma_N\gtrsim N^{-1/4} λ σ N ≳ N − 1/4 and σ N 2 ≍ k N − k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 ≍ k N − 2 k − 1 , we have σ N 2 κ N 2 ≤ k 2 ( a 0 / 2 ) k − 1 \frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\leq\frac{k}{2}(a_0/2)^{k-1} κ N 2 σ N 2 ≤ 2 k ( a 0 /2 ) k − 1 . Moreover, C r N ≤ 1 / 2 C r_N\leq1/2 C r N ≤ 1/2 , since r N → 0 r_N\to0 r N → 0 . Hence, whenever a 0 / 2 ≤ m ϕ ( y ) ≤ C r N a_0/2\leq m_\phi(y)\leq Cr_N a 0 /2 ≤ m ϕ ( y ) ≤ C r N , we have σ N 2 κ N 2 ≤ k 2 m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 \frac{\sigma_N^2}{\kappa_N^2}\leq\frac{k}{2}m_\phi(y)^{k-1} κ N 2 σ N 2 ≤ 2 k m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 and 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 ≥ 3 / 4 1-m_\phi(y)^2\geq3/4 1 − m ϕ ( y ) 2 ≥ 3/4 , and we infer from Equation (117) that
( L p l − L n u l l ) m ϕ ( y ) ≥ 2 η λ m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 , ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( y ) ∥ 2 ≤ k 2 N λ 2 m ϕ ( y ) 2 k − 2 . (118) (\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}-\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}})m_\phi(y)\geq2\eta\lambda m_\phi(y)^{k-1},\qquad\lVert\nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(y)\rVert^2\leq k^2N\lambda^2m_\phi(y)^{2k-2}. \tag*{(118)} ( L pl − L null ) m ϕ ( y ) ≥ 2 η λ m ϕ ( y ) k − 1 , ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( y ) ∥ 2 ≤ k 2 N λ 2 m ϕ ( y ) 2 k − 2 . (118)
We now define the Dynkin martingale of m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ . By Definition 6.8 , conditional on the environment, ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t)_{t\geq0} ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 is spherical Langevin dynamics for H ϕ H_\phi H ϕ at inverse temperature β \beta β . Hence, by Lemma 3.11 , the following process is a continuous martingale conditional on the environment:
M t ≔ m t − m 0 − ∫ 0 t ( L p l m ϕ ) ( Y s ) d s . (119) M_t\coloneqq m_t-m_0-\int_0^t(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}m_\phi)(Y_s)\,ds. \tag*{(119)} M t : = m t − m 0 − ∫ 0 t ( L pl m ϕ ) ( Y s ) d s . (119)
We now define the following regularity events:
I ≔ { m 0 ≥ a 0 } , E r e g ≔ { ∥ H n u l l ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N } , M T λ ≔ { sup 0 ≤ t ≤ T λ ∣ M t ∣ ≤ a 0 32 } . \mathcal{I}\coloneqq\{m_0\geq a_0\},\qquad\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\coloneqq\{\lVert H_{\mathrm{null}}\rVert_{\mathcal{G}_4}\leq C_0N\},\qquad\mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda}\coloneqq\left\{\sup_{0\leq t\leq T_\lambda}|M_t|\leq\frac{a_0}{32}\right\}. I : = { m 0 ≥ a 0 } , E reg : = {∥ H null ∥ G 4 ≤ C 0 N } , M T λ : = { 0 ≤ t ≤ T λ sup ∣ M t ∣ ≤ 32 a 0 } .
where C 0 > 0 C_0>0 C 0 > 0 is the constant in Lemma 6.14 . We shall show that each of these events holds with high probability on A \mathcal{A} A .
We begin with the event I \mathcal{I} I . Since ϕ ∈ S N − 1 \phi\in\mathbb{S}^{N-1} ϕ ∈ S N − 1 , m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ is N − 1 / 2 N^{-1/2} N − 1/2 -Lipschitz on S N \mathbb{S}^N S N . Moreover, δ ≤ a 0 \delta\leq a_0 δ ≤ a 0 for all sufficiently large N N N , since δ = λ σ N N − ϑ \delta=\lambda\sigma_NN^{-\vartheta} δ = λ σ N N − ϑ and a 0 = c 0 λ σ N a_0=c_0\lambda\sigma_N a 0 = c 0 λ σ N . Hence, the following holds on A ∩ { m ϕ ( N e 1 ) ≥ 2 a 0 } \mathcal{A}\cap\{m_\phi(\sqrt{N}e_1)\geq2a_0\} A ∩ { m ϕ ( N e 1 ) ≥ 2 a 0 } :
m 0 = m ϕ ( Y 0 ) ≥ m ϕ ( N e 1 ) − 1 N ∥ Y 0 − N e 1 ∥ ≥ 2 a 0 − δ ≥ a 0 . m_0=m_\phi(Y_0)\geq m_\phi(\sqrt{N}e_1)-\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\lVert Y_0-\sqrt{N}e_1\rVert\geq2a_0-\delta\geq a_0. m 0 = m ϕ ( Y 0 ) ≥ m ϕ ( N e 1 ) − N 1 ∥ Y 0 − N e 1 ∥ ≥ 2 a 0 − δ ≥ a 0 .
Consequently, A ∩ I c ⊆ { m ϕ ( N e 1 ) < 2 a 0 } \mathcal{A}\cap\mathcal{I}^c\subseteq\{m_\phi(\sqrt{N}e_1)<2a_0\} A ∩ I c ⊆ { m ϕ ( N e 1 ) < 2 a 0 } . Since a 0 = c 0 λ σ N a_0=c_0\lambda\sigma_N a 0 = c 0 λ σ N , we infer from Equation (116) that
P ( A ∩ I c ) ≤ exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (120) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}\cap\mathcal{I}^c)\leq\exp(-cN\lambda^2\sigma_N^2). \tag*{(120)} P ( A ∩ I c ) ≤ exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (120)
We now consider the event E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg . Since λ σ N ≤ 1 \lambda\sigma_N\leq1 λ σ N ≤ 1 , Lemma 6.14 implies that
P ( E r e g c ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) . (121) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}^c)\leq\exp(-cN). \tag*{(121)} P ( E reg c ) ≤ exp ( − c N ) . (121)
Finally, we consider the event M T λ \mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda} M T λ . Since ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1 / 2 Q y ϕ \nabla_{\mathbb{S}^N}m_\phi(y)=N^{-1/2}Q_y\phi ∇ S N m ϕ ( y ) = N − 1/2 Q y ϕ and ∥ Q y ϕ ∥ ≤ 1 \lVert Q_y\phi\rVert\leq1 ∥ Q y ϕ ∥ ≤ 1 , the observable m ϕ m_\phi m ϕ satisfies the hypothesis of Lemma 3.12 with A = N − 1 / 2 A=N^{-1/2} A = N − 1/2 . Hence, applying Lemma 3.12 to the Dynkin martingale in Equation (119) conditionally on the environment, with T = T λ T=T_\lambda T = T λ and r = a 0 / 32 r=a_0/32 r = a 0 /32 , we obtain
P ( M T λ c ) ≤ 2 exp ( − N ( a 0 / 32 ) 2 2 T λ ) ≤ 2 exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (122) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda}^c)\leq2\exp\left(-\frac{N(a_0/32)^2}{2T_\lambda}\right)\leq2\exp(-cN\lambda^2\sigma_N^2). \tag*{(122)} P ( M T λ c ) ≤ 2 exp ( − 2 T λ N ( a 0 /32 ) 2 ) ≤ 2 exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (122)
where the last step uses T λ ≤ 1 T_{\lambda} \le1 T λ ≤ 1 and a 0 = c 0 λ σ N a_0 = c_0\lambda\sigma_N a 0 = c 0 λ σ N .
We now define the stopping time up to which we apply the adaptive contiguity estimate. To this end, let ( F t ) t ≥ 0 (\mathcal{F}_t)_{t\ge0} ( F t ) t ≥ 0 denote the joint filtration of the environment ( Φ , R , W ) (\Phi,R,W) ( Φ , R , W ) and of the trajectory ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 (Y_t)_{t\ge0} ( Y t ) t ≥ 0 , as in Theorem 6.12 . Since m t m_t m t and ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) (\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t) ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ) are continuous and ( F t ) (\mathcal{F}_t) ( F t ) -adapted, the following are ( F t ) (\mathcal{F}_t) ( F t ) -adapted stopping times:
T ∗ Y ≔ inf { t ≥ 0 : m t ≥ C r N } , T_*^Y \coloneqq\inf\{t\ge0:m_t\ge Cr_N\}, T ∗ Y : = inf { t ≥ 0 : m t ≥ C r N } ,
τ ↓ ≔ inf { t ≥ 0 : m t ≤ a 0 2 } , \tau^\downarrow\coloneqq\inf\left\{t\ge0:m_t\le\frac{a_0}{2}\right\}, τ ↓ : = inf { t ≥ 0 : m t ≤ 2 a 0 } ,
τ b a d ≔ inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ ≥ η λ m t k − 1 } , \tau^{\mathrm{bad}} \coloneqq\inf\left\{t\ge0:\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t)\right|\ge\eta\lambda m_t^{k-1}\right\}, τ bad : = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ ≥ η λ m t k − 1 } ,
τ ≔ T λ ∧ T ∗ Y ∧ τ ↓ ∧ τ b a d . \tau\coloneqq T_\lambda\wedge T_*^Y\wedge\tau^\downarrow\wedge\tau^{\mathrm{bad}}. τ : = T λ ∧ T ∗ Y ∧ τ ↓ ∧ τ bad .
For every t < τ t<\tau t < τ , we have a 0 / 2 < m t < C r N a_0/2<m_t<Cr_N a 0 /2 < m t < C r N . Hence, Equation (118) implies the following:
∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ) ∥ 2 ≤ k 2 N λ 2 m t 2 k − 2 ∀ t < τ . (123) \left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t)\right\|^2\le k^2N\lambda^2m_t^{2k-2}\qquad\forall\ t<\tau. \tag*{(123)} ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ) ∥ 2 ≤ k 2 N λ 2 m t 2 k − 2 ∀ t < τ . (123)
Moreover, Equation (118) and τ ≤ τ b a d \tau\le\tau^{\mathrm{bad}} τ ≤ τ bad imply that
( L p l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) = ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) + ( L p l − L n u l l ) m ϕ ( Y t ) (\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}m_\phi)(Y_t)=(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t)+(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}-\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}})m_\phi(Y_t) ( L pl m ϕ ) ( Y t ) = ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ) + ( L pl − L null ) m ϕ ( Y t )
≥ 2 η λ m t k − 1 − ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ ≥ η λ m t k − 1 > 0 ∀ t < τ . (124) \ge2\eta\lambda m_t^{k-1}-|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t)|\ge\eta\lambda m_t^{k-1}>0\qquad\forall\ t<\tau. \tag*{(124)} ≥ 2 η λ m t k − 1 − ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ ≥ η λ m t k − 1 > 0 ∀ t < τ . (124)
We now control the correlation up to time τ \tau τ . Define M τ = { sup 0 ≤ t ≤ τ ∣ M t ∣ ≤ a 0 / 32 } \mathcal{M}_\tau=\{\sup_{0\le t\le\tau}|M_t|\le a_0/32\} M τ = { sup 0 ≤ t ≤ τ ∣ M t ∣ ≤ a 0 /32 } . By Equations (119) and (124) , the following holds on I ∩ M τ \mathcal{I}\cap\mathcal{M}_\tau I ∩ M τ for any 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ τ 0\le s\le t\le\tau 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ τ :
m t − m s = ∫ s t ( L p l m ϕ ) ( Y u ) d u + M t − M s ≥ M t − M s ≥ − a 0 16 . m_t-m_s=\int_s^t(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}m_\phi)(Y_u)\,\mathrm{d}u+M_t-M_s\ge M_t-M_s\ge-\frac{a_0}{16}. m t − m s = ∫ s t ( L pl m ϕ ) ( Y u ) d u + M t − M s ≥ M t − M s ≥ − 16 a 0 .
Since M 0 = 0 M_0=0 M 0 = 0 and m 0 ≥ a 0 m_0\ge a_0 m 0 ≥ a 0 , we also have
m t ≥ m 0 + M t ≥ 31 a 0 32 ∀ t ≤ τ , m s ≤ m t + a 0 16 ≤ 2 m t ∀ s ≤ t ≤ τ . (125) m_t\ge m_0+M_t\ge\frac{31a_0}{32}\qquad\forall\ t\le\tau,\qquad m_s\le m_t+\frac{a_0}{16}\le2m_t\qquad\forall\ s\le t\le\tau. \tag*{(125)} m t ≥ m 0 + M t ≥ 32 31 a 0 ∀ t ≤ τ , m s ≤ m t + 16 a 0 ≤ 2 m t ∀ s ≤ t ≤ τ . (125)
Similarly, we infer from Equations (119) and (124) that
m t = m 0 + ∫ 0 t ( L p l m ϕ ) ( Y s ) d s + M t ≥ 31 a 0 32 + η λ ∫ 0 t m s k − 1 d s ∀ t ≤ τ . (126) m_t=m_0+\int_0^t(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}m_\phi)(Y_s)\,\mathrm{d}s+M_t\ge\frac{31a_0}{32}+\eta\lambda\int_0^t m_s^{k-1}\,\mathrm{d}s\qquad\forall\ t\le\tau. \tag*{(126)} m t = m 0 + ∫ 0 t ( L pl m ϕ ) ( Y s ) d s + M t ≥ 32 31 a 0 + η λ ∫ 0 t m s k − 1 d s ∀ t ≤ τ . (126)
We now show that the null drift is unlikely to dominate the signal drift before the dynamics achieves critical recovery. To this end, define the failure event
E f a i l ≔ A ∩ I ∩ E r e g ∩ M τ ∩ { τ = τ b a d < T ∗ Y } . \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}\coloneqq\mathcal{A}\cap\mathcal{I}\cap\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\cap\mathcal{M}_\tau\cap\{\tau=\tau^{\mathrm{bad}}<T_*^Y\}. E fail : = A ∩ I ∩ E reg ∩ M τ ∩ { τ = τ bad < T ∗ Y } .
Since A \mathcal{A} A and I \mathcal{I} I are determined by the environment and the initial state Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 , E r e g \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} E reg depends only on the environment, and the remaining events are determined by the environment and the trajectory up to time τ \tau τ , we have E f a i l ∈ F τ \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}\in\mathcal{F}_\tau E fail ∈ F τ . To bound P ( E f a i l ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}) P ( E fail ) by Theorem 6.12 , we first control the accumulated signal drift on E f a i l \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}} E fail pathwise, i.e., irrespective of the underlying law. By Equations (123) and (125) , the following holds on E f a i l \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}} E fail :
∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ≤ k 2 N λ 2 ∫ 0 τ m t 2 k − 2 d t ≤ k 2 N λ 2 ( 2 m τ ) k − 1 ∫ 0 τ m t k − 1 d t . (127) \int_0^\tau\left\|\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t)\right\|^2\,\mathrm{d}t\le k^2N\lambda^2\int_0^\tau m_t^{2k-2}\,\mathrm{d}t\le k^2N\lambda^2(2m_\tau)^{k-1}\int_0^\tau m_t^{k-1}\,\mathrm{d}t. \tag*{(127)} ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ≤ k 2 N λ 2 ∫ 0 τ m t 2 k − 2 d t ≤ k 2 N λ 2 ( 2 m τ ) k − 1 ∫ 0 τ m t k − 1 d t . (127)
Since m 0 + M τ ≥ 31 a 0 / 32 m_0+M_\tau\ge31a_0/32 m 0 + M τ ≥ 31 a 0 /32 by Equation (125) , we infer the following from Equations (119) and (124) :
η λ ∫ 0 τ m t k − 1 d t ≤ ∫ 0 τ ( L p l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) d t = m τ − m 0 − M τ ≤ m τ − a 0 2 . (128) \eta\lambda\int_0^\tau m_t^{k-1}\,\mathrm{d}t\le\int_0^\tau(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{pl}}m_\phi)(Y_t)\,\mathrm{d}t=m_\tau-m_0-M_\tau\le m_\tau-\frac{a_0}{2}. \tag*{(128)} η λ ∫ 0 τ m t k − 1 d t ≤ ∫ 0 τ ( L pl m ϕ ) ( Y t ) d t = m τ − m 0 − M τ ≤ m τ − 2 a 0 . (128)
Moreover, since m τ ≥ a 0 / 2 m_\tau\ge a_0/2 m τ ≥ a 0 /2 , we also have
m τ 2 k − 2 − ( a 0 2 ) 2 k − 2 ≥ m τ 2 k − 3 ( m τ − a 0 2 ) ≥ ( a 0 2 ) k − 2 m τ k − 1 ( m τ − a 0 2 ) . (129) m_\tau^{2k-2}-\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^{2k-2}\ge m_\tau^{2k-3}\left(m_\tau-\frac{a_0}{2}\right)\ge\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^{k-2}m_\tau^{k-1}\left(m_\tau-\frac{a_0}{2}\right). \tag*{(129)} m τ 2 k − 2 − ( 2 a 0 ) 2 k − 2 ≥ m τ 2 k − 3 ( m τ − 2 a 0 ) ≥ ( 2 a 0 ) k − 2 m τ k − 1 ( m τ − 2 a 0 ) . (129)
Combining Equations (127) to (129) , we infer that the following holds on E f a i l \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}} E fail :
∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ≤ 2 k − 1 k 2 N λ η m τ k − 1 ( m τ − a 0 2 ) ≤ 2 k − 1 k 2 N η 3 λ ( a 0 / 2 ) k − 2 [ η 2 λ 2 m τ 2 k − 2 − η 2 λ 2 ( a 0 2 ) 2 k − 2 ] . (130) \begin{aligned}
\int_0^\tau\left\|\nabla\mathcal{S}_N H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t)\right\|^2\,\mathrm{d}t\le\frac{2^{k-1}k^2N\lambda}{\eta}m_\tau^{k-1}\left(m_\tau-\frac{a_0}{2}\right) \\
&\le\frac{2^{k-1}k^2N}{\eta^3\lambda(a_0/2)^{k-2}}\left[\eta^2\lambda^2m_\tau^{2k-2}-\eta^2\lambda^2\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^{2k-2}\right]. \tag*{(130)}
\end{aligned} ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ≤ η 2 k − 1 k 2 N λ m τ k − 1 ( m τ − 2 a 0 ) ≤ η 3 λ ( a 0 /2 ) k − 2 2 k − 1 k 2 N [ η 2 λ 2 m τ 2 k − 2 − η 2 λ 2 ( 2 a 0 ) 2 k − 2 ] . (130)
Since τ = τ b a d \tau=\tau^{\mathrm{bad}} τ = τ bad on E f a i l \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}} E fail , we have
η 2 λ 2 m τ 2 k − 2 ≤ ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y τ ) ∣ 2 ≤ sup t ∈ [ 0 , T λ ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ 2 . (131) \eta^2\lambda^2m_\tau^{2k-2}\le\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_\tau)\right|^2\le\sup_{t\in[0,T_\lambda]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t)\right|^2. \tag*{(131)} η 2 λ 2 m τ 2 k − 2 ≤ ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y τ ) ∣ 2 ≤ t ∈ [ 0 , T λ ] sup ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ 2 . (131)
Let c ∗ c_* c ∗ and C ∗ C_* C ∗ denote the constants in Lemma 6.11 for our choice of C 0 C_0 C 0 , which depend only on β \beta β and k k k . Since C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is sufficiently large, we may assume that η 3 λ ( a 0 / 2 ) k − 2 ≥ 2 k − 1 β 2 k 2 / c ∗ \eta^3\lambda(a_0/2)^{k-2}\ge2^{k-1}\beta^2k^2/c_* η 3 λ ( a 0 /2 ) k − 2 ≥ 2 k − 1 β 2 k 2 / c ∗ . Hence, writing c 3 = 2 k − 1 β 2 k 2 / η c_3=2^{k-1}\beta^2k^2/\eta c 3 = 2 k − 1 β 2 k 2 / η and combining Equations (130) and (131) , we conclude that the following holds on E f a i l \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}} E fail :
β 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ≤ c ∗ N sup t ∈ [ 0 , T λ ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ 2 − c 3 N λ ( a 0 2 ) k . (132) \beta^2\int_0^\tau\left\|\nabla\mathcal{S}_N H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t)\right\|^2\,\mathrm{d}t\le c_*N\sup_{t\in[0,T_\lambda]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t)\right|^2-c_3N\lambda\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^k. \tag*{(132)} β 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ≤ c ∗ N t ∈ [ 0 , T λ ] sup ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ 2 − c 3 N λ ( 2 a 0 ) k . (132)
We now bound P ( E f a i l ) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}) P ( E fail ) by transferring the uniform concentration of L n u l l m ϕ \mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi L null m ϕ from the null law to the planted law. Since E f a i l ∈ F τ \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}\in\mathcal{F}_\tau E fail ∈ F τ and τ ≤ T λ \tau\le T_\lambda τ ≤ T λ , applying Theorem 6.12 with Φ e \Phi_e Φ e in place of e e e and T = T λ T=T_\lambda T = T λ to E = E f a i l E=\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}} E = E fail , we infer from Equation (132) that
P ( E f a i l ) ≤ exp ( N λ 2 σ N 2 2 κ N 2 ) E Q [ exp ( β 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H s i g ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ) 1 { E f a i l } ] 1 / 2 ≤ exp ( N λ 2 σ N 2 2 κ N 2 − c 3 2 N λ ( a 0 2 ) k ) E Q [ exp ( c ∗ N sup t ∈ [ 0 , T λ ] ∣ ( L n u l l m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ 2 ) 1 { E r e g ∩ A } ] 1 / 2 ≤ C ∗ 1 / 2 exp ( N λ 2 σ N 2 2 κ N 2 + C ∗ 2 N δ 2 − c 3 2 N λ ( a 0 2 ) k ) , \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}})\le\exp\left(\frac{N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2}{2\kappa_N^2}\right)\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(\beta^2\int_0^\tau\left\|\nabla\mathcal{S}_N H_{\mathrm{sig}}(Y_t)\right\|^2\,\mathrm{d}t\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}\}}\right]^{1/2} \\
&\le\exp\left(\frac{N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2}{2\kappa_N^2}-\frac{c_3}{2}N\lambda\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^k\right)\mathbb{E}_{\mathbb{Q}}\left[\exp\left(c_*N\sup_{t\in[0,T_\lambda]}\left|(\mathcal{L}_{\mathrm{null}}m_\phi)(Y_t)\right|^2\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\cap\mathcal{A}\}}\right]^{1/2} \\
&\le C_*^{1/2}\exp\left(\frac{N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2}{2\kappa_N^2}+\frac{C_*}{2}N\delta^2-\frac{c_3}{2}N\lambda\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^k\right),
\end{aligned} P ( E fail ) ≤ exp ( 2 κ N 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ) E Q [ exp ( β 2 ∫ 0 τ ∥ ∇ S N H sig ( Y t ) ∥ 2 d t ) 1 { E fail } ] 1/2 ≤ exp ( 2 κ N 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 − 2 c 3 N λ ( 2 a 0 ) k ) E Q [ exp ( c ∗ N t ∈ [ 0 , T λ ] sup ∣ ( L null m ϕ ) ( Y t ) ∣ 2 ) 1 { E reg ∩ A } ] 1/2 ≤ C ∗ 1/2 exp ( 2 κ N 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 + 2 C ∗ N δ 2 − 2 c 3 N λ ( 2 a 0 ) k ) ,
where the second inequality uses E f a i l ⊆ E r e g ∩ A \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}\subseteq\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}\cap\mathcal{A} E fail ⊆ E reg ∩ A , and the last step uses Lemma 6.11 with Φ e \Phi_e Φ e in place of e e e and T = T λ ≤ 1 T=T_\lambda\le1 T = T λ ≤ 1 . Moreover, since C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is sufficiently large, we may assume that c 3 c 0 2 λ ( a 0 / 2 ) k − 2 ≥ 32 c_3c_0^2\lambda(a_0/2)^{k-2}\ge32 c 3 c 0 2 λ ( a 0 /2 ) k − 2 ≥ 32 , and hence
c 3 2 N λ ( a 0 2 ) k = c 3 c 0 2 8 λ ( a 0 2 ) k − 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ≥ 4 N λ 2 σ N 2 . \frac{c_3}{2}N\lambda\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^k=\frac{c_3c_0^2}{8}\lambda\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^{k-2}N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\ge4N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2. 2 c 3 N λ ( 2 a 0 ) k = 8 c 3 c 0 2 λ ( 2 a 0 ) k − 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ≥ 4 N λ 2 σ N 2 .
Since κ N ≥ 2 / 3 \kappa_N\ge2/3 κ N ≥ 2/3 , N δ 2 = N − 2 ϑ N λ 2 σ N 2 N\delta^2=N^{-2\vartheta}N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2 N δ 2 = N − 2 ϑ N λ 2 σ N 2 and N λ 2 σ N 2 ≳ N N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\gtrsim\sqrt{N} N λ 2 σ N 2 ≳ N , we conclude that
P ( E f a i l ) ≤ C ∗ 1 / 2 exp ( − 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ) ≤ exp ( − N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (133) \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}})\le C_*^{1/2}\exp(-2N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2)\le\exp(-N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2). \tag*{(133)} P ( E fail ) ≤ C ∗ 1/2 exp ( − 2 N λ 2 σ N 2 ) ≤ exp ( − N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . (133)
We are now ready to show that the dynamics achieves critical recovery before time T λ T_\lambda T λ . Define the good event
E g o o d ≔ A ∩ I ∩ E r e g ∩ M T λ ∩ ( { τ < τ b a d } ∪ { τ = T ∗ Y } ) . \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{good}} \coloneqq\mathcal{A} \cap\mathcal{I} \cap\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} \cap\mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda} \cap\left(\{\tau< \tau^{\mathrm{bad}}\} \cup\{\tau= T_*^Y\}\right). E good : = A ∩ I ∩ E reg ∩ M T λ ∩ ( { τ < τ bad } ∪ { τ = T ∗ Y } ) .
Observe that
{ τ = τ b a d < T ∗ Y } c = { τ < τ b a d } ∪ { τ = T ∗ Y } . \{\tau= \tau^{\mathrm{bad}} < T_*^Y\}^{c} = \{\tau< \tau^{\mathrm{bad}}\} \cup\{\tau= T_*^Y\}. { τ = τ bad < T ∗ Y } c = { τ < τ bad } ∪ { τ = T ∗ Y } .
Moreover, since τ ≤ T λ \tau\le T_\lambda τ ≤ T λ , we have M T λ ⊆ M τ \mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda} \subseteq\mathcal{M}_\tau M T λ ⊆ M τ . Hence, E g o o d = A ∩ I ∩ E r e g ∩ M T λ ∩ E f a i l c \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{good}} = \mathcal{A} \cap\mathcal{I} \cap\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}} \cap\mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda} \cap\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}^{c} E good = A ∩ I ∩ E reg ∩ M T λ ∩ E fail c , and by a union bound, we infer from Equations (120) to (122) and (133) that
P ( A ∖ E g o o d ) ≤ P ( A ∩ I c ) + P ( E r e g c ) + P ( M T λ c ) + P ( E f a i l ) ≤ 5 exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A} \setminus\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{good}}) \le\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A} \cap\mathcal{I}^{c}) + \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{reg}}^{c}) + \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda}^{c}) + \mathbb{P}(\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{fail}}) \le5\exp(-cN\lambda^2\sigma_N^2). P ( A ∖ E good ) ≤ P ( A ∩ I c ) + P ( E reg c ) + P ( M T λ c ) + P ( E fail ) ≤ 5 exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) .
Henceforth, we work on E g o o d \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{good}} E good . Since M T λ ⊆ M τ \mathcal{M}_{T_\lambda} \subseteq\mathcal{M}_\tau M T λ ⊆ M τ , Equations (125) and (126) hold. We first turn Equation (126) into an explicit lower bound on the correlation. To this end, define the blow-up time
t ∞ ≔ ( a 0 / 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) ( k − 2 ) η λ = 2 k − 2 ( k − 2 ) η λ a 0 k − 2 . t_\infty\coloneqq\frac{(a_0/2)^{-(k-2)}}{(k-2)\eta\lambda} = \frac{2^{k-2}}{(k-2)\eta\lambda a_0^{k-2}}. t ∞ : = ( k − 2 ) η λ ( a 0 /2 ) − ( k − 2 ) = ( k − 2 ) η λ a 0 k − 2 2 k − 2 .
By our choice of C T C_T C T , we have t ∞ = T λ / 2 < T λ t_\infty= T_\lambda/2 < T_\lambda t ∞ = T λ /2 < T λ . Since 31 a 0 / 32 ≥ a 0 / 2 31a_0/32 \ge a_0/2 31 a 0 /32 ≥ a 0 /2 and t ↦ m t t \mapsto m_t t ↦ m t is continuous, applying Lemma 6.15 to f ( t ) = m t f(t) = m_t f ( t ) = m t on [ 0 , τ ] [0,\tau] [ 0 , τ ] with a = a 0 / 2 a = a_0/2 a = a 0 /2 and c = η λ c = \eta\lambda c = η λ , we infer from Equation (126) that
m t ≥ [ ( a 0 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) η λ t ] − 1 k − 2 ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , τ ∧ t ∞ ) . (134) m_t \ge\left[\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^{-(k-2)} - (k-2)\eta\lambda t\right]^{-\frac{1}{k-2}} \qquad\forall t \in[0,\tau\wedge t_\infty). \tag*{(134)} m t ≥ [ ( 2 a 0 ) − ( k − 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) η λ t ] − k − 2 1 ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , τ ∧ t ∞ ) . (134)
We now examine which of the stopping times attains the minimum in the definition of τ \tau τ . By Equation (125) , we have m τ ≥ 31 a 0 / 32 > a 0 / 2 m_\tau\ge31a_0/32 > a_0/2 m τ ≥ 31 a 0 /32 > a 0 /2 , and hence τ ≠ τ ↓ \tau\ne\tau^\downarrow τ = τ ↓ . Therefore, one of the following two cases holds.
Case 1: τ = T ∗ Y \tau= T_*^Y τ = T ∗ Y . In this case, we have T ∗ Y = τ ≤ T λ T_*^Y = \tau\le T_\lambda T ∗ Y = τ ≤ T λ , and we are done.
Case 2: τ < T ∗ Y \tau< T_*^Y τ < T ∗ Y . By definition of E g o o d \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{good}} E good , we must have τ < τ b a d \tau< \tau^{\mathrm{bad}} τ < τ bad , and hence τ = T λ \tau= T_\lambda τ = T λ . Moreover, since T ∗ Y > 0 T_*^Y > 0 T ∗ Y > 0 , we have a 0 ≤ m 0 < C r N a_0 \le m_0 < Cr_N a 0 ≤ m 0 < C r N . Define
t ∗ ≔ ( a 0 / 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) − ( 2 C r N ) − ( k − 2 ) ( k − 2 ) η λ . t_* \coloneqq\frac{(a_0/2)^{-(k-2)} - (2Cr_N)^{-(k-2)}}{(k-2)\eta\lambda}. t ∗ : = ( k − 2 ) η λ ( a 0 /2 ) − ( k − 2 ) − ( 2 C r N ) − ( k − 2 ) .
Since a 0 / 2 < 2 C r N a_0/2 < 2Cr_N a 0 /2 < 2 C r N , we have 0 < t ∗ < t ∞ < T λ = τ 0 < t_* < t_\infty< T_\lambda= \tau 0 < t ∗ < t ∞ < T λ = τ . Hence, Equation (134) holds at t = t ∗ t=t_* t = t ∗ , which implies that
m t ∗ ≥ [ ( a 0 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) η λ t ∗ ] − 1 k − 2 = 2 C r N . m_{t_*} \ge\left[\left(\frac{a_0}{2}\right)^{-(k-2)} - (k-2)\eta\lambda t_*\right]^{-\frac{1}{k-2}} = 2Cr_N. m t ∗ ≥ [ ( 2 a 0 ) − ( k − 2 ) − ( k − 2 ) η λ t ∗ ] − k − 2 1 = 2 C r N .
Consequently, T ∗ Y ≤ t ∗ < τ T_*^Y \le t_* < \tau T ∗ Y ≤ t ∗ < τ , which contradicts τ < T ∗ Y \tau< T_*^Y τ < T ∗ Y . Hence, this case cannot occur.
Combining the two cases, we have T ∗ Y ≤ T λ T_*^Y \le T_\lambda T ∗ Y ≤ T λ on E g o o d \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{good}} E good . Finally, we invert the gauge transformation in Equation (115) . Since m t = m ( X t ( e ) ) m_t = m(X_t(e)) m t = m ( X t ( e )) , we have T ∗ Y = T ∗ ( e ) T_*^Y = T_*(e) T ∗ Y = T ∗ ( e ) , and we recall that A = { ∥ e − u ^ H ∥ ≤ δ N } \mathcal{A} = \{\lVert e-\widehat{u}_H\rVert\le\delta\sqrt{N}\} A = {∥ e − u H ∥ ≤ δ N } with δ = λ σ N N − ϑ \delta= \lambda\sigma_N N^{-\vartheta} δ = λ σ N N − ϑ . Hence, after adjusting constants, we conclude that
P [ 1 N ∥ e − u ^ H ∥ ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ and T ∗ ( e ) > T λ ] ≤ P ( A ∖ E g o o d ) ≤ exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\lVert e-\widehat{u}_H\rVert\le\lambda\sigma_N N^{-\vartheta}\ \text{and}\ T_*(e)>T_\lambda\right] \le\mathbb{P}(\mathcal{A}\setminus\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{good}}) \le\exp(-cN\lambda^2\sigma_N^2). P [ N 1 ∥ e − u H ∥ ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ and T ∗ ( e ) > T λ ] ≤ P ( A ∖ E good ) ≤ exp ( − c N λ 2 σ N 2 ) .
The proof is concluded by noting that T λ = C T / ( λ a 0 k − 2 ) ≲ N − ( k − 1 ) ( γ − k − 2 4 ) T_\lambda= C_T/(\lambda a_0^{k-2}) \lesssim N^{-(k-1)(\gamma-\frac{k-2}{4})} T λ = C T / ( λ a 0 k − 2 ) ≲ N − ( k − 1 ) ( γ − 4 k − 2 ) , with implicit constants depending only on β \beta β and k k k .
Proof of Theorem 6.1
Proof. Throughout the proof, we assume that N N N is sufficiently large, and we set T s t r = C 1 + 2 T_{\mathrm{str}}=C_1+2 T str = C 1 + 2 , where C 1 C_1 C 1 is the constant in Theorem 6.5 , which depends only on β \beta β and k k k . Since k k k is odd, we have ⌊ k / 2 ⌋ = k − 1 2 \lfloor k/2\rfloor=\frac{k-1}{2} ⌊ k /2 ⌋ = 2 k − 1 . Since β 0 − 2 λ − 2 N k − 1 + 2 ϑ ≍ k N 2 k − 2 + 4 ϑ \beta_0^{-2}\lambda^{-2}N^{k-1+2\vartheta}\asymp_k N^{2k-2+4\vartheta} β 0 − 2 λ − 2 N k − 1 + 2 ϑ ≍ k N 2 k − 2 + 4 ϑ , our choices of β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av satisfy the assumptions of Theorem 5.1 . By construction, ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 is spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H at inverse temperature β \beta β , and on the event of Theorem 5.1 , we have X ‾ T a v ≠ 0 \overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\ne0 X T av = 0 and X 0 = X ^ T a v X_0=\widehat{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} X 0 = X T av . If λ ≥ C β , k N k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \lambda\ge C_{\beta,k}N^{\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k}} λ ≥ C β , k N 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 , the claim follows from Corollary 6.4 , since T s t r ≥ 2 T_{\mathrm{str}}\ge2 T str ≥ 2 and k + 1 2 k > 1 2 \frac{k+1}{2k}>\frac12 2 k k + 1 > 2 1 .
Henceforth, we assume that λ = C β , k N γ \lambda=C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma λ = C β , k N γ with k − 2 4 ≤ γ < k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \frac{k-2}{4}\le\gamma<\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k} 4 k − 2 ≤ γ < 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 , and let r N = λ − 1 k − 1 r_N=\lambda^{-\frac{1}{k-1}} r N = λ − k − 1 1 , as in Section 6.2. We first show that the second phase attains critical correlation in constant time. To begin, note that Theorem 5.1 implies that the following holds with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) :
1 N ∥ X 0 − u ^ H ∥ ≤ N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N } ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ . \frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\lVert X_0-\widehat{u}_H\rVert\le N^{-\vartheta}\min\{1,\lambda\sigma_N\}\le\lambda\sigma_NN^{-\vartheta}. N 1 ∥ X 0 − u H ∥ ≤ N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N } ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ .
Let r ‾ N = N γ k − 1 \overline{r}_N=N^{\frac{\gamma}{k-1}} r N = N k − 1 γ , which is a constant multiple of r N r_N r N . As Theorem 6.5 allows the initial state to depend on H H H , we may apply it to e = X 0 e=X_0 e = X 0 , with the constant C C C therein chosen such that C r N = r ‾ N Cr_N=\overline{r}_N C r N = r N . Since γ ≥ k − 2 4 \gamma\ge\frac{k-2}{4} γ ≥ 4 k − 2 and N λ 2 σ N 2 ≳ k N N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\gtrsim_k\sqrt{N} N λ 2 σ N 2 ≳ k N , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c β , k N ) 1-\exp(-c_{\beta,k}\sqrt{N}) 1 − exp ( − c β , k N ) :
T ∗ ( X 0 ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≥ r ‾ N } ≤ C 1 . (135) T_*(X_0)=\inf\{t\ge0:m(X_t)\ge\overline{r}_N\}\le C_1. \tag*{(135)} T ∗ ( X 0 ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≥ r N } ≤ C 1 . (135)
Moreover, since λ r ‾ N k − 1 = C β , k \lambda\overline{r}_N^{k-1}=C_{\beta,k} λ r N k − 1 = C β , k and γ k − 1 < 1 4 \frac{\gamma}{k-1}<\frac14 k − 1 γ < 4 1 , we may apply Theorem 6.2 with s = γ k − 1 s=\frac{\gamma}{k-1} s = k − 1 γ , for which τ r ‾ N = T ∗ ( X 0 ) \tau_{\overline{r}_N}=T_*(X_0) τ r N = T ∗ ( X 0 ) . Since T s t r ≥ T ∗ ( X 0 ) + 2 T_{\mathrm{str}}\ge T_*(X_0)+2 T str ≥ T ∗ ( X 0 ) + 2 on the event in Equation (135) and N r ‾ N 2 ≥ N N\overline{r}_N^2\ge\sqrt{N} N r N 2 ≥ N , we conclude the following via a union bound
P [ inf t ∈ [ T s t r , T ] m ( X t ) < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c β , k N ) + exp ( − c k N min { 1 / 2 , 1 − 2 η } ) , \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[T_{\mathrm{str}},T]}m(X_t)<1-N^{-\eta}\right]\le\exp(-c_{\beta,k}\sqrt{N})+\exp\left(-c_kN^{\min\{1/2,1-2\eta\}}\right), P [ t ∈ [ T str , T ] inf m ( X t ) < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c β , k N ) + exp ( − c k N m i n { 1/2 , 1 − 2 η } ) ,
which proves the claim after adjusting constants appropriately. □ \square □
Strong Recovery at the Algorithmic Threshold for Every Tensor Order
In this section, we analyze Algorithm 2 and show that it achieves persistent strong recovery above the algorithmic threshold for any k ≥ 3 k\ge3 k ≥ 3 , irrespective of its parity. Specifically, we prove the following theorem, which is a formal version of Theorem 1.2 . The complete proof is presented in § 7.3 .
Theorem 7.1 (Persistent Strong Recovery above the Algorithmic Threshold for Every Tensor Order). *Let k ≥ 3 k\ge3 k ≥ 3 , let β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , and assume λ ≥ C β , k N k − 2 4 \lambda\ge C_{\beta,k}N^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C β , k N 4 k − 2 , where C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is a sufficiently large constant. Fix ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and η ∈ ( 0 , min { 1 2 , k − 2 4 } ) \eta\in(0,\min\{\frac12,\frac{k-2}{4}\}) η ∈ ( 0 , min { 2 1 , 4 k − 2 }) , and let ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\ge0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denote the trajectory of the second phase of Algorithm 2, initialized at X ~ 0 ∼ π \widetilde{X}_0\sim\pi X 0 ∼ π with inverse temperatures β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and β \beta β for the two respective phases, where β 0 ≍ k λ − 1 N − k / 2 − ϑ \beta_0\asymp_k\lambda^{-1}N^{-k/2-\vartheta} β 0 ≍ k λ − 1 N − k /2 − ϑ and T a v ≍ k N 2 k + 4 ϑ T_{\mathrm{av}}\asymp_kN^{2k+4\vartheta} T av ≍ k N 2 k + 4 ϑ . Then, there exists a constant T s t r > 0 T_{\mathrm{str}}>0 T str > 0 , depending only on β \beta β and k k k , such that the following holds for all sufficiently large N N N and every deterministic T T T satisfying T s t r ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) T_{\mathrm{str}}\le T\le\operatorname{poly}(N) T str ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) :}
P [ inf t ∈ [ T s t r , T ] ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c β , k N min { 1 / 2 , 1 − 2 η } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[T_{\mathrm{str}},T]}|m(X_t)|\ge1-N^{-\eta}\right]\ge1-\exp\left(-c_{\beta,k}N^{\min\{1/2,1-2\eta\}}\right). P [ t ∈ [ T str , T ] inf ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c β , k N m i n { 1/2 , 1 − 2 η } ) . Moreover, if k k k is odd, the same bound holds with m ( X t ) m(X_t) m ( X t ) in place of ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ |m(X_t)| ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ .
Properties of the Augmented Ergodic Second Moment
In this section, we analyze the properties of the augmented ergodic second moment of the first phase of Algorithm 2, defined by M ˉ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T F ( X ~ t ) ⊗ 2 d t \bar{M}_T \coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T F(\widetilde{X}_t)^{\otimes2}\,\mathrm{d}t M ˉ T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T F ( X t ) ⊗ 2 d t , where F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 F(x)=(x,1)\in\mathbb{R}^{N+1} F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 and ( X ~ t ) t ≥ 0 (\widetilde{X}_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denotes the trajectory of this phase. Recall from § 4 that the average spherical gradient and the average spherical Hessian of H H H are u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] u_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H] u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] and A H = E π [ ∇ S N 2 H ] A_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}^2H] A H = E π [ ∇ S N 2 H ] , respectively. Expanding F ( X ~ t ) ⊗ 2 F(\widetilde{X}_t)^{\otimes2} F ( X t ) ⊗ 2 into blocks, we obtain
M ˉ T = ( Σ ˉ T X ~ T X ~ T ⊤ 1 ) . \bar{M}_T=\begin{pmatrix}\bar{\Sigma}_T & \widetilde{X}_T\\ \widetilde{X}_T^{\top} & 1\end{pmatrix}. M ˉ T = ( Σ ˉ T X T ⊤ X T 1 ) .
where X ~ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T X ~ t d t \widetilde{X}_T\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T\widetilde{X}_t\,\mathrm{d}t X T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T X t d t and Σ ˉ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T X ~ t X ~ t ⊤ d t \bar{\Sigma}_T\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T\widetilde{X}_t\widetilde{X}_t^{\top}\,\mathrm{d}t Σ ˉ T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T X t X t ⊤ d t denote the ergodic average and the ergodic second moment of the first phase, respectively. Consequently, by Theorems 5.5 and 5.6, at high temperature we expect M ˉ T , a v \bar{M}_{T,\mathrm{av}} M ˉ T , av to concentrate around I N + 1 + 2 β 0 A H I_{N+1}+2\beta_0\mathcal{A}_H I N + 1 + 2 β 0 A H , where
A H = ( A H κ N − 1 u H κ N − 1 u H ⊤ 0 ) . \mathcal{A}_H=\begin{pmatrix}A_H & \kappa_N^{-1}u_H\\ \kappa_N^{-1}u_H^{\top} & 0\end{pmatrix}. A H = ( A H κ N − 1 u H ⊤ κ N − 1 u H 0 ) .
Here, the factor κ N − 1 \kappa_N^{-1} κ N − 1 in the off-diagonal blocks of A H \mathcal{A}_H A H stems from the normalization 2 β 0 κ N \frac{2\beta_0}{\kappa_N} κ N 2 β 0 in Theorem 5.5, as opposed to 2 β 0 2\beta_0 2 β 0 in Theorem 5.6.
As discussed in § 2.5 , the parity of k k k determines which block of A H \mathcal{A}_H A H carries the signal. To observe this, let us first consider the case when k k k is odd. In this case, Theorems 4.1 and 4.4 imply that A H = 0 A_H=0 A H = 0 and u H u_H u H is a noisy observation of x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ . Hence, the top eigenvector of A H \mathcal{A}_H A H is 1 2 ( u H / ∥ u H ∥ , 1 ) \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}(u_H/\lVert u_H\rVert,1) 2 1 ( u H / ∥ u H ∥ , 1 ) , and rescaling its first N N N coordinates to lie on S N \mathbb{S}_N S N yields the normalized average spherical gradient u ^ H = N u H ∥ u H ∥ \widehat{u}_H=\frac{\sqrt{N}u_H}{\lVert u_H\rVert} u H = ∥ u H ∥ N u H . Consequently, we expect the initial state of the second phase of Algorithm 2 to lie close to u ^ H \widehat{u}_H u H , which parallels the setting in Algorithm 1.
When k k k is even, Theorem 4.1 implies that u H = 0 u_H=0 u H = 0 , so A H \mathcal{A}_H A H is block diagonal, and its top eigenvector is obtained by appending a zero to a top eigenvector of A H A_H A H . By Theorem 4.4, A H A_H A H has a rank-one spike in the planted direction θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ , and hence, by Remark 4.5, its top eigenvector achieves constant absolute correlation with θ ⋆ \theta^\star θ ⋆ . Consequently, we expect the initial state of the second phase to weakly recover the planted signal up to a global sign.
We note that Algorithm 2 does not need to know the parity of k k k , since the same top eigenvector computation extracts the signal from whichever block of A H \mathcal{A}_H A H carries it. We formalize these heuristics in the following theorem, which can be interpreted as an analogue of Theorem 5.1 for Algorithm 2.
Theorem 7.2 (Recovery by the Augmented Ergodic Second Moment for Tensor PCA). Let λ ≥ C k N k − 2 4 \lambda\geq C_kN^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C k N 4 k − 2 , where C k C_k C k is a sufficiently large constant, and let ( X ~ t ) t ≥ 0 (\widetilde{X}_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denote spherical Langevin dynamics for the tensor PCA Hamiltonian H H H at inverse temperature β 0 > 0 \beta_0>0 β 0 > 0 , initialized at X ~ 0 ∼ π \widetilde{X}_0\sim\pi X 0 ∼ π . Define
M ˉ T ≔ 1 T ∫ 0 T F ( X ~ t ) ⊗ 2 d t , F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 . \bar{M}_T\coloneqq\frac{1}{T}\int_0^T F(\widetilde{X}_t)^{\otimes2}\,\mathrm{d}t,\qquad F(x)=(x,1)\in\mathbb{R}^{N+1}. M ˉ T : = T 1 ∫ 0 T F ( X t ) ⊗ 2 d t , F ( x ) = ( x , 1 ) ∈ R N + 1 . Define u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] u_H=\mathbb{E}_{\pi}[\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H] u H = E π [ ∇ S N H ] , and let ( v , a ) ∈ R N × R (v,a)\in\mathbb{R}^N\times\mathbb{R} ( v , a ) ∈ R N × R be a top unit eigenvector of M ˉ T , a v \bar{M}_{T,\mathrm{av}} M ˉ T , av with a ≥ 0 a\geq0 a ≥ 0 . For every fixed ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and all sufficiently large N N N , the following hold whenever 0 < β 0 ≲ k λ − 1 N − k / 2 − ϑ 0<\beta_0\lesssim_k\lambda^{-1}N^{-k/2-\vartheta} 0 < β 0 ≲ k λ − 1 N − k /2 − ϑ and T a v ≳ k β 0 − 2 λ − 2 N k + 2 ϑ T_{\mathrm{av}}\gtrsim_k\beta_0^{-2}\lambda^{-2}N^{k+2\vartheta} T av ≳ k β 0 − 2 λ − 2 N k + 2 ϑ , with sufficiently small and large implicit constants, respectively:
If k k k is odd, then, with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) , we have v ≠ 0 v \ne0 v = 0 and
1 N ∥ N v ∥ v ∥ − u ^ H ∥ 2 ≤ N − 2 ϑ min { 1 , λ 2 σ N 2 } . \frac{1}{N}\left\lVert\frac{\sqrt{N}v}{\lVert v\rVert}-\widehat{u}_H\right\rVert^2 \le N^{-2\vartheta}\min\{1,\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\}. N 1 ∥ v ∥ N v − u H 2 ≤ N − 2 ϑ min { 1 , λ 2 σ N 2 } .
where u ^ H = N u H ∥ u H ∥ \widehat{u}_H=\frac{\sqrt{N}u_H}{\lVert u_H\rVert} u H = ∥ u H ∥ N u H denotes the normalized average spherical gradient and σ N ≍ k N − k − 1 4 \sigma_N\asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} σ N ≍ k N − 4 k − 1 is as defined in Theorem 4.1 .
If k k k is even, then, with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) , we have v ≠ 0 v \ne0 v = 0 and
∣ m ( N v ∥ v ∥ ) ∣ ≥ 1 − C k ( N k − 2 2 λ 2 + N − 2 ϑ ) . \left|m\left(\frac{\sqrt{N}v}{\lVert v\rVert}\right)\right|\ge1-C_k\left(\frac{N^{\frac{k-2}{2}}}{\lambda^2}+N^{-2\vartheta}\right). m ( ∥ v ∥ N v ) ≥ 1 − C k ( λ 2 N 2 k − 2 + N − 2 ϑ ) .
Proof. Throughout the proof, we assume that N N N is sufficiently large. We first show that the rescaled augmented ergodic second moment A ^ ≔ ( 2 β 0 ) − 1 ( M ‾ T a v − I N + 1 ) \widehat{\mathcal A}\coloneqq(2\beta_0)^{-1}(\overline{M}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-I_{N+1}) A : = ( 2 β 0 ) − 1 ( M T av − I N + 1 ) is close to A H \mathcal A_H A H in operator norm. Since β 0 > 0 \beta_0>0 β 0 > 0 , ( v , a ) (v,a) ( v , a ) is also a top unit eigenvector of A ^ \widehat{\mathcal A} A . In the notation of Theorem 5.1 , we have
M ‾ T a v = ( Σ ‾ T a v X ‾ T a v X ‾ T a v T 1 ) . \overline{M}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}=
\begin{pmatrix}
\overline{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} & \overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}\\
\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}^{\mathsf T} & 1
\end{pmatrix}. M T av = ( Σ T av X T av T X T av 1 ) .
Since the bottom-right entries of M ‾ T a v − I N + 1 \overline{M}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-I_{N+1} M T av − I N + 1 and A H \mathcal A_H A H both vanish, we obtain
A ^ − A H = ( Σ ‾ T a v − I 2 β 0 − A H 0 0 0 ) + 1 κ N ( 0 κ N 2 β 0 X ‾ T a v − u H ( κ N 2 β 0 X ‾ T a v − u H ) T 0 ) . \widehat{\mathcal A}-\mathcal A_H=
\begin{pmatrix}
\frac{\overline{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-I}{2\beta_0}-\mathcal A_H & 0\\
0 & 0
\end{pmatrix}
+\frac{1}{\kappa_N}
\begin{pmatrix}
0 & \frac{\kappa_N}{2\beta_0}\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-u_H\\
\left(\frac{\kappa_N}{2\beta_0}\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-u_H\right)^{\mathsf T} & 0
\end{pmatrix}. A − A H = ( 2 β 0 Σ T av − I − A H 0 0 0 ) + κ N 1 0 ( 2 β 0 κ N X T av − u H ) T 2 β 0 κ N X T av − u H 0 .
The first matrix on the right-hand side is block diagonal, and hence its operator norm equals that of its top-left block. The second matrix has zero diagonal blocks, and its operator norm equals the Euclidean norm of its top-right block. Consequently, the triangle inequality implies
∥ A ^ − A H ∥ o p ≤ ∥ Σ ‾ T a v − I 2 β 0 − A H ∥ o p + 1 κ N ∥ κ N 2 β 0 X ‾ T a v − u H ∥ . (136) \left\lVert\widehat{\mathcal A}-\mathcal A_H\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}
\le
\left\lVert\frac{\overline{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-I}{2\beta_0}-\mathcal A_H\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}
+\frac{1}{\kappa_N}\left\lVert\frac{\kappa_N}{2\beta_0}\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-u_H\right\rVert. \tag*{(136)} A − A H op ≤ 2 β 0 Σ T av − I − A H op + κ N 1 2 β 0 κ N X T av − u H . (136)
By Equation (53) in the proof of Theorem 5.1 , the following event holds with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) :
E ≔ { ∥ κ N 2 β 0 X ‾ T a v − u H ∥ ≤ ε N } ∩ { ∥ Σ ‾ T a v − I 2 β 0 − A H ∥ o p ≤ N ε N } , \mathcal E\coloneqq
\left\{\left\lVert\frac{\kappa_N}{2\beta_0}\overline{X}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-u_H\right\rVert\le\varepsilon_N\right\}
\cap
\left\{\left\lVert\frac{\overline{\Sigma}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}}-I}{2\beta_0}-\mathcal A_H\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le\sqrt{N}\varepsilon_N\right\}, E : = { 2 β 0 κ N X T av − u H ≤ ε N } ∩ { 2 β 0 Σ T av − I − A H op ≤ N ε N } ,
ε N = C k [ ( β 0 − 1 + λ ) N T a v + β 0 λ 2 N ] . \varepsilon_N=C_k\left[(\beta_0^{-1}+\lambda)\sqrt{\frac{N}{T_{\mathrm{av}}}}+\beta_0\lambda^2\sqrt{N}\right]. ε N = C k [ ( β 0 − 1 + λ ) T av N + β 0 λ 2 N ] .
Since our assumptions on β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av are those of Theorem 5.1 with k / 2 k/2 k /2 in place of ⌊ k / 2 ⌋ \lfloor k/2\rfloor ⌊ k /2 ⌋ , the computation in Equation (54) also shows that N ε N ≤ c k λ N − k − 2 2 − ϑ \sqrt{N}\varepsilon_N\le c_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta} N ε N ≤ c k λ N − 2 k − 2 − ϑ , where c k > 0 c_k>0 c k > 0 can be made arbitrarily small. Henceforth, we work on E \mathcal E E . By Equation (136) and the definition of E \mathcal E E , and since κ N − 1 ≤ 3 2 ≤ N \kappa_N^{-1}\le\frac{3}{2}\le\sqrt{N} κ N − 1 ≤ 2 3 ≤ N , we obtain
∥ A ^ − A H ∥ o p ≤ ( N + 1 κ N ) ε N ≤ 2 c k λ N − k − 2 2 − ϑ . (137) \left\lVert\widehat{\mathcal A}-\mathcal A_H\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}
\le\left(\sqrt{N}+\frac{1}{\kappa_N}\right)\varepsilon_N
\le2c_k\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta}. \tag*{(137)} A − A H op ≤ ( N + κ N 1 ) ε N ≤ 2 c k λ N − 2 k − 2 − ϑ . (137)
We first consider odd k k k . By Theorems 4.1 and 4.4 , A H = 0 A_H=0 A H = 0 and u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ u_H=N\lambda\alpha_N\theta^\star+\zeta u H = N λ α N θ ⋆ + ζ , where ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) \zeta\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\sigma_N^2 I) ζ ∼ N ( 0 , σ N 2 I ) , α N ≍ k N − k / 2 \alpha_N\asymp_k N^{-k/2} α N ≍ k N − k /2 , and σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N k − 1 2 \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N\asymp_k N^{\frac{k-1}{2}} σ N 2 = κ N N α N ≍ k N 2 k − 1 . Moreover, we infer the following lower bound on ∥ u H ∥ \|u_H\| ∥ u H ∥ from Corollary 4.3:
P [ ∥ u H ∥ ≥ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) ] ≥ 1 − C exp ( − c N ) . (138) \mathbb{P}\left[\|u_H\|\ge c(N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N})\right]\ge1-C\exp(-cN). \tag*{(138)} P [ ∥ u H ∥ ≥ c ( N λ α N + σ N N ) ] ≥ 1 − C exp ( − c N ) . (138)
Henceforth, we also work on the event in Equation (138) , on which u H ≠ 0 u_H\ne0 u H = 0 .
We now show that v v v is close to a positive multiple of u H u_H u H . Since A H = 0 A_H=0 A H = 0 , we have A ^ H = κ N − 1 ( 0 u H u H T 0 ) \widehat{\mathcal A}_H=\kappa_N^{-1}\begin{pmatrix} 0 & u_H \\ u_H^{\mathsf T} & 0 \end{pmatrix} A H = κ N − 1 ( 0 u H T u H 0 ) , which has top unit eigenvector w = 1 2 ( u H / ∥ u H ∥ , 1 ) w=\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}(u_H/\|u_H\|,1) w = 2 1 ( u H /∥ u H ∥ , 1 ) and eigengap κ N − 1 ∥ u H ∥ \kappa_N^{-1}\|u_H\| κ N − 1 ∥ u H ∥ , since its remaining eigenvalues are 0 0 0 and − κ N − 1 ∥ u H ∥ -\kappa_N^{-1}\|u_H\| − κ N − 1 ∥ u H ∥ . Applying the Davis–Kahan theorem [48 Theorem 4.5.5] to A ^ \widehat{\mathcal A} A and A H \mathcal A_H A H , we obtain
min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ ( v , a ) − s w ∥ ≲ κ N ∥ A ^ − A H ∥ o p ∥ u H ∥ ≲ c k λ N k − 2 2 − ϑ N λ α N + σ N N ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N κ N } . (139) \min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\|(v,a)-sw\|\lesssim\frac{\kappa_N\|\widehat{\mathcal A}-\mathcal A_H\|_{\mathrm{op}}}{\|u_H\|}\lesssim\frac{c_k\lambda N^{\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta}}{N\lambda\alpha_N+\sigma_N\sqrt{N}}\lesssim_k c_kN^{-\vartheta}\min\left\{1,\frac{\lambda\sigma_N}{\kappa_N}\right\}. \tag*{(139)} s ∈ { ± 1 } min ∥ ( v , a ) − s w ∥ ≲ ∥ u H ∥ κ N ∥ A − A H ∥ op ≲ N λ α N + σ N N c k λ N 2 k − 2 − ϑ ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , κ N λ σ N } . (139)
where the implicit constants do not depend on c k c_k c k . Here, the second inequality uses Equations (137) and (138) and κ N ≤ 1 \kappa_N\le1 κ N ≤ 1 , while the last one follows from α N ≍ k N − k / 2 \alpha_N\asymp_k N^{-k/2} α N ≍ k N − k /2 and σ N 2 = κ N N α N \sigma_N^2=\kappa_N\sqrt{N}\alpha_N σ N 2 = κ N N α N , as defined in Theorem 4.1 .
Since the Davis–Kahan theorem determines ( v , a ) (v,a) ( v , a ) only up to a global sign, we now show that the minimum in Equation (139) is attained at s = 1 s=1 s = 1 . Indeed, since a ≥ 0 a\ge0 a ≥ 0 and the last coordinate of w w w equals 1 / 2 1/\sqrt{2} 1/ 2 , the last coordinate of ( v , a ) + w (v,a)+w ( v , a ) + w is at least 1 / 2 1/\sqrt{2} 1/ 2 , and hence
∥ ( v , a ) + w ∥ ≥ a + 1 2 ≥ 1 2 . \|(v,a)+w\|\ge a+\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\ge\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}. ∥ ( v , a ) + w ∥ ≥ a + 2 1 ≥ 2 1 .
In contrast, the right-hand side of Equation (139) is smaller than 1 / 2 1/\sqrt{2} 1/ 2 for all sufficiently large N N N . Consequently, the minimum in Equation (139) is attained at s = 1 s=1 s = 1 . Since the first N N N coordinates of w w w are u H 2 ∥ u H ∥ \frac{u_H}{\sqrt{2}\|u_H\|} 2 ∥ u H ∥ u H , we conclude from Equation (139) that
∥ v − u H 2 ∥ u H ∥ ∥ ≤ ∥ ( v , a ) − w ∥ ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N κ N } . (140) \left\|v-\frac{u_H}{\sqrt{2}\|u_H\|}\right\|\le\|(v,a)-w\|\lesssim_k c_kN^{-\vartheta}\min\left\{1,\frac{\lambda\sigma_N}{\kappa_N}\right\}. \tag*{(140)} v − 2 ∥ u H ∥ u H ≤ ∥ ( v , a ) − w ∥ ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , κ N λ σ N } . (140)
We now compare the normalizations of v v v and u H u_H u H . Since ∥ u H 2 ∥ u H ∥ ∥ = 1 / 2 \left\|\frac{u_H}{\sqrt{2}\|u_H\|}\right\|=1/\sqrt{2} 2 ∥ u H ∥ u H = 1/ 2 and the right-hand side of Equation (140) is smaller than 1 / 2 1/\sqrt{2} 1/ 2 for all sufficiently large N N N , we have v ≠ 0 v\ne0 v = 0 . Moreover, since u H 2 ∥ u H ∥ \frac{u_H}{\sqrt{2}\|u_H\|} 2 ∥ u H ∥ u H is a positive multiple of u H u_H u H , its normalization is u H ∥ u H ∥ = u ^ H N \frac{u_H}{\|u_H\|}=\frac{\widehat{u}_H}{\sqrt{N}} ∥ u H ∥ u H = N u H . Hence, applying Lemma 3.4 to v v v and u H 2 ∥ u H ∥ \frac{u_H}{\sqrt{2}\|u_H\|} 2 ∥ u H ∥ u H , we infer the following from Equation (140) :
1 N ∥ N v ∥ v ∥ − u ^ H ∥ = ∥ v ∥ v ∥ − u H ∥ u H ∥ ∥ ≤ 2 max { ∥ v ∥ , 1 / 2 } ∥ v − u H 2 ∥ u H ∥ ∥ \frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\left\|\frac{\sqrt{N}v}{\|v\|}-\widehat{u}_H\right\|=\left\|\frac{v}{\|v\|}-\frac{u_H}{\|u_H\|}\right\|\le\frac{2}{\max\{\|v\|,1/\sqrt{2}\}}\left\|v-\frac{u_H}{\sqrt{2}\|u_H\|}\right\| N 1 ∥ v ∥ N v − u H = ∥ v ∥ v − ∥ u H ∥ u H ≤ max { ∥ v ∥ , 1/ 2 } 2 v − 2 ∥ u H ∥ u H
≤ 2 2 ∥ v − u H 2 ∥ u H ∥ ∥ ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N κ N } . \le2\sqrt{2}\left\|v-\frac{u_H}{\sqrt{2}\|u_H\|}\right\|\lesssim_k c_kN^{-\vartheta}\min\left\{1,\frac{\lambda\sigma_N}{\kappa_N}\right\}. ≤ 2 2 v − 2 ∥ u H ∥ u H ≲ k c k N − ϑ min { 1 , κ N λ σ N } .
Since κ N ≥ 2 3 \kappa_N\ge\frac{2}{3} κ N ≥ 3 2 and c k c_k c k can be made arbitrarily small, squaring and taking a union bound over E \mathcal E E and the event in Equation (138) proves the claim for odd k k k after adjusting constants appropriately.
We now consider even k k k . By Theorems 4.1 and 4.4 , we have u H = 0 u_H=0 u H = 0 and
A H = A s i g + W N , A s i g = λ γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) T − I N ) , γ N ≍ k N k − 2 2 . A_H=A_{\mathrm{sig}}+W_N,\qquad A_{\mathrm{sig}}=\lambda\gamma_N\left(\theta^\star(\theta^\star)^\mathsf{T}-\frac{I}{N}\right),\qquad\gamma_N\asymp_k N^{\frac{k-2}{2}}. A H = A sig + W N , A sig = λ γ N ( θ ⋆ ( θ ⋆ ) T − N I ) , γ N ≍ k N 2 k − 2 .
where ∥ W N ∥ o p ≤ C k N k − 2 4 \lVert W_N\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le C_kN^{\frac{k-2}{4}} ∥ W N ∥ op ≤ C k N 4 k − 2 with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c N ) 1-\exp(-cN) 1 − exp ( − c N ) . Henceforth, we also work on this event. Since A H = ( A s i g + W N 0 0 0 ) \mathcal{A}_H=\left(\begin{smallmatrix}A_{\mathrm{sig}}+W_N&0\\0&0\end{smallmatrix}\right) A H = ( A sig + W N 0 0 0 ) for even k k k , we infer the following from Equation (137) :
∥ A ^ − ( A s i g 0 0 0 ) ∥ o p ≤ ∥ A ^ − A H ∥ o p + ∥ W N ∥ o p ≲ k λ N − k − 2 2 − ϑ + N k − 2 4 . \left\lVert\widehat{\mathcal{A}}-\begin{pmatrix}A_{\mathrm{sig}}&0\\0&0\end{pmatrix}\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le\left\lVert\widehat{\mathcal{A}}-\mathcal{A}_H\right\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}+\lVert W_N\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim_k \lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta}+N^{\frac{k-2}{4}}. A − ( A sig 0 0 0 ) op ≤ A − A H op + ∥ W N ∥ op ≲ k λ N − 2 k − 2 − ϑ + N 4 k − 2 .
The matrix ( A s i g 0 0 0 ) \left(\begin{smallmatrix}A_{\mathrm{sig}}&0\\0&0\end{smallmatrix}\right) ( A sig 0 0 0 ) has top unit eigenvector ( θ ⋆ , 0 ) (\theta^\star,0) ( θ ⋆ , 0 ) and eigengap λ γ N ( 1 − 1 / N ) \lambda\gamma_N(1-1/N) λ γ N ( 1 − 1/ N ) , since its remaining eigenvalues are 0 0 0 and − λ γ N / N -\lambda\gamma_N/N − λ γ N / N . Applying the Davis–Kahan theorem to A \mathcal{A} A and this matrix, we obtain
min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ ≤ min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ ( v , a ) − s ( θ ⋆ , 0 ) ∥ ≲ k λ N − k − 2 2 − ϑ + N k − 2 4 λ N − k − 2 2 = N − ϑ + N k − 2 4 λ . (141) \min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\lVert v-s\theta^\star\rVert\le\min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\lVert(v,a)-s(\theta^\star,0)\rVert\lesssim_k \frac{\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}-\vartheta}+N^{\frac{k-2}{4}}}{\lambda N^{-\frac{k-2}{2}}}=N^{-\vartheta}+\frac{N^{\frac{k-2}{4}}}{\lambda}. \tag*{(141)} s ∈ { ± 1 } min ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ ≤ s ∈ { ± 1 } min ∥( v , a ) − s ( θ ⋆ , 0 )∥ ≲ k λ N − 2 k − 2 λ N − 2 k − 2 − ϑ + N 4 k − 2 = N − ϑ + λ N 4 k − 2 . (141)
In particular, since the leading constant C k C_k C k in our assumption λ ≥ C k N k − 2 4 \lambda\ge C_kN^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C k N 4 k − 2 is sufficiently large, we have min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ < 1 = ∥ θ ⋆ ∥ \min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\lVert v-s\theta^\star\rVert<1=\lVert\theta^\star\rVert min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ < 1 = ∥ θ ⋆ ∥ , and hence v ≠ 0 v\ne0 v = 0 . Since m ( N v / ∥ v ∥ ) = ⟨ θ ⋆ , v / ∥ v ∥ ⟩ m(\sqrt{N}v/\lVert v\rVert)=\langle\theta^\star,v/\lVert v\rVert\rangle m ( N v / ∥ v ∥) = ⟨ θ ⋆ , v / ∥ v ∥⟩ , applying Lemma 3.4 to v v v and the unit vector s θ ⋆ s\theta^\star s θ ⋆ for each s ∈ { ± 1 } s\in\{\pm1\} s ∈ { ± 1 } , we infer the following from Equation (141) :
1 − ∣ m ( N v ∥ v ∥ ) ∣ = min s ∈ { ± 1 } ( 1 − s ⟨ θ ⋆ , v ∥ v ∥ ⟩ ) = 1 2 min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ v ∥ v ∥ − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 ≤ 1 2 min s ∈ { ± 1 } ( 2 ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ max { ∥ v ∥ , 1 } ) 2 ≤ 2 min s ∈ { ± 1 } ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 ≲ k N k − 2 2 λ 2 + N − 2 ϑ . \begin{aligned}
1-\left|m\left(\frac{\sqrt{N}v}{\lVert v\rVert}\right)\right|=\min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\left(1-s\left\langle\theta^\star,\frac{v}{\lVert v\rVert}\right\rangle\right)=\frac{1}{2}\min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\left\lVert\frac{v}{\lVert v\rVert}-s\theta^\star\right\rVert^2 \\
&\le\frac{1}{2}\min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\left(\frac{2\lVert v-s\theta^\star\rVert}{\max\{\lVert v\rVert,1\}}\right)^2\le2\min_{s\in\{\pm1\}}\lVert v-s\theta^\star\rVert^2\lesssim_k \frac{N^{\frac{k-2}{2}}}{\lambda^2}+N^{-2\vartheta}.
\end{aligned} 1 − m ( ∥ v ∥ N v ) = s ∈ { ± 1 } min ( 1 − s ⟨ θ ⋆ , ∥ v ∥ v ⟩ ) = 2 1 s ∈ { ± 1 } min ∥ v ∥ v − s θ ⋆ 2 ≤ 2 1 s ∈ { ± 1 } min ( max {∥ v ∥ , 1 } 2 ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ ) 2 ≤ 2 s ∈ { ± 1 } min ∥ v − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 ≲ k λ 2 N 2 k − 2 + N − 2 ϑ .
Here, the second equality holds since ∥ u − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 = 2 − 2 s ⟨ θ ⋆ , u ⟩ \lVert u-s\theta^\star\rVert^2=2-2s\langle\theta^\star,u\rangle ∥ u − s θ ⋆ ∥ 2 = 2 − 2 s ⟨ θ ⋆ , u ⟩ for every unit vector u u u . A union bound proves the claim for even k k k .
Remark 7.3. Compared to Theorem 5.1 , Theorem 7.2 requires, for odd k k k , an inverse temperature β 0 \beta_0 β 0 that is smaller by a factor of N \sqrt{N} N , and hence an averaging time that is longer by a factor of N 2 N^2 N 2 . This is because, by Equation (53) in the proof of Theorem 5.1 , the estimation error of the ergodic second moment is larger than that of the ergodic average by a factor of N \sqrt{N} N . Moreover, the top eigenvector of M ‾ T a v \overline{M}_{T_{\mathrm{av}}} M T av inherits the estimation error of the ergodic second moment, irrespective of the parity of k k k . For even k k k , Theorem 5.1 already relies on the ergodic second moment, and both theorems impose the same requirements on β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av .
Boosting Weak Recovery to Persistent Strong Recovery
The following theorem shows that, for even k k k , once spherical Langevin dynamics has weakly recovered the planted signal up to a global sign, running the process for an additional constant time suffices to achieve 1 − poly ( 1 / N ) 1-\operatorname{poly}(1/N) 1 − poly ( 1/ N ) correlation with high probability. Beyond that, the correlation stays above this level throughout any poly ( N ) \operatorname{poly}(N) poly ( N ) time horizon.
The proof relies on the fact that, for even k k k , the tensor PCA Hamiltonian does not change when the planted vector x ⋆ x^\star x ⋆ is replaced by ± x ⋆ \pm x^\star ± x ⋆ . Hence, at the time of weak recovery, we may flip the sign of the planted vector if necessary, so that the correlation is positive and bounded away from zero, and consequently, far exceeds the critical correlation λ 1 k − 1 \lambda^{\frac{1}{k-1}} λ k − 1 1 . In this regime, the signal drift dominates the disorder drift uniformly over S N \mathcal{S}_N S N , and the proof of Theorem 6.2 , which does not rely on the parity of k k k , applies with minor modifications. Consequently, the guarantee holds for any initial state, even one that depends on the disorder, such as the initial state of the second phase of Algorithm 2.
Theorem 7.4 (Persistent Strong Recovery after Weak Recovery). Let k k k be even, let ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 denote spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H at inverse temperature β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , and fix arbitrary constants ρ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \rho\in(0,1) ρ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and η ∈ ( 0 , 1 2 ) \eta\in(0,\frac{1}{2}) η ∈ ( 0 , 2 1 ) . Assume λ ≥ C β , k N k − 2 4 \lambda\geq C_{\beta,k}N^{\frac{k-2}{4}} λ ≥ C β , k N 4 k − 2 , where C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is a sufficiently large constant, and define the stopping time
τ ρ ≔ inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ ≥ ρ } . \tau_\rho\coloneqq\inf\{t\geq0: |m(X_t)|\geq\rho\}. τ ρ : = inf { t ≥ 0 : ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ ≥ ρ } . Then, the following holds for all sufficiently large N N N , every deterministic T T T satisfying 2 ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) 2\leq T\leq\operatorname{poly}(N) 2 ≤ T ≤ poly ( N ) , and any initial state X 0 X_0 X 0 , possibly depending on H H H ,
P [ inf t ∈ [ 2 , T ] ∣ m ( X τ ρ + t ) ∣ ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) − 2 exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[2,T]}|m(X_{\tau_\rho+t})|\geq1-N^{-\eta}\right]\geq1-\exp(-c_kN)-2\exp(-cN^{1-2\eta}). P [ t ∈ [ 2 , T ] inf ∣ m ( X τ ρ + t ) ∣ ≥ 1 − N − η ] ≥ 1 − exp ( − c k N ) − 2 exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) .
Proof. Throughout the proof, we assume that N N N is sufficiently large and C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is a sufficiently large constant. As in the proof of Theorem 6.2 , τ ρ < ∞ \tau_\rho<\infty τ ρ < ∞ holds almost surely by the support theorem [40 ] . Hence, by the strong Markov property [47 Theorem 6.2.2] applied at τ ρ \tau_\rho τ ρ , it suffices to consider an initial state X 0 X_0 X 0 with ∣ m ( X 0 ) ∣ ≥ ρ |m(X_0)|\geq\rho ∣ m ( X 0 ) ∣ ≥ ρ , possibly depending on H H H . For such an initial state, we define
x ~ ⋆ ≔ sgn ( m ( X 0 ) ) x ⋆ , m ~ ( x ) ≔ 1 N ⟨ x ~ ⋆ , x ⟩ . \widetilde{x}^{\star}\coloneqq\operatorname{sgn}(m(X_0))x^{\star},\qquad\widetilde{m}(x)\coloneqq\frac{1}{N}\langle\widetilde{x}^{\star},x\rangle. x ⋆ : = sgn ( m ( X 0 )) x ⋆ , m ( x ) : = N 1 ⟨ x ⋆ , x ⟩ .
Observe that m ~ ( X 0 ) = ∣ m ( X 0 ) ∣ ≥ ρ \widetilde{m}(X_0)=|m(X_0)|\geq\rho m ( X 0 ) = ∣ m ( X 0 ) ∣ ≥ ρ and ∣ m ( x ) ∣ ≥ m ~ ( x ) |m(x)|\geq\widetilde{m}(x) ∣ m ( x ) ∣ ≥ m ( x ) for every x ∈ S N x\in\mathcal{S}_N x ∈ S N . Moreover, since k k k is even, we have H = N λ m ~ k + H 0 H=N\lambda\widetilde{m}^{k}+H_0 H = N λ m k + H 0 . In other words, H H H is also the tensor PCA Hamiltonian with planted vector x ~ ⋆ ∈ S N \widetilde{x}^{\star}\in\mathcal{S}_N x ⋆ ∈ S N and disorder H 0 H_0 H 0 , and m ~ \widetilde{m} m is the corresponding correlation.
We now repeat the steps of the proof of Theorem 6.2 with x ~ ⋆ \widetilde{x}^{\star} x ⋆ and m ~ \widetilde{m} m in place of x ⋆ x^{\star} x ⋆ and m m m . To this end, we take C = 1 C=1 C = 1 and r ˉ N = N − s \bar r_N=N^{-s} r ˉ N = N − s , where s = min { η , k − 2 4 ( k − 1 ) } s=\min\{\eta,\frac{k-2}{4(k-1)}\} s = min { η , 4 ( k − 1 ) k − 2 } . With these choices, the assumptions of Theorem 6.2 , together with the standing assumption of § 6 with γ = k − 2 4 \gamma=\frac{k-2}{4} γ = 4 k − 2 , read as follows:
η < min { 1 2 , k − 2 4 } , s < 1 2 , λ ≥ C β , k N k − 2 4 , λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k . \eta<\min\left\{\frac{1}{2},\frac{k-2}{4}\right\},\qquad s<\frac{1}{2},\qquad\lambda\geq C_{\beta,k}N^{\frac{k-2}{4}},\qquad\lambda\bar r_N^{k-1}\geq C_{\beta,k}. η < min { 2 1 , 4 k − 2 } , s < 2 1 , λ ≥ C β , k N 4 k − 2 , λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k .
Here, the first condition holds since k ≥ 4 k\geq4 k ≥ 4 is even and η < 1 / 2 \eta<1/2 η < 1/2 , the second holds since s ≤ k − 2 4 ( k − 1 ) < 1 / 2 s\leq\frac{k-2}{4(k-1)}<1/2 s ≤ 4 ( k − 1 ) k − 2 < 1/2 , and the third is our assumption on λ \lambda λ . Since ( k − 1 ) s ≤ k − 2 4 (k-1)s\leq\frac{k-2}{4} ( k − 1 ) s ≤ 4 k − 2 , the third condition also implies the fourth. Moreover, since r ˉ N → 0 \bar r_N\to0 r ˉ N → 0 , we have m ~ ( X 0 ) ≥ ρ ≥ r ˉ N \widetilde{m}(X_0)\geq\rho\geq\bar r_N m ( X 0 ) ≥ ρ ≥ r ˉ N , and hence the stopping time τ r ˉ N \tau_{\bar r_N} τ r ˉ N in Theorem 6.2 , defined with m ~ \widetilde{m} m in place of m m m , equals zero.
As noted in Remark 6.3, the proof of Theorem 6.2 does not use the parity of k k k . In particular, since H = N λ m ~ k + H 0 H=N\lambda\widetilde{m}^{k}+H_0 H = N λ m k + H 0 , repeating the computation in Equation (59) with m ~ \widetilde{m} m in place of m m m , we obtain
L H , β m ~ ( x ) = v ~ ( x ) ( 1 − m ~ ( x ) ) − b ~ ( x ) , \mathcal{L}_{H,\beta}\widetilde{m}(x)=\widetilde{v}(x)(1-\widetilde{m}(x))-\widetilde{b}(x), L H , β m ( x ) = v ( x ) ( 1 − m ( x )) − b ( x ) ,
v ~ ( x ) ≔ β λ k m ~ ( x ) k − 1 ( 1 + m ~ ( x ) ) , b ~ ( x ) ≔ k N 2 m ~ ( x ) − β ⟨ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ~ ( x ) ⟩ . \widetilde{v}(x)\coloneqq\beta\lambda k\widetilde{m}(x)^{k-1}(1+\widetilde{m}(x)),\qquad\widetilde{b}(x)\coloneqq\frac{kN}{2}\widetilde{m}(x)-\beta\langle\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}H_0(x),\nabla_{\mathcal{S}_N}\widetilde{m}(x)\rangle. v ( x ) : = β λk m ( x ) k − 1 ( 1 + m ( x )) , b ( x ) : = 2 k N m ( x ) − β ⟨ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) , ∇ S N m ( x )⟩ .
Similarly, multiplying Equation (60) by sgn ( m ( X 0 ) ) \operatorname{sgn}(m(X_0)) sgn ( m ( X 0 )) , which does not depend on t t t , we infer that the Dynkin martingale associated with m ~ \widetilde m m is sgn ( m ( X 0 ) ) M t m \operatorname{sgn}(m(X_0))M_t^m sgn ( m ( X 0 )) M t m , i.e.,
sgn ( m ( X 0 ) ) M t m = m ~ ( X t ) − m ~ ( X 0 ) − ∫ 0 t L H , β m ~ ( X s ) d s . \operatorname{sgn}(m(X_0))M_t^m=\widetilde m(X_t)-\widetilde m(X_0)-\int_0^t\mathcal{L}_{H,\beta}\widetilde m(X_s)\,\mathrm{d}s. sgn ( m ( X 0 )) M t m = m ( X t ) − m ( X 0 ) − ∫ 0 t L H , β m ( X s ) d s .
As in the proof of Theorem 6.2 , we consider the events
E = { max x ∈ S N ∥ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) ∥ ≤ C 1 N } , M = ⋂ j = 0 ⌈ T ⌉ − 1 { sup j ≤ t ≤ j + 1 ∣ M t m − M j m ∣ ≤ N − η 32 } . \mathcal{E}=\left\{\max_{x\in\mathbb{S}_N}\left\lVert\nabla_{\mathbb{S}_N}H_0(x)\right\rVert\leq C_1\sqrt{N}\right\},\qquad
\mathcal{M}=\bigcap_{j=0}^{\lceil T\rceil-1}\left\{\sup_{j\leq t\leq j+1}\left|M_t^m-M_j^m\right|\leq\frac{N^{-\eta}}{32}\right\}. E = { x ∈ S N max ∥ ∇ S N H 0 ( x ) ∥ ≤ C 1 N } , M = j = 0 ⋂ ⌈ T ⌉ − 1 { j ≤ t ≤ j + 1 sup M t m − M j m ≤ 32 N − η } .
where the threshold 1 32 N − η \frac{1}{32}N^{-\eta} 32 1 N − η in M \mathcal{M} M equals 1 32 min { r ‾ N , N − η } \frac{1}{32}\min\{\overline r_N,N^{-\eta}\} 32 1 min { r N , N − η } , since s ≤ η s\leq\eta s ≤ η . As shown therein, the following holds irrespective of how the initial state X 0 X_0 X 0 depends on H H H :
P [ E c ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) , P [ M c ] ≤ 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) . (142) \mathbb{P}[\mathcal{E}^{\mathrm{c}}]\leq\exp(-c_kN),\qquad\mathbb{P}[\mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{c}}]\leq2\lceil T\rceil\exp(-cN^{1-2\eta}). \tag*{(142)} P [ E c ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) , P [ M c ] ≤ 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) . (142)
Henceforth, we work on E ∩ M \mathcal{E}\cap\mathcal{M} E ∩ M .
We emphasize that the initial state X 0 X_0 X 0 , and hence the planted vector x ~ ⋆ \widetilde{x}^{\star} x ⋆ , may depend on the disorder H 0 H_0 H 0 . This does not affect the argument, since neither E \mathcal{E} E nor M \mathcal{M} M involves x ~ ⋆ \widetilde{x}^{\star} x ⋆ . Moreover, on M \mathcal{M} M , the increments of the Dynkin martingale sgn ( m ( X 0 ) ) M t m \operatorname{sgn}(m(X_0))M_t^m sgn ( m ( X 0 )) M t m associated with m ~ \widetilde m m are bounded exactly as those of M t m M_t^m M t m . Since the remaining steps of the proof of Theorem 6.2 are deterministic on E ∩ M \mathcal{E}\cap\mathcal{M} E ∩ M , repeating them, we conclude that m ~ ( X t ) > 1 − N − η \widetilde m(X_t)>1-N^{-\eta} m ( X t ) > 1 − N − η for every t ∈ [ 2 , T ] t\in[2,T] t ∈ [ 2 , T ] .
Finally, since ∣ m ∣ ≥ m ~ \lvert m\rvert\geq\widetilde m ∣ m ∣ ≥ m , we infer that ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ > 1 − N − η \lvert m(X_t)\rvert>1-N^{-\eta} ∣ m ( X t )∣ > 1 − N − η for every t ∈ [ 2 , T ] t\in[2,T] t ∈ [ 2 , T ] on E ∩ M \mathcal{E}\cap\mathcal{M} E ∩ M . Hence, we obtain the following from Equation (142) via a union bound:
P [ inf t ∈ [ 2 , T ] ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ < 1 − N − η ] ≤ P [ E c ] + P [ M c ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) + 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[2,T]}\lvert m(X_t)\rvert<1-N^{-\eta}\right]\leq\mathbb{P}[\mathcal{E}^{\mathrm{c}}]+\mathbb{P}[\mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{c}}]\leq\exp(-c_kN)+2\lceil T\rceil\exp(-cN^{1-2\eta}). P [ t ∈ [ 2 , T ] inf ∣ m ( X t )∣ < 1 − N − η ] ≤ P [ E c ] + P [ M c ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) + 2 ⌈ T ⌉ exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) .
Since T ≤ poly ( N ) T\leq\operatorname{poly}(N) T ≤ poly ( N ) and η < 1 / 2 \eta<1/2 η < 1/2 , the proof is concluded by absorbing the factor ⌈ T ⌉ \lceil T\rceil ⌈ T ⌉ after adjusting constants appropriately.
Proof of Theorem 7.1
Proof. Throughout the proof, we assume that N N N is sufficiently large. We set T s t r = C 1 + 2 T_{\mathrm{str}}=C_1+2 T str = C 1 + 2 , where C 1 C_1 C 1 is the constant in Theorem 6.5 , which depends only on β \beta β and k k k . Since β 0 − 2 λ 2 N k + 2 ϑ ≍ k N 2 k + 4 ϑ \beta_0^{-2}\lambda^2N^{k+2\vartheta}\asymp_kN^{2k+4\vartheta} β 0 − 2 λ 2 N k + 2 ϑ ≍ k N 2 k + 4 ϑ , our choices of β 0 \beta_0 β 0 and T a v T_{\mathrm{av}} T av satisfy the assumptions of Theorem 7.2 . By construction, ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 is spherical Langevin dynamics for H H H at inverse temperature β \beta β , and on the event of Theorem 7.2 , we have v ≠ 0 v\neq0 v = 0 and X 0 = N v ∥ v ∥ X_0=\frac{\sqrt{N}v}{\lVert v\rVert} X 0 = ∥ v ∥ N v . Since Theorems 6.2 , 6.5 and 7.4 allow the initial state to depend on H H H , we may apply them to ( X t ) t ≥ 0 (X_t)_{t\geq0} ( X t ) t ≥ 0 .
We first analyze the case when k k k is odd, wherein we prove the claim with m ( X t ) m(X_t) m ( X t ) in place of ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ \lvert m(X_t)\rvert ∣ m ( X t )∣ . Without loss of generality, let λ = C β , k N γ \lambda=C_{\beta,k}N^\gamma λ = C β , k N γ with γ ≥ k − 2 4 \gamma\geq\frac{k-2}{4} γ ≥ 4 k − 2 . We infer from Theorem 7.2 that the following holds with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) :
1 N ∥ X 0 − u ^ H ∥ ≤ N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N } . (143) \frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\lVert X_0-\widehat{u}_H\rVert\leq N^{-\vartheta}\min\{1,\lambda\sigma_N\}. \tag*{(143)} N 1 ∥ X 0 − u H ∥ ≤ N − ϑ min { 1 , λ σ N } . (143)
We first consider the regime γ ≥ k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \gamma\geq\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k} γ ≥ 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 . In this regime, we show that the correlation of X 0 X_0 X 0 is already large enough to apply Theorem 6.2 . Define a ≔ k − 1 4 k a\coloneqq\frac{k-1}{4k} a : = 4 k k − 1 , and note that γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) a \gamma\geq(k-1)a γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) a and γ − k − 1 4 ≥ − a \gamma-\frac{k-1}{4}\geq-a γ − 4 k − 1 ≥ − a . Since σ N ≍ k N − k − 1 4 \sigma_N \asymp_k N^{-\frac{k-1}{4}} σ N ≍ k N − 4 k − 1 by Theorem 4.1 , it follows that λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N − α \lambda\sigma_N \gtrsim_k C_{\beta,k}N^{-\alpha} λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N − α . Moreover, ∣ m ( x ) − m ( y ) ∣ ≤ N − 1 / 2 ∥ x − y ∥ |m(x)-m(y)| \le N^{-1/2}\lVert x-y\rVert ∣ m ( x ) − m ( y ) ∣ ≤ N − 1/2 ∥ x − y ∥ for all x , y ∈ R N x,y\in\mathbb{R}^N x , y ∈ R N by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. Hence, we infer from Equation (143) , Corollary 4.3 and a union bound that the following holds with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ( k + 1 ) / ( 2 k ) ) 1-\exp(-c_kN^{(k+1)/(2k)}) 1 − exp ( − c k N ( k + 1 ) / ( 2 k ) ) , after choosing C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k sufficiently large:
m ( X 0 ) ≥ m ( u ^ H ) − 1 N ∥ X 0 − u ^ H ∥ ≥ ( c k − N − ϑ ) min { 1 , λ σ N } ≥ N − α . (144) m(X_0)\ge m(\widehat{u}_H)-\frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\lVert X_0-\widehat{u}_H\rVert\ge(c_k-N^{-\vartheta})\min\{1,\lambda\sigma_N\}\ge N^{-\alpha}. \tag*{(144)} m ( X 0 ) ≥ m ( u H ) − N 1 ∥ X 0 − u H ∥ ≥ ( c k − N − ϑ ) min { 1 , λ σ N } ≥ N − α . (144)
Here, the second inequality combines the lower bound on m ( u ^ H ) m(\widehat{u}_H) m ( u H ) from Corollary 4.3 with Equation (143) , and the last inequality uses λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N − α \lambda\sigma_N\gtrsim_k C_{\beta,k}N^{-\alpha} λ σ N ≳ k C β , k N − α . Let r ˉ N ≔ N − α \bar r_N\coloneqq N^{-\alpha} r ˉ N : = N − α . Since γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) α \gamma\ge(k-1)\alpha γ ≥ ( k − 1 ) α , we have λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k \lambda\bar r_N^{k-1}\ge C_{\beta,k} λ r ˉ N k − 1 ≥ C β , k . Hence, applying Theorem 6.2 with s = α s=\alpha s = α and C = 1 C=1 C = 1 , for which τ r ˉ N = 0 \tau_{\bar r_N}=0 τ r ˉ N = 0 on the event in Equation (144) , and using T s t r ≥ 2 T_{\rm str}\ge2 T str ≥ 2 and N r ˉ N 2 k = N k + 1 2 k N\bar r_N^{2k}=N^{\frac{k+1}{2k}} N r ˉ N 2 k = N 2 k k + 1 , we obtain the following via a union bound:
P [ inf t ∈ [ T s t r , T ] m ( X t ) < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c k N min { k + 1 2 k , 1 − 2 η } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[T_{\rm str},T]}m(X_t)<1-N^{-\eta}\right]\le\exp\left(-c_kN^{\min\{\frac{k+1}{2k},1-2\eta\}}\right). P [ t ∈ [ T str , T ] inf m ( X t ) < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c k N m i n { 2 k k + 1 , 1 − 2 η } ) .
Since k + 1 2 k > 1 / 2 \frac{k+1}{2k}>1/2 2 k k + 1 > 1/2 , the claim follows in this regime after adjusting constants appropriately.
We now consider the regime k − 2 4 ≤ γ < k − 2 4 + 1 4 k \frac{k-2}{4}\le\gamma<\frac{k-2}{4}+\frac{1}{4k} 4 k − 2 ≤ γ < 4 k − 2 + 4 k 1 , and let r N ≔ λ − 1 k − 1 r_N\coloneqq\lambda^{-\frac{1}{k-1}} r N : = λ − k − 1 1 , as in Section 6.2. In this regime, our argument closely mirrors the proof of Theorem 6.1 . We first show that the second phase attains critical correlation in constant time. By Equation (143) , we have 1 N ∥ X 0 − u ^ H ∥ ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ \frac{1}{\sqrt{N}}\lVert X_0-\widehat{u}_H\rVert\le\lambda\sigma_NN^{-\vartheta} N 1 ∥ X 0 − u H ∥ ≤ λ σ N N − ϑ .
Let r ˉ N ≔ N − γ k − 1 \bar r_N\coloneqq N^{-\frac{\gamma}{k-1}} r ˉ N : = N − k − 1 γ , which is a constant multiple of r N r_N r N . Applying Theorem 6.5 to e = X 0 e=X_0 e = X 0 , with the constant C C C therein chosen such that C r N = r ˉ N Cr_N=\bar r_N C r N = r ˉ N , and using γ ≥ k − 2 4 \gamma\ge\frac{k-2}{4} γ ≥ 4 k − 2 and N λ 2 σ N 2 ≳ k N N\lambda^2\sigma_N^2\gtrsim_k\sqrt{N} N λ 2 σ N 2 ≳ k N , we obtain the following with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c β , k N ) 1-\exp(-c_{\beta,k}\sqrt{N}) 1 − exp ( − c β , k N ) :
T ∗ ( X 0 ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≥ r ˉ N } ≤ C 1 . (145) T_*(X_0)=\inf\{t\ge0:m(X_t)\ge\bar r_N\}\le C_1. \tag*{(145)} T ∗ ( X 0 ) = inf { t ≥ 0 : m ( X t ) ≥ r ˉ N } ≤ C 1 . (145)
Moreover, since λ r ˉ N k − 1 = C β , k \lambda\bar r_N^{k-1}=C_{\beta,k} λ r ˉ N k − 1 = C β , k and γ k − 1 ≤ 1 4 \frac{\gamma}{k-1}\le\frac14 k − 1 γ ≤ 4 1 , we may apply Theorem 6.2 with s = γ k − 1 s=\frac{\gamma}{k-1} s = k − 1 γ and C = 1 C=1 C = 1 , for which τ r ˉ N = T ∗ ( X 0 ) \tau_{\bar r_N}=T_*(X_0) τ r ˉ N = T ∗ ( X 0 ) . Since T s t r ≥ T ∗ ( X 0 ) + 2 T_{\rm str}\ge T_*(X_0)+2 T str ≥ T ∗ ( X 0 ) + 2 on the event in Equation (145) and N r ˉ N 2 ≥ N N\bar r_N^2\ge\sqrt{N} N r ˉ N 2 ≥ N , we obtain the following via a union bound:
P [ inf t ∈ [ T s t r , T ] m ( X t ) < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c β , k N ) + exp ( − c k N min { 1 / 2 , 1 − 2 η } ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[T_{\rm str},T]}m(X_t)<1-N^{-\eta}\right]\le\exp(-c_{\beta,k}\sqrt{N})+\exp\left(-c_kN^{\min\{1/2,1-2\eta\}}\right). P [ t ∈ [ T str , T ] inf m ( X t ) < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c β , k N ) + exp ( − c k N m i n { 1/2 , 1 − 2 η } ) .
which proves the claim for odd k k k after adjusting constants appropriately.
Finally, we analyze the case when k k k is even. Since C β , k C_{\beta,k} C β , k is sufficiently large, we infer from Theorem 7.2 that the following holds with probability at least 1 − exp ( − c k N ) 1-\exp(-c_kN) 1 − exp ( − c k N ) :
∣ m ( X 0 ) ∣ = ∣ m ( N u ∥ u ∥ ) ∣ ≥ 1 2 . (146) |m(X_0)|=\left|m\left(\frac{\sqrt{N}u}{\lVert u\rVert}\right)\right|\ge\frac12. \tag*{(146)} ∣ m ( X 0 ) ∣ = m ( ∥ u ∥ N u ) ≥ 2 1 . (146)
In particular, the stopping time τ 1 / 2 \tau_{1/2} τ 1/2 in Theorem 7.4 equals zero on the event in Equation (146) . Hence, applying Theorem 7.4 with ρ = 1 / 2 \rho=1/2 ρ = 1/2 , and using T s t r ≥ 2 T_{\rm str}\ge2 T str ≥ 2 , we obtain the following via a union bound:
P [ inf t ∈ [ T s t r , T ] ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) + exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) . \mathbb{P}\left[\inf_{t\in[T_{\rm str},T]}|m(X_t)|<1-N^{-\eta}\right]\le\exp(-c_kN)+\exp(-cN^{1-2\eta}). P [ t ∈ [ T str , T ] inf ∣ m ( X t ) ∣ < 1 − N − η ] ≤ exp ( − c k N ) + exp ( − c N 1 − 2 η ) .
Since 1 − 2 η ≥ min { 1 / 2 , 1 − 2 η } 1-2\eta\ge\min\{1/2,1-2\eta\} 1 − 2 η ≥ min { 1/2 , 1 − 2 η } , the claim follows after adjusting constants appropriately. □ \square □